Loading...
2025-12-02 - AGE - City Council Regular Meeting December 2, 2025 — 6:30 PM Golden Valley City Hall Council Chambers 1.Call to Order 1A.Pledge of Allegiance and Land Acknowledgement 1B.2026 Allocation Recommendation from the Golden Valley Community Services Commission 1C.Proclamation Honoring December 10, 2025 as Human Rights Day 2.Additions and Corrections to Agenda 3.Consent Agenda Approval of Consent Agenda - All items listed under this heading are considered to be routine by the City Council and will be enacted by one motion. There will be no discussion of these items unless a Council Member so requests in which event the item will be removed from the general order of business and considered in its normal sequence on the agenda. 3A.Approval of City Council Meeting Minutes 3B.Approval of City Check Registers 3C.Bids, Quotes, and Contracts: 3C.1.Approve Purchase of Kubota RTVX2C-SKLH-1 Heavy Duty Utility Vehicle Used For Maintaining Golf Course and Winter Trails from Lano Equipment 3C.2.Approve License and Service Agreement with Club Car, LLC for Brookview Golf Cart GPS System 3C.3.Approve Contract for the Bassett Creek Sewer Lining Project with Insituform Technologies USA, LLC 3C.4.Approve Contract for Manager's Conference Room Remodel with Versacon, Inc. 3C.5.Approve Sentencing to Service Program Services Agreement with Hennepin County 3C.6.Approve Professional Services Agreements for Custodial Services with Squeaky Properties LLC (City Hall Campus) and Stratus Building Solutions (Brookview) 3D.Grants and Donations: 3D.1.Adopt Resolution No. 25-111 to Apply for the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING AGENDA Members of the public may attend this meeting in-person, by watching on cable channel 16, or by streaming on CCXmedia.org. The public can make in-person statements during public comment sections, including the public forum beginning at 6:20 pm. Individuals may provide public hearing testimony remotely by emailing a request to the City Clerk's office at cityclerk@goldenvalleymn.gov by 3 p.m. on the day of the meeting. City of Golden Valley City Council Regular Meeting December 2, 2025 — 6:30 PM 1 Local Climate Action Grants 3E.Approve Resolution No. 25-112 Granting City Council Consent for the Housing and Redevelopment Authority (HRA) Levy Payable in 2026 3F.Approve Resolution No. 25-113 Adopting the 2026-2035 Capital Improvement Plan 3G.Approve Resolution No. 25-114 Adopting the 2026 Budget for Enterprise, Special Revenue, and Internal Service Funds 3H.Approve Resolution No. 25-115 Adopting Budget Amendments for the Acquisition of the New Public Works Facility Property 3I.Approve 2025 Community Survey Questions 3J.Approve One Year Extension for Variance at 5509 Lindsay Street 3K.Adopt Resolution No. 25-116 Supporting Future Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) Service on Highway 55 3L.Adopt Second Consideration of Ordinance No. 810, Establishing a 2026 Fee Schedule and Adopt Resolution No. 25-117 Approving Summary Publication 4.Public Hearing - None. 5.Old Business 5A.Adopt Ordinance No. 808 Amending Chapter 109 Subdivisions and Resolution No. 25-109 Approving Summary Publication 6.New Business All Ordinances listed under this heading are eligible for public input. 6A.Public Comment and Approval of Resolution No. 25-118 Adopting the 2026 Final Budget of the General Fund and Resolution No. 25-119 Adopting the Property Tax Levies for Taxes Payable in 2026 6B.Adopt Ordinance No. 811 Amending Chapter 105 - Signs and Resolution No. 25-120 Authorizing Summary Publication 6C.Review of Council Calendar 6D.Mayor and Council Communications 1. Other Committee/Meeting updates 7.Adjournment City of Golden Valley City Council Regular Meeting December 2, 2025 — 6:30 PM 2 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Parks & Recreation 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 1B. 2026 Allocation Recommendation from the Golden Valley Community Services Commission Prepared By Jasy Vorachit, Administrative Assistant Brian Erickson, Recreation Supervisor Summary The Community Services Commission (CSC) met on Monday, October 13, to review funding requests from agencies. The following requests were received and approved by the CSC for allocation at the November 3, 2025 meeting: Agency Request Recommendation PRISM $20,000 $20,000 CEAP $10,000 $10,000 Sojourner $7,500 $3,000 HUG $5,000 $3,000 Senior Community Services Outreach $6,000 $5,000 Senior Community Services HOME $6,000 $0 The Bridge for Youth $5,000 $3,000 YMCA of the North $5,000 $0 ResourceWest $2.000 $0 Damacus Way $5,000 $3,000 Mpls Crisis Nursery $10,000 $3,000 Totals $81,500 $50,000 Agencies will be directed to use funds for the program costs for Golden Valley residents, when possible. Josh Kelley, Chair, Ben Stoner, Vice Chair, and other members of the Community Services Commission will be at the meeting to review the Allocation Report and recap the 2025 activities. Legal Considerations Not required. Equity Considerations Providing unbiased services for families and the community that support and advances diversity, equity, and inclusion in Golden Valley. 3 Recommended Action Motion to receive and approve the 2026 Allocation Report and to direct staff to notify the eleven agencies of their 2026 allocation amount. 4 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Human Resources 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 1C. Proclamation Honoring December 10, 2025 as Human Rights Day Prepared By Seth Kaempfer, Equity and Inclusion Manager Summary The 10th of December is annually honored as Human Rights Day. This day recognizes the common standards and shared expectation regarding human rights for all people and nations set forth in the United Nation's Universal Declaration of Human Rights. This proclamation calls upon the community of Golden Valley to celebrate and acknowledge the importance of human rights and work to build a more peaceful, equitable, and sustainable community. This proclamation also iterates the importance of equitable action, policy making, and process implementation to protect and strengthen human rights of all. The City of Golden Valley includes the recognition of individuals and groups who are making a positive impact on human rights in local spaces and places through the Diversity Equity and Inclusion Commission (DEIC)'s annual Bill Hobbs Human Rights Award. Celebration and recognition efforts are critical to bringing awareness, lowering apathy, and increasing understanding and commitment to human rights. Legal Considerations This item did not require legal review. Equity Considerations This proclamation aligns with the City's commitment to diversity, equity, and inclusion and the City's welcome statement by calling into focus the importance of understanding, supporting, and improving the human rights of the community of Golden Valley. Recommended Action Present proclamation honoring December 10, 2025 as Human Rights Day. Supporting Documents Proclamation for Human Rights Day 5 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PROCLAMATION RECOGNIZING HUMAN RIGHTS DAY DECEMBER 10, 2025 WHEREAS, on December 10th, 1948, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights was proclaimed by the United Nations General Assembly outlining common standards and shared expectations regarding human rights for all people and nations; and WHEREAS, December 10th, 2025, marks the 77th anniversary of this declaration and that human rights are universal rights inherent to every person inclusive of their race, nationality, religion, ethnicity, age, gender, sexuality, language, and additional statuses; and WHEREAS, in 2025, the United Nations honors this day with the theme of “Human Rights, Our Everyday Essentials” in hopes to show how human rights shape the daily lives of everyone, often in unnoticeable ways; and WHEREAS, we understand that acknowledgement of human rights is not enough and that it requires continued and sustained equitable solutions, policies, and practices to ensure community has access to the full spectrum of human rights; and WHEREAS, the City of Golden Valley is committed to ensuring that all residents and community members have equitable access to opportunity and resources, are empowered to serve one another, and are able to pursue lives of safety, peace, and prosperity without concern to their human rights; and WHEREAS, the City’s Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Commission highlights the local positive impact of supporting human rights by recognizing an individual or organization through the Bill Hobbs Human Rights Award presented on December 16th, 2025. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of Golden Valley does hereby proclaim December 10th, 2025, as “Human Rights Day” and calls upon the people of Golden Valley to celebrate and acknowledge the importance of human rights in our everyday lives as well as to work on building a more peaceful, equitable, and sustainable community. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I Mayor Roslyn Harmon, proudly certify this proclamation with my signature and the seal of the City of Golden Valley on December 2nd, 2025. ___________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor 6 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Legal 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3A. Approval of City Council Meeting Minutes Prepared By Theresa Schyma, City Clerk Summary The following minutes are available to view on the City's public Laserfiche site : November 18, 2025 Regular City Council Meeting A direct link to the folder with the documents referenced above is: http://weblink.ci.golden-valley.mn.us/WebLink/Browse.aspx? id=1056192&dbid=0&repo=GoldenValley Legal Considerations This item did not require legal review. Equity Considerations This item did not require equity review. Recommended Action Motion to approve City Council meeting minutes as submitted. 7 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Finance 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3B. Approval of City Check Registers Prepared By Jennifer Hoffman, Assistant Finance Director Summary Approval of the check register for various vendor claims against the City of Golden Valley. Document is located on city website at the following location: http://weblink.ci.golden- valley.mn.us/WebLink/Browse.aspx?id=1060600&dbid=0&repo=GoldenValley The check register(s) for approval: 11-19-2025 Check Register 11-25-2025 Check Register Financial or Budget Considerations The check register is attached with the financing sources at the front of the document. Each check has a program code(s) where it was charged. Legal Considerations Not Applicable Equity Considerations Not Applicable Recommended Action Motion to authorize the payment of the bills as submitted. 8 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Parks & Recreation 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3C.1. Approve Purchase of Kubota RTVX2C-SKLH-1 Heavy Duty Utility Vehicle Used For Maintaining Golf Course and Winter Trails from Lano Equipment Prepared By Jasy Vorachit, Administrative Assistant Brian Haley, Brookview Golf Course Superintendent Summary Staff propose the purchase of a Kubota RTVX2C-SKLH-1 for golf maintenance operations. A Kubota RTVX2C-SKLH-1 is a utility vehicle that improves the golf course’s efficiency, reduces turf impact, adapts to multiple maintenance tasks, and offers reliable, safe transportation for staff in all weather conditions. Staff recommend purchasing the Kubota RTVX2C-SKLH-1 through Sourcewell. Sourcewell is a service cooperative created by the Minnesota legislature as a local unit of government pursuant to Minn. Const. art. XII, sec. 3 and enabling law Minn. Stat. § 123A.21. Sourcewell has awarded contract number #112624-KBA for the purchase of the Kubota RTVX2C-SKLH-1. Financial or Budget Considerations The 2025-2035 Brookview Golf Course Enterprise Capital Improvement Program (CIP) includes $100,000 for Golf Maintenance Equipment (GC-050). The final cost of the Kubota RTVX2C-SKLH-1 is $23,571.22. Legal Considerations The proposed materials will be purcahsed following Minn. Stat. § 471.345 Subd. 15 Cooperative purchasing. (a) Municipalities may contract for the purchase of supplies, materials, or equipment by utilizing contracts that are available through the state's cooperative purchasing venture authorized by section 16C.11. For a contract estimated to exceed $25,000, a municipality must consider the availability, price and quality of supplies, materials, or equipment available through the state's cooperative purchasing venture before purchasing through another source. Equity Considerations Providing unbiased programs and services through infrastructure that supports and advances diversity, equity, and inclusion in all Golden Valley parks and Brookview Golf Course. 9 Recommended Action Motion to approve purchase of Kubota RTVX2C-SKLH-1 Heavy Duty Utility Vehicle Used For Maintaining Golf Course and Winter Trails from Lano Equipment in the amount of $23,571.22. Supporting Documents Kubota Quote.pdf 10 Quote Provided By LANO EQUIPMENT, INC. JOSH BOEHNE 23580 STATE HWY 55 LORETTO, MN 55357 email: JOSH_B@LANOEQUIP.COM phone: 6122514501 ­­ Standard Features ­­­­ Custom Options ­­ V Series RTVX2C­SKLH­1 * * * EQUIPMENT IN STANDARD MACHINE * * * DIESEL ENGINE Model Kubota D1105 3 Cyl. 68.5 cu in +23.3 Gross Eng HP 75 Amp Alternator TRANSMISSION VHT­X Variable Hydro Transmission Forward Speeds: Low 0 ­ 15 mph High 0 ­ 25 mph Reverse 0 ­ 17 mph Limited­slip Front Differential Rear differential lock HYDRAULICS Hydrostatic Power Steering with manual tilt­feature Hydraulic Cargo Dump Hydraulic Oil Cooler FLUID CAPACITY Fuel Tank 7.9 gal Cooling 8.3 qts Engine Oil 4.3 qts Transmission Oil 1.8 gal Brake Fluid 0.4 qts CARGO BOX Width 57.7in Length 40.5 in Depth 11.2 in Load Capacity 1102 lbs Vol. Capacity 15.2 cu ft + Manufacturer Estimate KEY FEATURES Factory Cab with A/C, Heater, Defroster Digital Multi­meter Fully­opening roll­down side windows Speedometer Pre­wired w/ speakers/antenna for stereo Front Independent Adjustable Suspension Rear Independent Adjustable Suspension Brakes ­ Front/Rear Wet Disc Rear Brake Lights / Front Headlights 2” Hitch Receiver, Front and Rear Deluxe 60/40 split bench seats with driver's side seat adjustment Underseat Storage Compartments Deluxe Front Guard (radiator guard, bumper, and lens guard) DIMENSIONS Width 63.2 in Height 81.9 in Length 120.3 in Wheelbase 80.5 in Tow Capacity 1300 lbs Ground Clearance 10.4 in Suspension Travel 8 in Turning Radius 13.1 ft SAFETY EQUIPMENT SAE J2194 & OSHA 1928 ROPS Horn Dash­mounted Parking Brake Spark Arrestor Muffler Retractable 2­point Seat Belts TIRES AND WHEELS ATV Tire 25 x 10 ­ 12, 6 ply HDMP Tires 25 x 10 ­ 12, 6 ply RTVX2C­SKLH­1 Base Price:$28,649.00 Configured Price:$28,649.00 Sourcewell Discounts: Kubota Items:($6,302.78) Total Discount:($6,302.78) SUBTOTAL:$22,346.22 Kubota Item Fees: Dealer Assembly:$0.00 Freight Cost:$825.00 PDI:$400.00 Total Unit Price:$23,571.22 Quantity Ordered:1 Final Sales Price:$23,571.22 Purchase Order Must Reflect Final Sales Price. To order, place your Purchase Order directly with the quoting dealer *All equipment specifications are as complete as possible as of the date on the quote. Additional attachments, options, or accessories may be added (or deleted) at the discounted price. All specifications and prices are subject to change. Taxes are not included. The PDI fees and freight for attachments and accessories quoted may have additional charges added by the delivering dealer. These charges will be billed separately. Prices for product quoted are good for 60 days from the date shown on the quote. All equipment as quoted is subject to availability.  © 2018 Kubota Tractor Corporation. All rights reserved. RTVX2C­SKLH­1 WEB QUOTE #2925133 Date: 11/20/2025 2:12:08 PM ­­ Customer Information ­­ HALEY, BRIAN 21219 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY BHALEY@GOLDENVALLEYMN.GOV  6125155290 107.154.186.25 Roslyn Harmon, Mayor Noah Schuchman, City Manager 11 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Parks & Recreation 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3C.2. Approve License and Service Agreement with Club Car, LLC for Brookview Golf Cart GPS System Prepared By Jasy Vorachit, Administrative Assistant Brett Johnson, Brookview Golf Operations Assistant Golf Manager Summary The Club Car Connect Golf Cart GPS System is an electronic GPS system installed on each golf cart. It provides real-time data, golf course maps, and other helpful features to enhance the golfer’s experience. Key customer features include accurate maps of the golf course, hole layouts, precise distance from golf course features, and electronic scoring. The GPS system assists golf operations staff with golf cart fleet management, by monitoring golf cart usage, mileage, battery status, and reducing unnecessary wear and tear. The system also provides real time cart location, pace of play monitoring, and golf cart speed control ensuring safer, more efficient use of the golf cart around high foot traffic areas. Staff recommend approving the License and Service Agreement for Club Car Connect through Club Car, LLC. Financial or Budget Considerations The Brookview Golf Course Enterprise budget includes funds for golf cart GPS services. This agreement runs for a term of 60 months. Annual dues are $18,288 x 5 years = $91,440. Legal Considerations This contract was reviewed by the City Legal Department. Equity Considerations Providing unbiased programs and services through infrastructure that supports and advances diversity, equity, and inclusion in all Golden Valley parks and Brookview Golf Course. Recommended Action Motion to approve License and Service Agreement with Club Car, LLC for Brookview Golf Cart GPS System. 12 Supporting Documents Club Car Contract.pdf 13 Date: November 7, 2025 In executing the enclosed documents, please carefully observe the following items: 1. Please ensure that your company’s legal name and physical address are listed correctly. 2. Please have an authorized signatory (corporate officer, partner, owner) sign and date the following: − License and Service Agreement, − Advertising Agreement, − Invoicing, Sales Tax and Vendor Registration Information. And, if applicable, please provide the following: − Authorization for electronic invoicing (including voided check). Electronic copies of the documents are sufficient and may be sent to sar-pmg@clubcar.com . Acceptance and scheduling of your order can take place once we have received all required documents. If you have any questions or need assistance, please contact us at sar-pmg@clubcar.com . Thank you, we appreciate your business! Club Car, LLC 14 1 (6) License and Service Agreement Issued Date: November 7, 2025 Customer Information Full Legal Name (“Customer”) City of Golden Valley Course Name (the “Golf Course”) Brookview Golf Course Equipment Location/ City/ County/ State/ Zip 316 Brookview Parkway South, Golden Valley, MN 55426 Type of Organization Municipality Billing Address/ City/ County/ State/ Zip (if different) Organization Jurisdiction Minnesota Course/Golf Car Information # Holes 27 Golf Car Make/Model (60) Club Car Tempo – lithium (1) Club Car Café Express - gas Total Number Vehicles Installed: 61 Installation Type: Factory Visage Software “Modules:” Selections Module Descriptions Number of Units Price/Unit Total/Month Connect Bundle 10” V4 LCD Touchscreen and Standard Connectivity Module (included with purchase or lease of Club Car Connect golf cars) 60 -- -- Selected for Connect Bundle Golfer Experience Module 60 $0.00 $0.00 ☒ Car Control Module 60 $22.00 $1,320.00 ☒ Car Tracking Module 60 $28.00 $1,680.00 ☒ Additional Unit for Beverage Car 1 $48.00 $48.00 Total Monthly Payment USD (plus tax): $3,048.00** ☒ Indicates additional Modules selected for subscription. **Payment Schedule: Payments shall commence upon the Date of Delivery and continue for the Term according to a 6on/6off seasonal schedule. Payments are due in May, June, July, August, September, and October, no payments are due in November, December, January, February, March, and April. ALL SUBSCRIPTION PAYMENTS ARE PAID SEPARATELY TO CCL AND ARE NOT PART OF THE GOLF CAR PAYMENT. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. Visage Software. Customer shall license the Visage Software (defined below), specifically the Modules(s) selected above, for the Minimum License Term (defined below). The Club Car Connect golf cars listed above (“the Golf Cars”) come standard with the Visage GPS units (the “System”), the Standard Connectivity Module and one Module of Customer’s choice (“the Connect Bundle”); additional Modules are available for subscription. 2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and run for a term of sixty (60) months (the “Minimum License Term”) from the “Date of Delivery” (the date Customer’s Golf Cars are delivered to its golf course facility, or, in the event that the System is delivered after delivery of the Golf Cars, the date Customer accepts delivery of the System) and at the conclusion of the Minimum License Term will continue for additional one month terms unless terminated by either party (the Minimum License Term together with any extensions hereto shall be referred to as the “Term”). For the avoidance of doubt, at the conclusion of the Minimum License Term: (a) the license to the Modules including the Standard Connectivity Module and Connect Bundle shall terminate and Customer shall have no rights to any of the Visage Software or the Modules; and (b) the Service Terms and Conditions will expire. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Customer elects to license additional Module(s) beyond the Minimum License Term, the Standard Connectivity Module and the Service Terms and Conditions will remain in full force and effect at no additional charge for so long as Customer is licensed under such additional Module(s). SEE THE FOLLOWING PAGES FOR ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS THIS AGREEMENT, EFFECTIVE AS OF THE DATE BELOW, IS BY AND BETWEEN CCL AND CUSTOMER AND IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS PRINTED ON THIS AND THE FOLLOWING PAGES, WHICH PERTAIN TO THIS AGREEMENT AND WHICH CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ. THIS AGREEMENT IS NON-BINDING UNTIL ACCEPTED BY CCL. CUSTOMER CERTIFIES ALL ACTIONS REQUIRED TO AUTHORIZE THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CUSTOMER’S AUTHORITY HAVE BEEN FULFILLED. ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT IS SUBJECT TO FINANCIAL QUALIFICATION AND CREDITWORTHINESS OF CUSTOMER. CUSTOMER SHALL PROVIDE A CREDIT APPLICATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS REQUESTED BY CCL. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL EXPIRE AND BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT IF NOT EXECUTED BY BOTH PARTIES WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE ISSUED DATE ABOVE. Club Car, LLC (“CCL”) 4125 Washington Road, Evans, GA 30809 CUSTOMER City of Golden Valley Authorized Signatory: Authorized Signatory: Print Name: Effective Date: Title: Print Name: Date: Title: 15 Club Car Connect License and Service Agreement 2 (6) (Cub Car Connect License and Service Agreement Terms and Conditions continued) 3. Payments. Customer shall make all Payments stated in this Agreement according to the payment terms above beginning on the Date of Delivery. If the Date of Delivery is between the 1st and 15th day of the month, all Payments will be due on the 15th day of each month. If the Date of Delivery is between the 16th and the last day of the month, all Payments will be due on the 1st day of each month. All amounts payable under this Agreement are payable at CCL’s address above or at such other address as CCL may specify in writing from time to time. Time is of the essence for all obligations arising hereunder. 4. Taxes. All Payments made under this Agreement shall be net to CCL. Customer shall pay all taxes, tax pass along, assessments, and any sales, use, personal property, privilege, value-added taxes, import duties, excise taxes and import brokerage fees incurred in connection with the Visage Software, the Golf Cars or otherwise with respect to this Agreement. If tax-exempt, Customer agrees to provide satisfactory evidence of exemption. 5. Maintenance Service. CCL shall provide service based on the Service Terms and Conditions, set forth in Exhibit A, for a period beginning with the Date of Delivery and ending at the conclusion of the Minimum License Term or the Term, as the case may be. 6. Software License. Customer understands that CCL does not sell the Visage Software. For the Term, CCL grants Customer a nontransferable, non-exclusive license to use the Visage Software only in conjunction with the System and only as expressly authorized in this Agreement. “Visage Software” means system software included with the System provided to Customer and the Modules selected by or provided to Customer hereunder. Customer shall (i) hold Visage Software in confidence and not disclose it to anyone other than its employees and consultants who require disclosure in connection with Customer’s use of the Visage Software and who are subject to confidentiality obligations in substance at least as strict as these, (ii) not print, copy, modify, translate, alter, reverse compile, decompile or reverse engineer Visage Software, (iii) not remove any CCL copyright, trademark or other proprietary notice from Visage Software and shall reproduce all such notices on copies made by Customer, and (iv) not transfer Visage Software or assign any license or rights regarding the Visage Software. 7. Default/Delinquency Charges. Payments not paid by 5 days after the Payment due date are subject to a late payment fee of five percent (5%) of the Payment amount, or the maximum percentage allowed under applicable laws, whichever is less. Should any fee paid by Customer under this Agreement result in interest in excess of the maximum lawful rate, then such excess shall be automatically credited to Customer. 8. Assignment. Customer acknowledges that CCL may assign to a successor all or any part of its right, title and interest in this Agreement and hereby consents to such assignments. In case of such assignment, Customer agrees to continue to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement. 9. Notice. All notices required, permitted or given in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing, and either hand-delivered or delivered by recognized overnight courier to the offices listed in the first paragraph of this Agreement or such other address as either party may designate by notice as specified in this section. 10. General. This Agreement, together with the exhibits and schedules referred to in it, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the within subject matter and supersedes any prior understandings oral or written. This Agreement may not be varied, modified, or amended except in writing signed by the parties. Waiver by either party of any breach or violation or default of any provision of this Agreement will not operate as a waiver of such provision or of any subsequent breach or violation or any default. The failure or refusal of any party to exercise any right or remedy shall not be deemed to be a waiver or abandonment of any right or remedy. If any term of this Agreement is for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the rest of the Agreement remains fully valid and enforceable. The headings in the Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of it. The headings do not affect its interpretation. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the procedural and substantive laws of the State of Georgia. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and/or electronic signature. The parties agree that this Agreement was fully negotiated by the parties; therefore, no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted against any party because such party or its legal representative drafted such provision. Customer shall allow CCL to reference Customer in various marketing material or corporate literature, and to the use of approved photos of the Customer’s facility for various marketing materials or media. Customer further agrees to allow CCL to reference it in a press release or other media announcing it as a new location for its System. Any information and data arising out of or in connection with Customer’s use of the System shall be owned jointly by CCL and Customer. All work performed by CCL in connection with the services to be performed under this Agreement shall be performed by CCL as an independent contractor and not as the agent of Customer. CCL may subcontract any or all of the work to be performed under this Agreement but shall retain full responsibility for the work so subcontracted. 16 Club Car Connect License and Service Agreement Exhibit A – Service Terms and Conditions 3 (6) EXHIBIT A Service Terms and Conditions 1. Scope of Service. 1.1. Defective Components. CCL shall provide maintenance service as provided for in paragraphs 2.3 and 2.4 below, at its expense, to repair, modify or replace the Visage GPS system (inclusive of the Software, the “System”) components, as necessary that are defective in workmanship (“Service”). CCL does not warrant that the operation of the System shall be uninterrupted or completely error-free. 1.2. Exclusions. Service shall not include, and CCL shall not be liable for any interruption in service, delay in the delivery, or disruption of performance of the System resulting from: (1) maintenance, repair or replacement of parts damaged or failing to operate due to acts of God, including without limit storms, atmospheric disturbances, lightning, fire, hail, and flood; acts of government, including war; catastrophes, accident, neglect, misuse, failure of satellites, failure of electrical power, fault or negligence of Customer, causes external to the System or from any other cause beyond the control of CCL; (2) service and repair of accessories, attachments, or any other devices that are not part of the System; (3) changes, modifications or alterations in or to the System required due to new construction or changes to the golf course or facilities; (4) graphical changes after acceptance of the System, (5) software damage caused by unauthorized use. 2. Customer Responsibilities 2.1. Problem Notification. Customer agrees to promptly notify Customer Support in the event of any System or component failure and provide diagnostic assistance to support CCL’s service efforts. 2.2. To Contact Customer Support. Customer shall have reasonable access to Customer Support during business hours. Customer Support provides user support, troubleshooting, and diagnostic assistance and is Customer’s point of contact for reporting system problems or requesting service. a. For all routine requests and status inquiries, contact Customer Support via email to sar-cams@clubcar.com. b. To report emergency or critical system issues, contact Customer Support by calling the toll free Customer Support line at 888-575-2901. 2.3. Component Replacement. Customer agrees to perform the task of changing out replacement components provided by CCL. Customer will be billed for repair or replacement of returned components that have been damaged. 2.4. RMA request for defective components. A Return Materials Authorization number (RMA) is required for the return of any defective component. To obtain an RMA, Customer must contact Customer Support as noted above. If Customer Support determines that the component must be returned for repair, Customer Support will issue an RMA. Customer is then responsible for properly following procedures for returning components as instructed by Customer Support. Any request for special handling such as expedited repair, overnight return delivery, or non-business day delivery may be subject to additional charges billable to Customer. Customer agrees to pay for shipment of components returned to CCL. CCL agrees to pay for return shipment to Customer. 2.5. An unrestricted broadband Internet connection at each location on the Golf Course that needs access to the Visage System (including F&B order fulfillment) for the duration of this Agreement for System installation, monitoring and maintenance service. The internet connection must provide the following minimum speeds: Minimum 120 carts or more 160 carts or more Download speed (Mbit/sec): 1.5 2.25 3.0 Upload speed (Mbit/sec): 0.5 0.75 1.0 2.6. Battery power to the Golf Car-mounted units at all times, and Customer agrees to allow power to be drawn for wi-fi access points and other System equipment as needed. 17 Club Car Connect License and Service Agreement Exhibit A – Service Terms and Conditions 4 (6) 3. Definition of Service Elements 3.1. Remote Diagnostics. CCL accesses the course System via the Internet to perform system diagnostics, remote health monitoring or specific troubleshooting procedures to detect, identify or correct failures. 3.2. Software Updates and Enhancements. CCL shall provide software maintenance for the System Software. Software maintenance provides for bug fixes, patches, corrections, updates and enhancements as available. Software updates do not include new software features or hardware product offerings that are sold separately. 3.3. On-site Service. If a problem cannot be resolved through telephone support or by shipping a replacement component, CCL may dispatch a technician to Customer’s site to address the problem. On-site services including labor, materials, and reasonable travel expenses are chargeable for site visits that result from problems excluded from Service (defined in section 1.2 above). Customer agrees to provide CCL and its agents with reasonable access to on-site facilities to address system performance problems and enhancements as required. 4. Force Majeure. CCL shall not be liable for any interruption in service, delay in the delivery, or disruption of performance of the System resulting from any cause beyond its reasonable control or caused by acts of God, acts of Customer, acts of civil or military authorities, fires, strikes, floods, epidemics, governmental rules or regulations, war, riot, delays in transportation, or shortages. 5. Pricing of Additional Services. Services not covered under these Service Terms and Conditions or that may be requested from time to time are available according to the prices and terms below. All prices and terms for additional services are subject to change. For orders up to US$1,500, CCL will provide services upon receipt and confirmation of the order. Payment will be due upon delivery of services. For orders of US$1,500 or more, CCL requires a signed purchase order or a deposit payment equal to 50% of the order price with the final payment due upon delivery of services. CCL at its sole discretion reserves the right to hold orders for accounts that have outstanding payables beyond terms. Scheduling of services depends on material lead-times and the backlog of service orders at the time of order confirmation. Description Prices (USD) Graphical Changes $65 / half hour Mapping Changes $65 / half hour plus travel and expenses at reasonable cost Graphics Media (Raw data files for Customer’s use) 3D Video Flyovers: $1,000/14 hole set; $500/ additional 7 hole set 2D Hole Images: $500/18 hole set; $250/ additional 9 hole set 2D VCC Course Map: $200 On-site service for items not covered under Service (due to external causes or at customer’s request for additional services) $400 per half day on site plus $40 per hour travel time to and from site plus travel and expenses at reasonable cost; plus any applicable material charges. Repair of GPS unit for damage not covered under Service Level 1: $100 - Damage to exterior plastic housing. Does not include damage to the touch screen or LCD display, Level 2: $200 - Broken or cracked touch screen or LCD display, Level 3: Complete loss including water damage or damage to internal components. Replace with refurbished VDU $600 Replace with new VDU $800 Fleet Replacement Like-to-Like car changeover; (i.e. Club Car Tempo electric to Club Car Tempo electric which requires no additional or replacement mounting hardware), Customer may select option a or b (90 days advance notice required): a- By Customer (2-3 people) + 1 CCL employee $20/unit plus travel and expenses at reasonable cost b- By CCL (2-3 people) on-site $42/unit plus travel and expenses at reasonable cost Fleet Replacement different type cars (90 days advance notice required): Quoted on case by case basis 18 Club Car Connect License and Service Agreement Advertising Agreement 5 (6) ADVERTISING AGREEMENT This Advertising Agreement is attached to and incorporated into the terms of that certain License and Service Agreement (“Agreement”) between Club Car, LLC (“CCL”) and City of Golden Valley dba Brookview Golf Course (“Customer”). Capitalized terms appearing herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to them herein as in the Agreement unless otherwise noted. Ad Modules & Pricing Selection Feature Description ☒ AdMan: Standard package provides Fairway and Green-to-Tee spots. Price: Included with the Visage Control Center (VCC) CCL hereby grants Customer graphical exposure opportunities on the System that shall consist of Fairway (full page and insert spots) and available “Green to Tee” full screen graphics to be used for local advertising and promotions or for tournament sponsorships but not for national advertising campaigns which are administered by CCL exclusively. Fairway spots are available on par 4 and par 5 holes (fairway spots are not available for par 3 holes. Fairway spots include a full page “touch-to-make-go- away” and the quarter page insert). “Green to Tee” is defined as the area just after a green and prior to the next tee (a 200-yd distance between the green and next tee is required for a Green to Tee spot to work.) CCL retains exclusive rights to all other advertising on the System and may sell ads for placement on the System. Customer retains right of approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, for such CCL sold ads and where approved will receive revenues, if any, on a campaign-by-campaign basis. Customer agrees that it will allow no third party to place advertising on the System. ☐ AdMan Pro: Ad Manager with access to all Ad Inventory. Customer retains exclusive rights to all advertising on the System and may sell ads for placement on and in connection with the System and retain all such revenues. Club Car, LLC City of Golden Valley dba Brookview Golf Course Authorized Signatory: Authorized Signatory: Print Name: Effective Date: Title: Print Name: Date: Title: Roslyn Harmon, Mayor Noah Schuchman, City Manager 19 Club Car Connect License and Service Agreement Invoicing, Sales Tax and Vendor Registration 6 (6) Invoicing, Sales Tax and Vendor Registration Information 1.Electronic Invoicing. Please provide the following information, invoices will be sent electronically to the email address provided below. Billing Email:_________________________________________________________________ Billing Contact Name: _____________________________________ Phone #: _____________________ 2.Sales Tax. If applicable for your location, Club Car must charge sales tax. Club Car will not charge sales tax, however, if you provide evidence of sales tax exemption or a state appropriate resale certificate. Please email certificates to SAR-PMG@clubcar.com promptly. Please be advised that if the certificate is not received prior to installation, sales tax will be added to your payments. Please indicate your sales tax situation: Will provide evidence of Sales Tax Exemption. Will provide state appropriate resale certificate. Will not claim sales tax exemption or reseller status and understand sales tax will be added to payments, if applicable. 3.Vendor Registration Instructions. Please indicate if you require Club Car to register as a new vendor or provide a W-9 or both in order to make payments. Yes (If yes, please send registration instructions along with the signed documents to SAR- PMG@clubcar.com). _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ No _____________________________________________________________________ CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. I understand that the above information and additional documentation, if applicable, is required prior to System enablement. City of Golden Valley dba Brookview Golf Course Authorized Signatory: Print Name: Date: Title: finance@goldenvalleymn.gov 763-512-2315Ben Disch bdisch@brookviewgolf.com 20 Addendum A Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the License and Service dated November 7, 2025 (the “Agreement”) the following terms and conditions shall apply to the Agreement between the parties and shall supersede and replace any conflicting terms and conditions in the Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the Agreement and this Addendum A, this Addendum A shall take precedence. Records/Inspection. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 16C.05, subd. 5, Contractor agrees that the books, records, documents, and accounting procedures and practices of Contractor, that are relevant to the contract or transaction, are subject to examination by the City and the state auditor or legislative auditor for a minimum of six years. Contractor shall maintain such records for a minimum of six years after final payment. The parties agree that this obligation will survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. Data Practices Act Compliance. Any and all data provided to Contractor, received from Contractor, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be administered in accordance with, and is subject to the requirements of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13. Contractor agrees to notify the City within three business days if it receives a data request from a third party. This paragraph does not create a duty on the part of Contractor to provide access to public data to the public if the public data are available from the City, except as required by the terms of this Agreement. These obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this Agreement. Choice of Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota. Any disputes, controversies, or claims arising out of this Agreement shall be heard in the state or federal courts of Hennepin County, Minnesota, and all parties to this Agreement waive any objection to the jurisdiction of these courts, whether based on convenience or otherwise. 21 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Public Works 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3C.3. Approve Contract for the Bassett Creek Sewer Lining Project with Insituform Technologies USA, LLC Prepared By Tim Kieffer, Public Works Director Caleb Brolsma, Assistant City Engineer Summary The City regularly contracts lining of sanitary sewer pipes to rehabilitate deteriorated pipes, which reduces blockages and Inflow/Infiltration. Staff proposes to line the pipes along Bassett Creek from Dresden Lane to Golden Valley Road. This work is scheduled in conjunction with and just before the Bassett Creek Restoration Project to coordinate temporary easements and disruption to residents. Additionally, doing this work before the stream restoration project will ensure the pipes are structurally rehabilitated before work around them occurs. Quotes to line approximately 2,615 feet of sanitary sewer pipe were received on November 27, 2025. The results are listed below: Insituform Technologies USA, LLC $277,491.68 Veit & Company, Inc. $567,400.00 Visu-Sewer Inc.$369,900.00 Financial or Budget Considerations The 2025-2034 Water and Sanitary Sewer Capital Improvement Program (CIP) includes $600,000 for the Bassett Creek Sanitary Sewer Rehabilitation (W&SS-127). The cost for engineering services is $73,200 for a total cost of $350,691.68. Legal Considerations The Legal Department has approved the contract. Equity Considerations The project provides unbiased programs and services. Reliable sanitary sewer conveyance is essential for public health, safety, and the economic vitality of a community. Recommended Action Motion to approve the Mayor and City Manager to execute the Contract for the Bassett Creek Sewer 22 Lining Project with Insituform Technologies USA, LLC in the form approved by the City Attorney. Supporting Documents Contract for the Bassett Creek Sewer Lining Project with Insituform Technologies USA, LLC 23 FC - 1 CONTRACT NO. 25-09 AGREEMENT FOR THE BASSETT CREEK SEWER LINING PROJECT PROJECT NO. 25-09 THIS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), entered into the 2nd day of December, 2025 between the City of Golden Valley (the “City”), a municipal corporation, existing under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and Insituform Technologies USA, LLC, a corporation, under the laws of Delaware (“Contractor”). ARTICLE 1. The Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of: this Agreement, the Proposal and Bid of the Contractor, the Contractor’s Bonds, the General Conditions, Special Conditions and any supplementary conditions, drawings, plans, Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed herein or in any of the foregoing documents, and Modifications of the same issued after execution of this Agreement (collectively the “Contract” or “Contract Documents”). A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive, or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Engineer. In the event of a conflict among the various provisions of the Contract Documents, the terms shall be interpreted in the following order of priority: 1. Modifications to the Contract 2. This Agreement 3. Special Conditions 4. General Conditions Drawings shall control over Specifications, and detail in drawings shall control over large-scale drawings. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement, but defined elsewhere in the Contract Documents, shall have the meaning set forth in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2. The Work. Contractor, for good and valuable consideration the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, covenants and agrees to furnish all materials, all necessary tools and equipment, and to do and perform all work and labor necessary for the Bassett Creek Sewer Lining Project (25-09) (the “Project”) according to the Plans and Specifications and all of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall commence and conclude the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Time is of the essence in this Agreement. Accordingly, Contractor shall complete the Work in accordance with the time schedule for commencement and completion of the Work set forth in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall complete the W ork in every respect to the satisfaction and approval of the City. 24 FC - 2 ARTICLE 3. Contract Price. The City shall pay the Contractor the Contract Price in current funds for the Contractor’s performance of the Contract. The Contract Price shall be $277,491.68, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. Installment payments, if any, on account of the Work shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. Final payment shall be due and payable on or before thirty (30) days after issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion issued by the City Engineer confirming that the Work has been fully completed and Contractor’s obligations fully performed by Contractor. ARTICLE 4. Contractor’s Bonds. Contractor shall make, execute and deliver to the City corporate surety bonds in a form approved by the City, in the sum of $277,491.68 for the use of the City and of all persons furnishing labor, skill, tools, machinery or materials to the Project. Said bonds shall secure the faithful performance and payment of the Contract by the Contractor and shall be conditioned as required by law. This Agreement shall not become effective unless and until said bonds have been received and approved by the City. ARTICLE 5. Acceptance of the Work. The City, through its authorized agents, shall be the sole and final judge of the fitness of the W ork and its acceptability. ARTICLE 6. Records. Contractor shall keep as complete, exact and accurate an account of the labor and materials used in the execution of the Work as is possible, and shall submit and make this information available as maybe requested by the City. ARTICLE 7. Payment. All payments to Contractor shall be made payable to the order of Insituform Technologies USA, LLC, and the City does not assume and shall not have any responsibility for the allocation of payments or obligations of the Contractor to third parties. ARTICLE 8. Cancellation Prior to Execution. The City reserves the right, without liability, to cancel the award of the Contract at any time before the execution of the Contract by all parties. ARTICLE 9. Termination. The City may by written notice terminate the Contract, or any portion thereof, when (1) it is deemed in the best public, state or national interest to do so; (2) the City is unable to adequately fund payment for the Contract because of changes in state fiscal policy, regulations or law; or (3) after finding that, for reasons beyond Contractor’s control, Contractor is prevented from proceeding with or completing the W ork within a reasonable time. In the event that any Work is terminated under the provisions hereof, all completed items or units of W ork will be paid for at Contract Bid Prices. Payment for partially completed items or units of W ork will be made in accordance with the Contract Documents. 25 FC - 3 Termination of the Contract or any portion thereof shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for the completed W ork, nor shall it relieve Contractor’s Sureties of their obligations for and concerning any just claims arising out of the W ork. ARTICLE 10. No Discrimination. Contractor agrees not to discriminate in providing products and services under this Agreement on the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin, disability, age, sexual orientation, status with regard to public assistance, or religion. Violation of any part of this provision may lead to immediate termination of this Agreement. Contractor agrees to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as amended (“ADA”), section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Minnesota Human Rights Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 363A. Contractor agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City from costs, including but not limited to damages, attorneys’ fees and staff time, in any action or proceeding brought alleging a violation of these laws by Contractor or its guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatives and subcontractors. Upon request, Contractor shall provide accommodation to allow individuals with disabilities to participate in all Services under this Agreement. Contractor agrees to utilize its own auxiliary aid or service in order to comply with ADA requirements for effective communication with individuals with disabilities. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, both parties hereto have caused this Contract to be signed on their respective behalves by their duly authorized offices and their corporate seals to be hereunto affixed the day and year first above written. THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, MINNESOTA BY Roslyn Harmon, Mayor BY Noah Schuchman, City Manager INSITUFORM TECHNOLOGIES USA, LLC BY Patricia H. Sordillo, Contracting & Attesting Officer 26 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Public Works 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3C.4. Approve Contract for Manager's Conference Room Remodel with Versacon, Inc. Prepared By Tim Kieffer, Public Works Director Al Lundstrom, Park Maintenance Superintendent Summary The City Hall Manager’s Conference Room needs to be remodeled to add additional offices due to increased personnel. The work includes installing walls in the existing conference room to make an office and a smaller conference room. Additionally, the work includes converting one open space workstation into an office. Staff received five quotes for the project. The results are as follows: Advanced Design Contracting $57,171.00 JPMI Construction Company $51,000.00 Moltron Builders Inc.$65,796.00 Tri-Construction, Inc.$48,293.00 Versacon, Inc. $23,000.00 Financial or Budget Considerations Funding will come from the Buildings Capital Improvement Program fund balance. Legal Considerations The Legal Department has reviewed and approved the contract. Equity Considerations Staff solicited quotes from forty-seven contractors, including forty-three Disadvantaged Business Enterprises using the Minnesota Unified Certification Program database, and three community organizations that work with Minority and Women Business Enterprises. Recommended Action Motion to approve the Mayor and City Manager to execute the Contract for Manager’s Conference Room Remodel with Versacon, Inc. in the form approved by the City Attorney. Supporting Documents 27 Contract for Manager's Conference Room Remodel with Versacon, Inc. 28 1 CONTRACT FOR MANAGER’S CONFERENCE ROOM REMODEL WITH VERSACON, INC. THIS AGREEMENT is made this 2nd day of December, 2025 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Versacon, Inc., a construction company located at 9443 Science Center Drive, New Hope, MN 55428 (“Contractor”), and the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota, a Minnesota municipal corporation located at 7800 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (the “City”): RECITALS A. Contractor is engaged in the business of construction. B. The City desires to hire Contractor to provide construction services. C. Contractor represents that it has the professional expertise and capabilities to provide the City with the requested work. D. The City desires to engage Contractor to provide the work described in this Agreement and Contractor is willing to provide such work on the terms and conditions in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions expressed herein, the City and Contractor agree as follows: AGREEMENT 1. The Work. Contractor shall perform the work more fully described in the attached Exhibit A (the “Work”). The Work includes all work and services required by this Agreement, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by Contractor to fulfill Contractor’s obligations. All Work shall be completed according to the specifications set forth in the attached Exhibit B. Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials and debris caused by Contractor’s operations. 2. Time for Completion. The Contractor shall proceed diligently and shall complete the Work to the satisfaction and approval of the City’s authorized agent according to the length of time set forth in Exhibit A (the “Contract Time”). Contractor shall notify the City in writing of any cause of delay of the Work within 24 hours after such cause of delay arises. If Contractor fails to complete the Work during the Contract Time, the City may immediately, or at any time thereafter, proceed to complete the Work at the Contractor’s expense. If Contractor gives written notice of a delay over which Contractor has no control, the City may at its discretion, extend the Contract Time. 3. Consideration. In consideration of the performance of the Work, the City shall pay to Contractor the amount set forth in the attached Exhibit D (the “Contract Price”). The consideration shall be for both the Work performed by Contractor and the expenses incurred by Contractor in performing the Work. Contractor shall submit statements to the City containing a detailed list of project labor and hours, rates, titles, and amounts undertaken by Contractor during the relevant billing period. The City shall pay Contractor within thirty (35) days after receiving a statement from Contractor. 29 2 4. Permits. Contractor shall obtain, at its sole cost, all permits required for the performance of the Work. 5. Extra Work. Unless approved by the City in writing, Contractor shall make no claim for extra work done or materials furnished, nor shall Contractor do any work or furnish any materials not covered by the plans and specifications of this Agreement. Any such work or materials furnished by Contractor without written City approval shall be at Contractor’s own risk and expense. Contractor shall perform any altered plans ordered by the City; if such alteration reduces the cost of doing such work, the actual amount of such reduction shall be deducted from the contract price for the Work. 6. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents shall consist of this Agreement; all exhibits to this Agreement, which are incorporated herein by reference; any supplementary drawings, plans, and specifications; and other documents listed herein. In the event of a conflict among the various provisions of the Contract Documents, the terms shall be interpreted in the following order of priority: a. Modifications to this Agreement b. This Agreement, including all exhibits c. Supplementary drawings, plans, specifications d. Other documents listed in this Agreement Drawings shall control over Specifications, and detail in drawings shall control over large-scale drawings. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement, but defined elsewhere in the Contract Documents, shall have the meaning set forth in the Contract Documents. 7. Expense Reimbursement. Contractor shall not be compensated separately for necessary incidental expenses. All expenses of Contractor shall be built into Contractor’s fixed compensation rate, unless reimbursement is provided for an expense that received the prior written approval of the City, which approval may be provided via electronic mail. 8. Approvals. Contractor shall secure the City’s written approval before making any expenditures, purchases, or commitments on the City’s behalf beyond those listed in the Work. The City’s approval may be provided via electronic mail. 9. Protection of Persons and Property. Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: a. Persons performing the Work and other persons who may be affected by the Work; b. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein; and c. Other property at the site or adjacent to the site, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavement, roadways, structures and utilities. Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss to property caused in whole or in part by Contractor or any of its subcontractors, agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them. 30 3 10. Acceptance of the Work. All of the Contractor’s work and labor shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the City. If any materials or labor are rejected by the City as defective or unsuitable, then the materials shall be removed and replaced with other approved materials and the labor shall be done to the satisfaction and approval of the City at the Contractor’s sole cost and expense. Contractor shall replace at Contractor’s expense any loss or damage to the Work, however caused, which occurs during the construction thereof or prior to the final delivery to and acceptance of the Work by the City. Any payment made to Contractor, shall not be construed as operating to relieve Contractor from responsibility for the construction and delivery of Work. Acceptance of the completed Work shall be evidenced only by a Certificate of Final Completion issued by the City, which shall state the date on which the City accepts the completed Work (the “Final Completion Date”). 11. Warranty. Contractor represents and warrants that it has the requisite training, skills, and experience necessary to complete the Work, is appropriately licensed by all applicable agencies and governmental entities, and will complete the Work in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by professionals currently providing similar work. Contractor further represents and warrants to the City that the materials and equipment furnished under this Agreement are of good quality and new, unless this Agreement requires or permits otherwise. Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of this Agreement and will be free from defects. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. Contractor shall promptly correct any defective Work. Costs of correcting such defective Work, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for any additional services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at Contractor’s expense. Contractor’s warranty shall exclude remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by Contractor or its subcontractors, agents, or anyone hired or employed by any of them, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation or normal wear and tear under normal usage. 12. Guarantee. Contractor guarantees and agrees to maintain the stability of the Work and materials furnished and installed under this contract for a period of one year after the Final Completion Date (the “Guarantee Period”). Contractor agrees to perform fully all other guarantees as set forth in the specifications. If any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract during the Guarantee Period, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of notice from the City to do so. The City shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. If Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time after receipt of notice from the City, the City may correct the Work at Contractor’s expense. The Guarantee Period shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after the Final Completion Date by the period of time between final payment and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by Contractor pursuant to this Section. Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in this Section relates only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedi ngs may be commenced to establish Contractor’s liability with respect to Contractor’s obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 31 4 13. Termination. This Agreement shall remain in force and effect commencing from the effective date and continuing until the completion of all of the parties’ obligations hereunder, unless terminated by the City or amended pursuant to the Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated as follows: a. The parties, by mutual written agreement, may terminate this Agreement at any time; b. Contractor may terminate this Agreement in the event of a breach of the Agreement by the City upon providing thirty (30) days’ written notice to the City; c. The City may terminate this Agreement at any time at its option, for any reason or no reason at all; or d. The City may terminate this Agreement immediately upon Contractor’s failure to have in force any insurance required by this Agreement. In the event of a termination, the City shall pay Contractor for Work performed to the date of termination and for all costs or other expenses incurred prior to the date of termination. 14. Amendments. No amendments may be made to this Agreement except in a writing signed by both parties. 15. Remedies. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by the City because of a breach by Contractor, the City may complete the Work either by itself or by contract with other persons or entities, or any combination thereof. These remedies provided to the City for breach of this Agreement by Contractor shall not be exclusive. The City shall be entitled to exercise any one or more other legal or equitable remedies available because of Contractor’s breach. 16. Records/Inspection. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 16C.05, subd. 5, Contractor agrees that the books, records, documents, and accounting procedures and practices of Contractor, that are relevant to the contract or transaction, are subject to examination by the City and the state auditor or legislative auditor for a minimum of six years. Contractor shall maintain such records for a minimum of six years after final payment. The parties agree that this obligation will survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 17. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor, and Contractor’s successors or assigns, agree to protect, defend, indemnify, save, and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, agents, volunteers, and employees from any and all claims; lawsuits; causes of actions of any kind, nature, or character; damages; losses; and costs, disbursements, and expenses of defending the same, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, professional services, and other technical, administrative or professional assistance resulting from or arising out of Contractor’s (or its subcontractors, agents, volunteers, members, invitees, representatives, or employees) performance of the duties required by or arising from this Agreement, or caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission or willful misconduct by Contractor, or arising out of Contractor’s failure to obtain or maintain the insurance required by this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a waiver or limitation of any immunity or limitation on liability to which the City is entitled. The parties agree that these indemnification obligations shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 18. Insurance. Contractor shall maintain reasonable insurance coverage throughout this Agreement. Contractor agrees that before any work related to the approved project can be performed, Contractor shall maintain at a minimum: 32 5 a. Worker’s Compensation Insurance as required by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.181; b. Business Auto Liability covering vehicles owned by Contractor and non-owned vehicles used by Contractor, with policy limits not less than $1,000,000.00 per accident, for bodily injury, death of any person, and property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, and use of such motor vehicles, along with any statutorily required automobile coverage; c. Commercial General Liability in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence, $2,000,000 general aggregate, and $2,000,000 for products -completed operations hazard, providing coverage for claims including: i. Damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, including occupational sickness or disease, and death of any person; ii. Personal and advertising injury; iii. Damages because of physical damage to or destruction of property, including loss of use of such property; iv. Bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and v. Contractor’s indemnity obligations under this Agreement. To meet the Commercial General Liability and Business Auto Liability requirements, Contractor may use a combination of Excess and Umbrella coverage. Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor shall provide the City with a current certificate of insurance including the following language: “The City of Golden Valley is named as an additional insured with respect to the commercial general liability, business automobile liability and umbrella or excess liability, as required by the contract. The umbrella or excess liability policy follows form on all underlying coverages.” Such certificate of liability insurance shall list the City as an additional insured and contain a statement that such policies of insurance shall not be canceled or amended unless 30 days’ written notice is provided to the City, or 10 days’ written notice in the case of non-payment. 19. Compliance with State Withholding Tax. Before final payment is made for the Work on this project, Contractor must make a satisfactory showing that it has complied with the provisions of Minnesota Statutes, section 290.92 requiring the withholding of State Income Tax for wages paid employees on this project by providing to the City Engineer a Certificate of Compliance from the Commissioner of Taxation. Contractor is advised that before such Certificate can be issued, Contractor must first place on file with the Commissioner of Taxation an affidavit, in the form of an IC-134, that Contractor has complied with the provisions of Minnesota Statutes Section 290.92. 20. Assignment. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign this Agreement or any rights under or interest in this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the other party’s prior written consent. Any assignment in violation of this provision is null and void. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign, or transfer any rights under or interest (including, but without limitation, moneys that may become due or moneys that are due) in the Agreement without the written consent of the other except to the extent that the effect of this limitation may be restricted by law. Unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall prevent Contractor from employing such independent consultants, associates, and subcontractors, as it may deem appropriate to assist it in the performance of the Work required by this Agreement. Any instrument in violation of this provision is null and void. 33 6 21. Independent Contractor. Contractor is an independent contractor. Contractor’s duties shall be performed with the understanding that Contractor has special expertise as to the Work which Contractor is to perform and is customarily engaged in the independent performance of the same or similar work for others. Contractor shall provide or contract for all required equipment and personnel. Contractor shall control the manner in which the Work is performed; however, the nature of the Work and the results to be achieved shall be specified by the City. The parties agree that this is not a joint venture and the parties are not co-partners. Contractor is not an employee or agent of the City and has no authority to make any binding commitments or obligations on behalf of the City except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement. All Work provided by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided by Contractor as an independent contractor and not as an employee of the City for any purpose, including but not limited to: income tax withholding, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, FICA taxes, liability for torts and eligibility for employee benefits. 22. Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall exercise due professional care to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, ordinances and regulatfons in effect as of the date Contractor agrees to provide the Services. Contractor’s guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatfves, and subcontractors shall abide by the City's policies prohibitfng sexual harassment and tobacco, drug, and alcohol use as defined in the City’s Respectiul Work Place Policy, and Tobacco, Drug, and Alcohol Policy, as well as all other reasonable work rules, safety rules, or policies, and procedures regulatfng the conduct of persons on City property, at all tfmes while performing dutfes pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor agrees and understands that a violatfon of any of these policies, procedures, or rules constftutes a breach of the Agreement and sufficient grounds for immediate terminatfon of the Agreement by the City. 23. Entire Agreement. The Contract Documents shall constitute the entire agreement between the City and Contractor, and supersede any other written or oral agreements between the City and Contractor. 24. Third Party Rights. The parties to this Agreement do not intend to confer any rights under this Agreement on any third party. 25. Choice of Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota. Any disputes, controversies, or claims arising out of this Agreement shall be heard in the state or federal courts of Hennepin County, Minnesota, and all parties to this Agreement waive any objection to the jurisdiction of these courts, whether based on convenience or otherwise. 26. Work Products and Ownership of Documents. All records, information, materials and other work products, including, but not limited to the completed reports, drawings, plans, and specifications prepared and developed in connection with the provision of the Work pursuant to this Agreement shall become the property of the City, but reproductions of such records, information, materials and other work products in whole or in part may be retained by Contractor. Regardless of when such information was provided, Contractor agrees that it will not disclose for any purpose any information Contractor has obtained arising out of or related to this Agreement, except as authorized by the City or as required by law. These obligations survive the termination of this Agreement. 34 7 27. Conflict of Interest. Contractor shall use reasonable care to avoid conflicts of interest and appearances of impropriety in representation of the City. In the event of a conflict of interest, Contractor shall advise the City and, either secure a waiver of the conflict, or advise the City that it will be unable to provide the requested Work. 28. Agreement Not Exclusive. The City retains the right to hire other professionals, contractors and service providers for this or other matters, in the City’s sole discretion. 29. Data Practices Act Compliance. Any and all data provided to Contractor, received from Contractor, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be administered in accordance with, and is subject to the requirements of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13. Contractor agrees to notify the City within three business days if it receives a data request from a third party. This paragraph does not create a duty on the part of Contractor to provide access to public data to the public if the public data are available from the City, except as required by the terms of this Agreement. These obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this Agreement. 30. No Discrimination. Contractor agrees not to discriminate in providing the Work under this Agreement on the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin, disability, age, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, gender expression, status with regard to public assistance, or religion. Violation of any part of this provision may lead to immediate termination of this Agreement. Contractor agrees to comply with Americans with Disabilities Act as amended (“ADA”), section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Minnesota Human Rights Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 363A. Contractor agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City from costs, including but not limited to damages, attorneys’ fees and staff time, in any action or proceeding brought alleging a violation of these laws by Contractor or its guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatives and subcontractors. Upon request, Contractor shall provide accommodation to allow individuals with disabilities to participate in all Work under this Agreement. Contractor agrees to utilize its own auxiliary aid or service in order to comply with ADA requirements for effective communication with individuals with disabilities. 31. Authorized Agents. The City’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is Tim Kieffer, or designee. Contractor’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is Charles Zierhut, or designee who shall perform or supervise the performance of all Work. 32. Notices. Any notices permitted or required by this Agreement shall be deemed given when personally delivered or upon deposit in the United States mail, postage fully prepaid, certified, return receipt requested, addressed to: CONTRACTOR THE CITY Versacon, Inc. 9443 Science Center Drive New Hope, MN 55428 czierhut@versaconinc.com City of Golden Valley 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 tkieffer@goldenvalleymn.gov or such other contact information as either party may provide to the other by notice given in accordance with this provision. 35 8 33. Waiver. No waiver of any provision or of any breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions or any other or further breach, and no such waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the party to be charged with such a waiver. 34. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way define, limit or affect the scope and intent of this Agreement. 35. Payment of Subcontractors. Contractor agrees to pay all laborers employed and all subcontractors furnishing material to Contractor in the performance of this contract. If Contractor fails to pay any claims and demands for labor and materials, the City may apply the monies due to Contractor toward paying and satisfying such claims and demands. The City has the right to apply monies due to Contractor towards paying any accrued indebtedness or any claim which may hereafter come due against Contractor. The amount of such payments shall be deducted from the balance due to the Contractor; provided that nothing herein nor any variation from the amounts and timing of the installments shall be construed as impairing the right of the City or of those to whose benefit the bond herein agreed upon shall insure, to hold Contractor or surety liable on the bond for any breach of the conditions of the same nor as imposing upon the City any obligation to laborers, materialmen, contractors, or sureties to pay or to retain for their benefit any monies coming to the contractor hereunder. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, Section 471.425, Subdivision 4(a), Contractor must pay any subcontractor within ten (10) days of Contractor’s receipt of payment from the City for undisputed services provided by the subcontractor. Contractor must pay interest of one and one-half percent (1½%) per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100.00 or more is $10.00. For an unpaid balance of less than $100.00, Contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from the Contractor shall be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorney’s fees, incurred in bringing the action. 36. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be severed, and the balance of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 37. Signatory. Each person executing this Agreement (“Signatory”) represents and warrants that they are duly authorized to sign on behalf of their respective organization. In the event Contractor did not authorize the Signatory to sign on its behalf, the Signatory agrees to assume responsibility for the duties and liability of Contractor, described in this Agreement, personally. 38. Counterparts and Electronic Communication. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be transmitted by electronic mail in portable document format (pdf) and signatures appearing on electronic mail instruments shall be treated as original signatures. 39. Recitals. The City and Contractor agree that the Recitals are true and correct and are fully incorporated into this Agreement. 36 9 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City and Contractor have caused this Independent Contractor Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives in duplicate on the respective dates indicated below. VERSACON, INC.: CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY: By: _________________________________ Charles Zierhut, President By: _________________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor By: _________________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager 37 EXHIBIT A SCOPE OF WORK 1. Work. The Work shall include furnishing all labor, tools, and equipment to construct new office space in accordance with the specifications herein. The Work shall include the following: A. Wall Construction – Contractor shall remove and install walls as indicated in Exhibit C. New walls between office and corridor wall shall be fire rated to match existing corridor wall fire rating. Walls shall be insulated to provide sound proofing. Contractor shall be responsible for mudding and sanding wall to a smooth surface ready for paint. B. Office Doors – Contractor shall supply and install office doors. Contractor shall be responsible for staining to match existing doors. City shall approve purchase of office doors before purchase is made. City shall be responsible for hardware including locks. C. Ceiling – Contractor shall remove and install ceiling grid and tiles as indicated in Exhibit C. D. Electrical – The City shall hire third party contractor for electrical work. Contractor shall work with City on scheduling electrical work to ensure no delays. E. HVAC – City shall hire third party contractor for HVAC work. Contractor shall work with City on scheduling HVAC work to ensure no delays. F. Fire Suppression – The City shall hire third party contractor for fire suppression. Contractor shall work with City on scheduling fire suppression work to ensure no delays. G. Paint – The City shall hire third party contractor for painting. Contractor shall work with City on scheduling painting to ensure no delays. H. Flooring - The City shall hire third party contractor for flooring. Contractor shall work with City on scheduling flooring to ensure no delays. Contractor shall remove existing flooring as required for the removal and installation of walls. 2. Location. Location is Golden Valley City Hall, 7800 Golden Valley Road. 3. Contract Time. The Work shall commence on December 10, 2025, and conclude before January 23, 2026. 38 EXHIBIT B SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. Safety Precautions and Accident Prevention. The Contractor shall observe and comply with all requirements to the safety of the workforce to be employed on the project. Contractor shall comply with all safety measures recommended and required by any governmental agency, including the Department of Labor and Industry, Division of Accident Prevention of the Industrial Commission of Minnesota, and with the requirements of the Workmen's Compensation Act and any amendments thereof. Attention is called to the other paragraphs of these Special Conditions covering safety precautions and accident prevention. The Contractor shall be responsible for all safety issues on this project. The Contractor shall comply with instructions from the City for implementing any additional requirements for safety concerns. 2. Pre-Construction Meeting. Prior to the beginning of construction, a pre-construction meeting shall be held and shall be attended by the authorized representatives of the City and persons of the contracting company who will have direct responsibility for workmanship and/or materials used on the project. The conference will disclose all aspects for execution and schedule of the Work. Agreement on any and all questionable measurements, materials, methods or other matters shall be made at this conference. Contractor shall submit the following at the pre-construction meeting: A. Critical path phasing plan and schedule, which details all controlling operations. This shall be submitted a minimum of three (3) days before the pre-construction meeting. B. List of products and materials. C. General project contact information including emergency contacts. 3. Mobilization. The mobilization shall be included in the base price in all aspects of the Work per unit price described in Exhibit D. No additional compensation will be considered for mobilization. 4. Hours of Operation. Work shall occur Monday through Friday from 7:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., excluding holidays. 5. Noise Elimination. The Contractor shall eliminate noise to as great an extent as possible at all times. Air compressing plants shall be equipped with silencers, and the exhausts of all gasoline motors or other power equipment shall be provided with mufflers approved by the manufacturer. 6. Care of Work. All work under this contract shall be accomplished with reasonable care and minimal damage to affected properties. The Contractor shall provide quality cleanup after removal and repair of any damage done by the Contractor’s equipment. 7. Manual References. The Specifications which apply to the Work shown in the Plans shall be as follows: A. Exhibits A, B, and C. B. The most current edition of the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices and its supplements. (https://www.dot.state.mn.us/trafficeng/publ/mutcd/) C. Division I, 1512 (Unacceptable and unauthorized work) of the Minnesota Department of Highways Standard Specification for Construction, most current edition, and its supplements, shall apply, except as modified or supplemented herein. (https://www.dot.state.mn.us/pre-letting/spec/) 39 D. Division II (Construction Details) and Division III (Materials) of the Minnesota Department of Highways Standard Specification for Construction, most current edition, and its supplements, shall apply, except as modified or supplemented herein. (https://www.dot.state.mn.us/pre-letting/spec/) 8. Measurement and Payment. Payment for all items for this project shall be by the unit price as stated in Exhibit D. The estimated quantities on the Proposal form are for determination of the lowest cost for the Work. The City reserves the right to increase or decrease quantities shown on the Proposal to stay within the amount budgeted by the City. No claims for extra compensation due to increased or decreased quantities shall be considered. Contractor shall submit all final quantities to the City within 30 days after completion of the Work. 9. Contract Extension. Contractor shall perform fully, entirely, and in an acceptable manner, the Work contracted for within the time stated in Exhibit A. Contractor shall, not less than ten (10) days prior to said date, make written request to the City for an extension of time for completion, setting forth fully in its request the reasons which Contractor believes justify the granting of the request. If the City finds that the Work has been delayed on account of unusual conditions beyond the control of Contractor, or the quantities of the Work done or to be done are in excess of the Contract quantities in sufficient amount to warrant additional time; the City may, in its sole discretion, grant an extension of time for the completion to such date as may seem reasonable and proper. In case such extension is not granted, the right to proceed with the Work may be considered as forfeited as of the Contract Time, including all agreed upon adjustments, and the City, without violating the Contract, may proceed immediately to take over the Work, materials and equipment and make final settlement of costs incurred, except that it shall not be necessary to give Contractor written ten (10) days’ notice for such forfeiture. 40 EXHIBIT C DESIGN PLANS [Remainder of page left blank intentionally.] 41 42 43 44 45 EXHIBIT D PROPOSAL The undersigned hereby certifies that an examination has been made of the scope and location of work and hereby proposes to furnish all necessary machinery, equipment, tools, labor and other means of construction and to furnish all materials specified in the manner and at the time prescribe; and understands that the quantities of work shown herein are approximate only and are subject to increase or decrease; and further understands all quantities of work, whether increased or decreased, are to be performed at the following unit prices. Description Units Quantity Price/Unit Bid Amount Office Construction Lump Sum 1 $23,000.00 $23,000.00 Total Base Quote $23,000.00 46 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Public Works 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3C.5. Approve Sentencing to Service Program Services Agreement with Hennepin County Prepared By Tim Kieffer, Public Works Director Al Lundstrom, Park Maintenance Superintendent Summary The Public Works Department receives requests for miscellaneous tasks including weeding, trimming, and litter cleanup that exceed the department's available resources. In response to meeting these needs, the City has contracted with Hennepin County's Sentencing to Service (STS) Program since 2014. The STS crews perform a range of tasks listed below: • Weeding and mulching public landscapes • Mulching and leveling playgrounds • Nature trail maintenance • Trimming small trees and shrubs • Edging and line trimming parks • Sod and seed restoration projects • Painting picnic tables, hockey rink boards, buildings, and signs • Fall cleanup and cutting perennials • Highway 55 Lilac Project maintenance • Cleaning and landscape maintenance around Stormwater ponds • Litter picking all public grounds and highways • Buckthorn removal projects • Snow removal around pedestrian facilities Staff proposes to continue the working relationship with STS in 2026 and 2027. Under the new two- year contract, Hennepin County will continue to provide one STS crew full time (5 days a week) to Golden Valley. The primary focus of the STS crews will continue to be the tasks listed above and other environment-related efforts. Financial or Budget Considerations The total cost for the two-year contract is $215,092.80, which includes a 3% increase in 2026 and no increase in 2027. The annual cost of $107,546.40 is shared between the Storm Sewer (7303) and Conservation/Recycling (7001) operating budgets. Each respective fund has $54,930 and $64,470 47 budgeted annually. Legal Considerations The Legal Department has reviewed and approved the agreement. Equity Considerations The agreement with Hennepin County provides unbiased services. Well maintained parks, open spaces, and right of ways are essential for public health, safety, and the economic vitality of a community. Recommended Action Motion to approve the Mayor and City Manager to execute the Sentencing to Service Program Services Agreement with Hennepin County in the form approved by the City Attorney. Supporting Documents Sentencing to Service Program Services Agreement with Hennepin County 48 Contract No. A2513151 STS Form Agreement Rev 06/2024 Page 1 of 7 SENTENCING TO SERVICE PROGRAM SERVICES AGREEMENT This Agreement is between the COUNTY OF HENNEPIN, STATE OF MINNESOTA, A-2300 Government Center, 300 South Sixth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55487, on behalf of the Hennepin County Department of Community Corrections and Rehabilitation, C-2300 Government Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55487 (“COUNTY” or “DEPARTMENT”) and CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, 7800 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (“PARTNER”). WHEREAS, COUNTY operates the Sentencing to Service Program (“PROGRAM”), which offers offenders an opportunity to learn landscape maintenance and other marketable skills; and WHEREAS, PARTNER wishes to purchase the services of PROGRAM. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual undertakings and agreements hereinafter set forth, COUNTY and PARTNER agree as follows: 1. TERM AND COST OF THIS AGREEMENT This Agreement shall be in effect from January 1, 2026, through December 31, 2027, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the Default and Cancellation provisions of this Agreement. The total cost of this Agreement shall not exceed Two Hundred Fifteen Thousand Ninety- Two Dollars and Eighty Cents ($215,092.80) plus applicable tax. 2. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED COUNTY agrees to provide labor to perform the following work, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement: forestry, park, janitorial, street and utility maintenance services (“Work”) as more specifically described in Attachment A. 3. PARTNER RESPONSIBILITIES PARTNER agrees to the following: A. Obtain all necessary permits or licenses or special authority for all Work. B. Assign all Work and coordinate material purchases and delivery for projects to be performed. 4. COUNTY RESPONSIBILITIES COUNTY agrees to the following with respect to Work requested: 49 Contract No. A2513151 STS Form Agreement Rev 06/2024 Page 2 of 7 A. Provide work crew(s) in the number and on the days specified in Attachment A. B. Provide COUNTY-employed work crew leader who will be responsible for the transportation, instruction, and supervision of PROGRAM work crew. C. Provide required personal safety equipment and clothing needed for specific Work. D. Provide basic landscaping or other tools and equipment needed for specific Work. E. Train each PROGRAM work crew in necessary safety principles and techniques. F. Provide quarterly reports to PARTNER that show the number of days worked and total hours of service received. G. Assume all medical liability for PROGRAM participants. H. COUNTY, in its sole discretion, will assign PROGRAM participants of any gender, race or age capable of performing the necessary Work assignments. 5. COST AND PAYMENT FOR SERVICES A. COUNTY shall bill PARTNER for services performed including all applicable state and local sales tax as further specified in Attachment A. If PARTNER is exempt from any such tax, it shall provide a completed Certificate of Exemption to the COUNTY as specified in Attachment A. B. Payment for services performed by COUNTY shall be paid by PARTNER within thirty (30) days from the date of invoice. 6. INDEPENDENT PARTIES Nothing is intended or should be construed as creating or establishing the relationship of co- partners between the parties or as constituting either party as the agent, representative, or employee of the other party for any purpose. Each party is and shall remain an independent party for all services performed under this Agreement. Each party shall secure at its own expense all personnel required in performing services under this Agreement. Any personnel or other persons engaged in the performance of any work or services required by a party will have no contractual relationship with the other party and will not be considered employees of the other party. 7. LIABILITY Each party shall be liable for its own acts and the results thereof to the extent provided by law, and shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless each other (including their present and former officials, officers, agents, employees, volunteers, and subcontractors), from any liability, claims, causes of action, judgments, damages, losses, costs, or expenses, including attorney's fees, resulting directly or indirectly from any act or omission of the party, anyone 50 Contract No. A2513151 STS Form Agreement Rev 06/2024 Page 3 of 7 directly or indirectly employed by it, and/or anyone for whose acts and/or omissions it may be liable, in the performance or failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement. Except for state agencies, each party's liability shall be governed by the provisions of Minnesota Statutes, chapter 466 and other applicable law. The liability of state agencies shall be governed by the provisions of Minnesota Statutes, section 3.736 and other applicable law. 8. DATA PRACTICES Both parties shall abide by the provisions of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13 (MGDPA), and all other applicable state and federal laws, rules, regulations, and orders relating to data privacy and confidentiality. 9. SUBCONTRACTING AND ASSIGNMENTS Neither party shall assign, subcontract, transfer, or pledge this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other party. 10. MERGER AND MODIFICATION A. It is understood and agreed that the entire Agreement between the parties is contained herein and that this Agreement supersedes all oral agreements and negotiations between the parties relating to the subject matter. All items that are referenced or that are attached are incorporated and made a part of this Agreement. B. Any alterations, variations, modifications, or waivers of provisions of this Agreement shall only be valid when they have been reduced to writing as an amendment to this Agreement signed by the parties. 11. DEFAULT AND CANCELLATION A. If either party fails to perform any of the provisions of this Agreement or so fails to administer the work as to endanger the performance of this Agreement, it shall be in default. Unless the default is excused by the nondefaulting party, the nondefaulting party may upon written notice immediately cancel this Agreement in its entirety. Additionally, failure of PARTNER to comply with the terms of this Agreement shall be just cause for COUNTY to immediately cease providing services under this Agreement until PARTNER resumes compliance. B. The above remedies shall be in addition to any other right or remedy available to the parties under this Agreement, law, statute, rule, and/or equity. C. Either party’s failure to insist upon strict performance of any provision or to exercise any right under this Agreement shall not be deemed a relinquishment or waiver of the same, unless consented to in writing. Such consent shall not constitute a general waiver or relinquishment throughout the entire term of this Agreement. 51 Contract No. A2513151 STS Form Agreement Rev 06/2024 Page 4 of 7 D. This Agreement may be cancelled with or without cause by either party upon thirty (30) days written notice. 12. CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION In order to coordinate the services of PARTNER with the activities of the DEPARTMENT, so as to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, Jaime Tamez, Strategy and Resource Manager, Hennepin County Department of Community Corrections & Rehabilitation, Community Offender Management Division, 3000 North Second Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55411, Jaime.Tamez@hennepin.us or his successor (Contract Administrator), shall manage this Agreement on behalf of COUNTY and serve as liaison between COUNTY and PARTNER. 13. NOTICES Any notice or demand which must be given or made by a party under this Agreement or any statute or ordinance shall be in writing and shall be sent registered or certified mail. Notices to COUNTY shall be sent to the County Administrator with a copy to the originating DEPARTMENT at the address given in the opening paragraph of this Agreement. Notice to PARTNER shall be sent to the address stated in the opening paragraph of this Agreement. 14. MINNESOTA LAWS GOVERN The laws of the state of Minnesota shall govern all questions and interpretations concerning the validity and construction of this Agreement and the legal relations between the parties and their performance. The appropriate venue and jurisdiction for any litigation will be those courts located within the county of Hennepin, state of Minnesota. Litigation, however, in the federal courts involving the parties will be in the appropriate federal court within the state of Minnesota. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the remaining provisions will not be affected. THIS PORTION OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 52 Contract No. A2513151 STS Form Agreement Rev 06/2024 Page 5 of 7 COUNTY BOARD AUTHORIZATION Reviewed for COUNTY by the County Attorney's Office: {{Sig_es_:signer4:signature}} {{userstamp4_es_:signer4:stamp}} Reviewed for COUNTY by: {{Sig_es_:signer5:signature}} {{userstamp5_es_:signer5:stamp}} Board Resolution No: {{*BoardResolution_es_:signer5:brs}} Document Assembled by: {{Sig_es_:signer1:signature}} {{userstamp1_es_:signer1:stamp}} {{Exh_es_:signer1:attachment:label("Attachments")}} COUNTY OF HENNEPIN STATE OF MINNESOTA By: {{Sig_es_:signer7:signature}} {{userstamp7_es_:signer7:stamp}} ATTEST: {{Sig_es_:signer8:signature}} {{userstamp8_es_:signer8:stamp}} By: {{Sig_es_:signer6:signature}} {{userstamp6_es_:signer6:stamp}} 53 Contract No. A2513151 STS Form Agreement Rev 06/2024 Page 6 of 7 PARTNER PARTNER warrants that the person who executed this Agreement is authorized to do so on behalf of PARTNER as required by applicable articles, bylaws, resolutions or ordinances.* By: {{Sig_es_:signer2:signature}} {{userstamp2_es_:signer2:stamp}} {{ ttl_es_:signer2:title}} By: {{Sig_es_:signer3:signature}} {{userstamp3_es_:signer3:stamp}} {{ ttl_es_:signer3:title}} *PARTNER represents and warrants that it has submitted to COUNTY all applicable documentation (articles, bylaws, resolutions or ordinances) that confirms the signatory's delegation of authority. Documentation is not required for a sole proprietorship. 54 Contract No. A2513151 STS Form Agreement Rev 06/2024 Page 7 of 7 Hennepin County STS Services For City of Golden Valley January 1, 2026 – December 31, 2027 SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED: Forestry, park, street and utility maintenance, as well as janitorial services. SERVICE FREQUENCY: One (1) STS work crew, five (5) days per week for a minimum of six (6) hours per day, excluding paid breaks, for 52 weeks per year. COST PER DAY: Four Hundred Thirteen Dollars and Sixty-Four Cents ($413.64) TOTAL COST: $215,092.80 ($413.64/day x 5 days/week x 52 weeks/year x 2 years) 2026 = $413.64 per crew day x 5 days/week x 52 weeks/year 2027 = $413.64 per crew day x 5 days/week x 52 weeks/year INVOICING: (Quarterly) PARTNER CONTACT INFORMATION: Tim Kieffer Public Works Director City of Golden Valley 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 763-593-3960 (Direct) tkieffer@goldenvalleymn.gov TAXABLE STATUS Hennepin County provides certain services that are taxable in the state of Minnesota. Appropriate sales tax will be charged for all taxable services provided. If your organization is exempt from any state or local sales tax, you must provide a completed Certificate of Exemption (Form ST3) to the COUNTY liaison identified in section 12. Please consult the Minnesota Department of Revenue Sales & Use Tax guides (available at https://www.revenue.state.mn.us/sales-and-use-tax) for information on taxability of specific services. 55 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Public Works 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3C.6. Approve Professional Services Agreements for Custodial Services with Squeaky Properties LLC (City Hall Campus) and Stratus Building Solutions (Brookview) Prepared By Tim Kieffer, Public Works Director Janelle Crossfield, Parks and Recreation Director Summary The City issued a Request for Proposal (RFP) for custodial services for both the City Hall Campus and remote fire stations and Brookview, Golf Maintenance, and park shelters because the current contracts expire December 31, 2025. Ten proposals were received. Staff compared the proposals based on environmental considerations, sustainability, organizational and fee structure, service approach, equity, and cost. The selection committee selected Squeaky Properties LLC to clean the City Hall Campus and remote fire stations and Stratus Building Solutions to clean Brookview, Golf Maintenance, and park shelters. Financial or Budget Considerations The annual cost for custodial services at City Hall is $90,360 and $66,488 for Brookview for a total cost of $156,848. The 2026 Building operating budget (1180.6382) has $190,000 for custodial services. Additionally, the 2026 Park Maintenance operating budget (1620.6382) has $10,000 for park shelter weekend and rental cleanings. Legal Considerations The Legal Department has reviewed and approved the contract. Equity Considerations In addition to posting the RFP to the city’s website, staff solicited proposals from seventy-seven contractors, including forty-three Disadvantage Business Enterprises using the Minnesota Unified Certification Program database, and three community organization that work with Minority and Women Business Enterprises. Recommended Action Motion to approve the Mayor and City Manager to execute Professional Services Agreement for Custodial Services with Squeaky Properties LLC in the form approved by the City Attorney for cleaning services for the City Hall Campus and remote fire stations in the amount of $90,360.00. 56 Motion to approve the Mayor and City Manager to execute Professional Services Agreement for Custodial Services with Stratus Building Solutions in the form approved by the City Attorney for cleaning services for Brookview, Golf Maintenance, and park shelters in the amount of $66,488.00. Supporting Documents Professional Services Agreement for Custodial Services with Squeaky Properties LLC Professional Services Agreement for Custodial Services with Stratus Building Solutions 57 1 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR CUSTODIAL SERVICES WITH SQUEAKY PROPERTIES LLC THIS AGREEMENT is made this 2nd day of December 2025 (“Effective Date”) by and between Squeaky Properties LLC a custodial company with its principal office located at 234 Concord Exchange South, South St. Paul, MN 55075 (“Contractor”), and the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota, a Minnesota municipal corporation located at 7800 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (the “City”): RECITALS A. Contractor is engaged in the business of providing custodial services. B. The City desires to hire Contractor to provide custodial services. C. Contractor represents that it has the professional expertise and capabilities to provide the City with the requested services. D. The City desires to engage Contractor to provide the services described in this Agreement and Contractor is willing to provide such services on the terms and conditions in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions expressed in this Agreement, the City and Contractor agree as follows: AGREEMENT 1. Services. Contractor agrees to provide the City with the services as described in the attached Exhibit A (the “Services”). Exhibit A shall be incorporated into this Agreement by reference. All Services shall be provided in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by professionals currently providing similar services. 2. Time for Completion. The Services shall be completed on or before December 31, 2030, provided that the parties may extend the stated deadlines upon mutual written agreement. This Agreement shall remain in force and effect commencing from the Effective Date and continuing until the completion of the project, unless terminated by the City or amended pursuant to the Agreement. 3. Consideration. The City shall pay Contractor for the Services according to the terms on the attached Exhibit B. The consideration shall be for both the Services performed by Contractor and any expenses incurred by Contractor in performing the Services. Contractor shall submit statements to the City upon completion of the Services. The City shall pay Contractor within thirty-five (35) days after Contractor’s statements are submitted. A five percent (5%) cost of living adjustment will take effect January 1 of each year. 4. Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated as follows: a. The parties, by mutual written agreement, may terminate this Agreement at any time; 58 2 b. Contractor may terminate this Agreement in the event of a breach of the Agreement by the City upon providing thirty (30) days’ written notice to the City; c. The City may terminate this Agreement at any time at its option, for any reason or no reason at all; or d. The City may terminate this Agreement immediately upon Contractor’s failure to have in force any insurance required by this Agreement. In the event of a termination, the City shall pay Contractor for Services performed to the date of termination and for all costs or other expenses incurred prior to the date of termination. 5. Amendments. No amendments may be made to this Agreement except in writing signed by both parties. The City’s authorized agent, may on behalf of the City, administratively approve amendments that do not materially change the scope of work or increase the contract price. Any amendments that materially change the scope of work or increase the contract price shall require council approval. 6. Remedies. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by the City because of a breach by Contractor, the City may complete the Services either by itself or by contract with other persons or entities, or any combination thereof. These remedies provided to the City for breach of this Agreement by Contractor shall not be exclusive. The City shall be entitled to exercise any one or more other legal or equitable remedies available because of Contractor’s breach. 7. Records/Inspection. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 16C.05, subd. 5, Contractor agrees that the books, records, documents, and accounting procedures and practices of Contractor, that are relevant to the contract or transaction, are subject to examination by the City and the state auditor or legislative auditor for a minimum of six years. Contractor shall maintain such records for a minimum of six years after final payment. The parties agree that this obligation will survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 8. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor, and Contractor’s successors or assigns, agree to protect, defend, indemnify, save, and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, agents, volunteers, and employees from any and all claims; lawsuits; causes of actions of any kind, nature, or character; damages; losses; or costs, disbursements, and expenses of defending the same, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, professional services, and other technical, administrative or professional assistance resulting from or arising out of Contractor’s (or its subcontractors, agents, volunteers, members, invitees, representatives, or employees) performance of the duties required by or arising from this Agreement, or caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission or willful misconduct by Contractor, or arising out of Contractor’s failure to obtain or maintain the insurance required by this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a waiver or limitation of any immunity or limitation of liability to which the City is entitled. The parties agree that these indemnification obligations shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 9. Insurance. Contractor shall maintain reasonable insurance coverage throughout this Agreement. Contractor agrees that before any work related to the approved project can be performed, Contractor shall maintain at a minimum: Worker’s Compensation Insurance as required by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.181; Business Auto Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; Professional Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; and Commercial General Liability in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for bodily injury or death arising out of each occurrence, and $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for property damage, $2,000,000.00 aggregate. To 59 3 meet the Commercial General Liability and Business Auto Liability requirements, Contractor may use a combination of Excess and Umbrella coverage. Contractor shall provide the City with a current certificate of insurance including the following language: “The City of Golden Valley is named as an additional insured with respect to the commercial general liability, business automobile liability and umbrella or excess liability, as required by the contract. The umbrella or excess liability policy follows form on all underlying coverages.” Such certificate of liability insurance shall list the City as an additional insured and contain a statement that such policies of insurance shall not be canceled or amended unless 30 days’ written notice is provided to the City, or 10 days’ written notice in the case of non-payment. 10. Subcontracting. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign, or transfer any rights under or interest (including, but without limitation, moneys that may become due or moneys that are due) in the Agreement without the written consent of the other except to the extent that the effect of this limitation may be restricted by law. Unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall prevent Contractor from employing such independent Contractors, associates, and subcontractors, as it may deem appropriate to assist it in the performance of the Services required by this Agreement. Any instrument in violation of this provision is null and void. 11. Assignment. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign this Agreement or any rights under or interest in this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the other party’s prior written consent. Any assignment in violation of this provision is null and void. 12. Independent Contractor. Contractor is an independent contractor. Contractor’s duties shall be performed with the understanding that Contractor has special expertise as to the services which Contractor is to perform and is customarily engaged in the independent performance of the same or similar services for others. Contractor shall provide or contract for all required equipment and personnel. Contractor shall control the manner in which the services are performed; however, the nature of the Services and the results to be achieved shall be specified by the City. The parties agree that this is not a joint venture and the parties are not co-partners. Contractor is not an employee or agent of the City and has no authority to make any binding commitments or obligations on behalf of the City except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement. All services provided by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided by Contractor as an independent contractor and not as an employee of the City for any purpose, including but not limited to: income tax withholding, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, FICA taxes, liability for torts and eligibility for employee benefits. 13. Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall exercise due professional care to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, ordinances and regulatfons in effect as of the date Contractor agrees to provide the Services. Contractor’s guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatfves, and subcontractors shall abide by the City's policies prohibitfng sexual harassment and tobacco, drug, and alcohol use as defined in the City’s Respectiul Work Place Policy, and Tobacco, Drug, and Alcohol Policy, as well as all other reasonable work rules, safety rules, or policies, and procedures regulatfng the conduct of persons on City property, at all tfmes while performing dutfes pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor agrees and understands that a violatfon of any of these policies, procedures, or rules constftutes a breach of the Agreement and sufficient grounds for immediate terminatfon of the Agreement by the City. 60 4 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, any attached exhibits, and any addenda signed by the parties shall constitute the entire agreement between the City and Contractor, and supersedes any other written or oral agreements between the City and Contractor. This Agreement may only be modified in a writing signed by the City and Contractor. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the referenced or attached items, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. If there is any conflict between Exhibits A and B, the terms of Exhibit B shall prevail. 15. Third Party Rights. The parties to this Agreement do not intend to confer any rights under this Agreement on any third party. 16. Choice of Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota. Any disputes, controversies, or claims arising out of this Agreement shall be heard in the state or federal courts of Hennepin County, Minnesota, and all parties to this Agreement waive any objection to the jurisdiction of these courts, whether based on convenience or otherwise. 17. Conflict of Interest. Contractor shall use reasonable care to avoid conflicts of interest and appearances of impropriety in representation of the City. In the event of a conflict of interest, Contractor shall advise the City and, either secure a waiver of the conflict, or advise the City that it will be unable to provide the requested Services. 18. Work Products and Ownership of Documents. All records, information, materials, and work product, including, but not limited to the completed reports, data collected from or created by the City or the City’s employees or agents, raw market data, survey data, market analysis data, and any other data, work product, or reports prepared or developed in connection with the provision of the Services pursuant to this Agreement shall become the property of the City, but Contractor may retain reproductions of such records, information, materials and work product. Regardless of when such information was provided or created, Contractor agrees that it will not disclose for any purpose any information Contractor has obtained arising out of or related to this Agreement, except as authorized by the City or as required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall grant or transfer any rights, title or interests in any intellectual property created by Contractor prior to the effective date of this Agreement; however, to the extent Contractor generates reports or recommendations for the City using proprietary processes or formulas, Contractor shall provide the City (1) factual support for such reports and recommendations; (2) a detailed explanation of the method used and data relied upon to arrive at the recommendation; and (3) a detailed explanation of the rationale behind the methodology used. All of the obligations in this paragraph shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 19. Agreement Not Exclusive. The City retains the right to hire other professional Contractor service providers for this or other matters, in the City’s sole discretion. 20. Data Practices Act Compliance. Any and all data provided to Contractor, received from Contractor, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be administered in accordance with, and is subject to the requirements of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13. Contractor agrees to notify the City within three business days if it receives a data request from a third party. This paragraph does not create a duty on the part of Contractor to provide access to public data to the public if the public data are available from the City, except as required by the terms of this Agreement. These obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this Agreement. 61 5 21. Confidentiality. Consultant understands that the City has access to, develops, and uses private, confidential, nonpublic, and protected nonpublic information, as those terms are defined by the MGDPA, in connection with its business (collectively, “Confidential Information”). The City has instituted policies and procedures to protect and safeguard this Confidential Information. While working for the City under this Agreement, Consultant may come into contact with Confidential Information. Consultant understands that the protection of Confidential Information is required by law and is a requirement of their relationship with the City. Accordingly, Consultant agrees as follows: 21.1 During the term of this Agreement and after the termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City: (a) Consultant will keep secret all Confidential Information and will not directly or indirectly disclose it to anyone outside the City; (b) Consultant will not make use of any Confidential Information for their own purposes or for the benefit of anyone other than the City; and (c) upon termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City, Consultant will promptly deliver to the City all memoranda, notes, records, and other documents (and all copies thereof) constituting or relating to Confidential Information. 21.2 If Consultant breaches or threatens to breach any provisions of paragraph 19.1, the City has the right to enforce this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. 21.3 This Agreement is not intended to prevent Consultant from working for any employer subsequent to the termination of their relationship with the City, as long as Consultant does not use or disclose Confidential Information. 22. No Discrimination. Contractor agrees not to discriminate in providing products and services under this Agreement on the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin, disability, age, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, gender expression, status with regard to public assistance, or religion. Violation of any part of this provision may lead to immediate termination of this Agreement. Contractor agrees to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as amended (“ADA”), section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Minnesota Human Rights Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 363A. Contractor agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City from costs, including but not limited to damages, attorneys’ fees and staff time, in any action or proceeding brought alleging a violation of these laws by Contractor or its guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatives and subcontractors. Upon request, Contractor shall provide accommodation to allow individuals with disabilities to participate in all Services under this Agreement. Contractor agrees to utilize its own auxiliary aid or service in order to comply with ADA requirements for effective communication with individuals with disabilities. 23. Authorized Agents. The City’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is Tim Kieffer, the Public Works Director of the City, or designee. Contractor’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is Esme Miranda, or designee who shall perform or supervise the performance of all Services. 24. Notices. Any notices permitted or required by this Agreement shall be deemed given when personally delivered or upon deposit in the United States mail, postage fully prepaid, certified, return receipt requested, addressed to: CONTRACTOR THE CITY Esme Miranda Squeaky Properties LLC 234 Concord Exchange South South St. Paul, MN 55075 office@squeakyservices.com Tim Kieffer City of Golden Valley 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 tkieffer@goldenvalleymn.gov 62 6 or such other contact information as either party may provide to the other by notice given in accordance with this provision. 25. Waiver. No waiver of any provision or of any breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions or any other or further breach, and no such waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the party to be charged with such a waiver. 26. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way define, limit or affect the scope and intent of this Agreement. 27. Payment of Subcontractors. Contractor agrees that it must pay any subcontractor within 10 days of the prime contractor’s receipt of payment from the City for undisputed Services provided by the subcontractor. Contractor agrees that it must pay interest of 1-1/2 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the prime contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from a prime contractor must be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in bringing the action. 28. Publicity. At the City’s request, the City and Contractor shall develop language to use when discussing the Services. Contractor agrees that Contractor shall not release any publicity regarding the Services or the subject matter of this Agreement without prior consent from the City. Contractor shall not use the City’s logo or state that the City endorses its services without the City’s advanced written approval. 29. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be severed, and the balance of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 30. Signatory. Each person executing this Agreement (“Signatory”) represents and warrants that they are duly authorized to sign on behalf of their respective organization. In the event Contractor did not authorize the Signatory to sign on its behalf, the Signatory agrees to assume responsibility for the duties and liability of Contractor, described in this Agreement, personally. 31. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be transmitted by electronic mail in portable document format (“pdf”) and signatures appearing on electronic mail instruments shall be treated as original signatures. 32. Recitals. The City and Contractor agree that the Recitals are true and correct and are fully incorporated into this Agreement. [Remainder of page left blank intentionally. Signature page follows.] 63 7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City and Contractor have caused this Professional Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives in duplicate on the respective dates indicated below. SQUEAKY PROPERTIES LLC: CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY: By: _________________________________ Esme Miranda, President / CEO By: _________________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor By: _________________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager 64 EXHIBIT A SCOPE OF SERVICES Cleaning Schedule Summary City Hall Monday through Friday after 5:00 pm Public Safety Monday through Saturday after 5:00 pm Park Maintenance Monday through Friday after 3:30 pm Street Maintenance Monday through Friday after 3:30 pm Utility Maintenance Monday through Friday after 3:30 pm Vehicle Maintenance Monday through Friday after 3:30 pm Fire Station #2 Monday, Wednesday, and Friday between 11:00 am and 2:00 pm Fire Station #3 Monday, Wednesday, and Friday between 11:00 am and 2:00 pm 65 City Hall – 7800 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (26,000 ft2) Contractor shall provide the Services in the table below at City Hall Monday through Friday after 5:00 pm. The City may modify the Services and the times during which they are provided in its sole discretion and at any time. Vendor shall provide all equipment and cleaning chemicals. Cleaning chemicals provided by vendor shall be approved by the city and include MSDS information on site. City Hall Upper Level Tile Rubber Matting VCT Mop Sink Non-Slip Flooring Areas Not Cleaned 66 City Hall Lower Level Tile Laminate VCT Mop Sink Non-Slip Flooring Areas Not Cleaned 67 Kitchens (2) & Lunchrooms (1) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty trash receptacles, replace liners X Remove trash to designated areas X Spot clean walls, appliances, light switches and doors X Clean and disinfect counter tops and sinks X Clean sides of counters and trash receptacles X Clean interior of oven, microwave & trash receptacles X Conference Rooms (5) & Council Chamber (1) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty wastebaskets X Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X Spot clean and vacuum all carpeted floors X Wipe down tabletops X Dust furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Dust all surfaces, furniture, and ledges within reach X Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X Clean all ceiling vents X Dust surfaces above normal reach, including sills, ledges, moldings, shelves, door frames, pictures and wall vents X Elevators (2) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Vacuum and spot clean carpeted floors X Clean and polish elevator brightwork X Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X Detail clean elevator tracks removing visible soil, polish as needed X General Offices (5 Non-Public Areas) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY 68 Empty wastebaskets and remove trash to designated areas X Empty recycling containers and remove recyclables to designated areas X Spot clean partition and door glass X Spot clean walls, light switches, doors and kick plates X Vacuum carpeted floors X Dust all furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Dust all surfaces including furniture tops, ledges and blinds within normal reach X Spot clean carpeted areas X Dust all surfaces above normal reach including sill, ledges, moldings, shelves, door frames, pictures and wall vents X Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X All doors to be kept free of dirt and oil buildup at knobs, push plates and handle areas X Feather dust and wipe down artwork X Hallways (2 Public) and Stairways (2 Public) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean all furniture, fixtures, equipment, and accessories X Dust all surfaces including furniture tops, railings and ledges within normal reach X Spot clean glass partitions and door glass X Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X Dust mop open areas X Dust and wet mop all hard surface floors X Vacuum and spot clean carpeted floors X Clean all ceiling vents X Empty waste baskets and remove trash X 69 Janitor Closets (2) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean and arrange all equipment X Empty vacuum cleaner bags X Maintain and update SDS Sheet and Cleaning Logbook X Main Lobby and Entry Vestibules DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty wastebaskets and remove trash and recycling to designated areas X Dust high and low surfaces within reach X Spot clean glass partitions and glass door X Spot clean furniture, walls, switches and doors X Clean and polish all metal brightwork X Vacuum and spot clean all carpeted floors X Vacuum walk-off mats X Dust and damp mop all hard surface floors X Extract walk-off mats during winter months X Extract inlay and walk-off mats during summer months X Vacuum edges and corners X Remove and vacuum below tread mats X Dust and spot clean furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Clean all ceiling wall vents and cold air returns X Machine scrub hard surface floors Bi-Monthly Clean both sides of all glass doors and wipe frames X Dust rails and ledges, spot clean walls, sweep and damp mop stairwells X Clean stairwell glass X 70 Dust high level ledges, sills X Other Entry Vestibules (3) and Mud Rom DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Dust all surfaces including furniture tops and ledges within normal reach X Spot clean windows, partitions and glass doors X Wipe non-glass doors and kick plates X Vacuum mats X Dust and wet mop all hard surface floors X Extract inlay and walk-off mats in winter months X Office Work Stations (45 Workstations) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty wastebaskets and remove trash to designated areas X Empty recycling containers and remove recyclables to designated areas X Vacuum carpeted floors X Dust all furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Dust all surfaces, furniture, and ledges within reach X Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X Damp mop plastic carpet savers under desk chairs X Restrooms (6) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean drinking fountains X Clean and sanitize all fixtures X Clean ceiling fan vents X Inspect and fill dispensers X Empty waste receptacles X Damp wipe all waste receptacles with a disinfectant X 71 Clean and polish mirrors X Dust and spot clean all surfaces to include: dispensers, partitions, walls and doors X Clean and sanitize all sinks, counter tops tile walls and partitions X Clean, polish all metal brightwork X Sweep, mop and disinfect all floors X Replace paper products X Machine scrub floors using germicidal disinfectant X Wash partitions on both sides using disinfectant X Clean all ceiling vents X Tile Floor Care (Approximately 900 SF on Lower Level) FREQUENCY Strip and Wax ANNUALLY 72 Vehicle Maintenance Building – 7730 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (2,500 ft2) Contractor shall provide the Services in the table below at the Vehicle Maintenance Building Monday through Friday after 3:30 pm. The City may modify the Services and the times during which they are provided in its sole discretion and at any time. Vendor shall provide all equipment and cleaning chemicals. Cleaning chemicals provided by vendor shall be approved by the city and include MSDS information on site. Vehicle Maintenance Upper Level Tile Rubber Matting VCT Mop Sink Non-Slip Flooring Areas Not Cleaned 73 Vehicle Maintenance Lower Level Tile Rubber Matting VCT Mop Sink Non-Slip Flooring Areas Not Cleaned 74 Kitchen Areas (2) & Lunchroom (1) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty trash receptacles, replace liners X Remove trash to designated areas X Spot clean walls, appliances, light switches and doors X Clean and disinfect counter tops and sinks X Clean sides of counters and trash receptacles X Clean interior of oven, microwave & trash receptacles X Offices (3), Mezzanine, and Stairway DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean all furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Dust all surfaces, furniture, railings and ledges within reach X Spot clean glass partitions and door glass X Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X Dust mop open areas X Dust and wet mop all hard surface floors X Vacuum and spot clean carpeted floors X Clean all ceiling vents X Empty waste baskets and remove trash X Janitor Closet DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean and arrange all equipment X Empty vacuum cleaner bags X Maintain and update SDS Sheet and Cleaning Log Book X Restrooms (3) / Locker Rooms (2) / Showers (2) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean drinking fountains X Clean and sanitize all fixtures X 75 Clean ceiling fan vents X Inspect and fill dispensers X Empty waste receptacles X Damp wipe all waste receptacles with a disinfectant X Clean and polish mirrors X Spot clean all surfaces, dispensers, walls and doors X Sanitize all sinks, counter tops, tile walls and partitions X Clean, polish all metal brightwork X Sweep, mop and disinfect all floors X Replace paper products X Machine scrub floors using germicidal disinfectant EVERY OTHER MONTH Wash partitions on both sides using disinfectant X Tile Floor Care FREQUENCY Strip and Wax ANNUALLY 76 Utility Maintenance Building – 7720 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (3,800 ft2) Contractor shall provide the Services in the table below at the Utilities Maintenance Building Monday through Friday after 3:30 pm. The City may modify the Services and the times during which they are provided in its sole discretion and at any time. Vendor shall provide all equipment and cleaning chemicals. Cleaning chemicals provided by vendor shall be approved by the city and include MSDS information on site. Upper Level Lower Level Tile Rubber Matting VCT Mop Sink Non-Slip Flooring Areas Not Cleaned 77 Kitchen Area (1) & Lunchrooms (1) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty trash receptacles, replace liners X Remove trash to designated areas X Spot clean walls, appliances, light switches and doors X Clean and disinfect counter tops and sinks X Clean sides of counters and trash receptacles X Clean interior of oven, microwave & trash receptacles X Offices (3), Hallway, Stairway, and Entryway DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean all furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Dust all surfaces, furniture, railings and ledges within reach X Spot clean glass partitions and door glass X Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X Dust and wet mop all hard surface floors X Vacuum and spot clean carpeted floors X Clean all ceiling vents X Empty waste baskets and remove trash X Janitor Closet DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean and arrange all equipment X Empty vacuum cleaner bags X Maintain and update SDS Sheet and Cleaning Log Book X Restrooms (1) / Locker Rooms (2) / Showers (1) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean drinking fountains X Clean and sanitize all fixtures X Clean ceiling fan vents X 78 Inspect and fill dispensers X Empty waste receptacles X Damp wipe all waste receptacles with a disinfectant X Clean and polish mirrors X Spot clean all surfaces, dispensers, walls and doors X Sanitize all sinks, counter tops, tile walls and partitions X Clean, polish all metal brightwork X Sweep, mop and disinfect all floors X Replace paper products X Machine scrub floors using germicidal disinfectant EVERY OTHER MONTH Wash partitions on both sides using disinfectant X Tile Floor Care FREQUENCY Strip and Wax ANNUALLY 79 Park Maintenance Building – 7708 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (2,000 ft2) Street Maintenance Building – 7710 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (3,000 ft2) Contractor shall provide the Services in the table below at the Parks and Streets Maintenance Buildings Monday through Friday after 3:30 pm. The City may modify the Services and the times during which they are provided in its sole discretion and at any time. Vendor shall provide all equipment and cleaning chemicals. Cleaning chemicals provided by vendor shall be approved by the city and include MSDS information on site. Upper Level Lower Level Tile Rubber Matting VCT Mop Sink Non-Slip Flooring Areas Not Cleaned 80 Kitchen Area (1) & Lunchrooms (1) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty trash receptacles, replace liners X Remove trash to designated areas X Spot clean walls, appliances, light switches and doors X Clean and disinfect counter tops and sinks X Clean sides of counters and trash receptacles X Clean interior of oven, microwave & trash receptacles X Offices (2), Storeroom (1), and Stairway DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean all furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Dust all surfaces, furniture, railings and ledges within reach X Spot clean glass partitions and door glass X Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X Dust mop open areas X Dust and wet mop all hard surface floors X Vacuum and spot clean carpeted floors X Clean all ceiling vents X Empty waste baskets and remove trash X Janitor Closet DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean and arrange all equipment X Empty vacuum cleaner bags X Maintain and update SDS Sheet and Cleaning Logbook X Restrooms (2) / Locker Rooms (1) / Showers (1) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean drinking fountains X Clean and sanitize all fixtures X 81 Clean ceiling fan vents X Inspect and fill dispensers X Empty waste receptacles X Damp wipe all waste receptacles with a disinfectant X Clean and polish mirrors X Spot clean all surfaces, dispensers, walls and doors X Sanitize all sinks, counter tops, tile walls and partitions X Clean, polish all metal brightwork X Sweep, mop and disinfect all floors X Replace paper products X Machine scrub floors using germicidal disinfectant EVERY OTHER MONTH Wash partitions on both sides using disinfectant X Tile Floor Care FREQUENCY Strip and Wax ANNUALLY 82 Public Safety Building – 7700 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (20,000 ft 2) Contractor shall provide the Services in the table below at the Public Safety Building Monday through Saturday after 5:00 pm. The City may modify the Services and the times during which they are provided in its sole discretion and at any time. Vendor shall provide all equipment and cleaning chemicals. Cleaning chemicals provided by vendor shall be approved by the city and include MSDS information on site. Public Safety Upper Level Tile Rubber Matting VCT Mop Sink Non-Slip Flooring Areas Not Cleaned 83 Public Safety Lower Level Tile Rubber Matting VCT Mop Sink Non-Slip Flooring Areas Not Cleaned 84 Coffee Stations (__), Kitchens (2), Lunchrooms (2) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty trash receptacles, replace liners X Remove trash to designated areas X Spot clean walls, appliances, light switches and doors X Clean and disinfect counter tops and sinks X Clean sides of counters and trash receptacles X Clean interior of oven, microwave & trash receptacles X Conference Rooms (__) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty wastebaskets X Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X Spot clean and vacuum all carpeted floors X Wipe down tabletops X Dust furniture, fixtures, equipment, and accessories X Dust all surfaces, furniture, railings and ledges within reach X Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X Clean all ceiling vents X Dust surfaces above normal reach, including sills, ledges, moldings, shelves, door frames, pictures and wall vents X Elevator (1) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Vacuum and spot clean carpeted floors X Clean and polish elevator brightwork X Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X Clean elevator tracks removing visible soil; polish X Exterior Entrance Services DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty waste and remove trash and recycling X 85 Common Areas DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty wastebaskets and remove trash X Empty recycling containers and remove recyclables X Spot clean partition and door glass X Spot clean walls, light switches, doors and kick plates X Vacuum carpeted floors X Dust all furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Dust all surfaces, furniture, ledges and blinds within reach X Spot clean carpeted areas X Dust all surfaces above normal reach including sill, ledges, moldings, shelves, door frames, pictures and wall vents X Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X All doors to be kept free of dirt and oil buildup at knobs, push plates and handle areas X Feather dust and wipe down art work X Hallways and Stairways DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean all furniture, fixtures, equipment, and accessories X Dust all surfaces, furniture, railings and ledges within reach X Spot clean glass partitions and door glass X Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X Dust mop open areas X Dust and wet mop all hard surface floors X Vacuum and spot clean carpeted floors X Clean all ceiling vents X Empty waste baskets and remove trash X 86 Janitor Closet DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean and arrange all equipment X Empty vacuum cleaner bags X Maintain and update SDS Sheets and Cleaning Log Book X Lobby and Entry Vestibules DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty wastebaskets and remove trash and recycling to designated areas X Dust high and low surfaces within reach X Spot clean glass partitions and glass door X Spot clean furniture, walls, switches and doors X Clean and polish all metal brightwork X Vacuum and spot clean all carpeted floors X Vacuum walk-off mats X Dust and damp mop all hard surface floors X Extract walk-off mats during winter months X Extract inlay and walk-off mats during summer months X Vacuum edges and corners X Remove and vacuum below tread mats X Dust and spot clean furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Clean all ceiling wall vents and cold air returns X Machine scrub hard surface floors BI- MONTHLY Clean both sides of all glass doors and wipe frames X Dust rails and ledges, spot clean walls, sweep and damp mop stairwells X 87 Clean stairwell glass X Dust high level ledges, sills X Office Work Stations DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty wastebaskets and remove trash to designated areas X Empty recycling containers and remove recyclables to designated areas X Vacuum carpeted floors X Dust all furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Dust all surfaces including furniture tops and ledges within normal reach X Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X Damp mop plastic carpet savers under desk chairs X Restrooms / Locker Rooms / Showers DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean drinking fountains X Clean and sanitize all fixtures X Clean ceiling fan vents X Inspect and fill dispensers X Empty waste receptacles X Damp wipe all waste receptacles with a disinfectant X Clean and polish mirrors X Dust and spot clean all surfaces to include: dispensers, partitions, walls and doors X Clean and sanitize all showers, sinks, counter tops tile walls and partitions X Clean, polish all metal brightwork X Sweep, mop and disinfect all floors X 88 Replace paper products X Machine scrub floors using germicidal disinfectant EVERY OTHER MONTH Wash partitions on both sides using disinfectant X Clean all ceiling vents X Public Safety Squad Car Garages (11 Stalls) DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY Broom clean and empty trash receptacles X Tile Floor Care FREQUENCY Strip and Wax ANNUALLY 89 Fire Station 2 – 400 Turners Crossroads South, Golden Valley, MN 55416 (2,000 ft2) Fire Station 3 – 3700 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55422 (2,100 ft2) Contractor shall provide the Services in the table below at Fire Station No. 2 and Fire Station No. 3 three times per week on weekdays during the mid-afternoon. The City may modify the Services and the times during which they are provided in its sole discretion and at any time. Vendor shall provide all equipment and cleaning chemicals. Cleaning chemicals provided by vendor shall be approved by the city and include MSDS information on site. Fire Station 2 Tile Rubber Matting VCT Mop Sink Non-Slip Flooring Areas Not Cleaned 90 Fire Station 3 Tile Rubber Matting VCT Mop Sink Non-Slip Flooring Areas Not Cleaned 91 Kitchens and Lunchrooms 3 TIMES PER WEEK WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty trash receptacles, replace liners X Remove trash to designated areas X Spot clean walls, appliances, light switches and doors X Clean and disinfect counter tops and sinks X Clean sides of counters and trash receptacles X Clean interior of oven, microwave & trash receptacles X Conference Rooms 2-3 TIMES PER WEEK WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty wastebaskets X Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X Spot clean and vacuum all carpeted floors X Wipe down tabletops X Dust furniture, fixtures, equipment, and accessories X Dust all surfaces, furniture, railings and ledges within reach X Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X Clean all ceiling vents X Dust surfaces above normal reach, including sills, ledges, moldings, shelves, door frames, pictures and wall vents X Exterior Entrance Services 2-3 TIMES PER WEEK WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty waste and remove trash and recycling to designated areas X General Offices 2-3 TIMES PER WEEK WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty wastebaskets and remove trash to designated areas X 92 Empty recycling containers and remove recyclables to designated areas X Spot clean partition and door glass X Spot clean walls, light switches, doors and kick plates X Vacuum carpeted floors X Dust all furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Dust all surfaces, furniture, ledges and blinds within reach X Spot clean carpeted areas X Dust all surfaces above normal reach including sill, ledges, moldings, shelves, door frames, pictures and wall vents X Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X All doors to be kept free of dirt and oil buildup at knobs, push plates and handle areas X Feather dust and wipe down artwork X Hallways 2-3 TIMES PER WEEK WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean all furniture, fixtures, equipment, and accessories X Dust all surfaces, furniture, railings and ledges within reach X Spot clean glass partitions and door glass X Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X Dust mop open areas X Dust and wet mop all hard surface floors X Vacuum and spot clean carpeted floors X Clean all ceiling vents X Empty waste baskets and remove trash X Janitor Closet 2-3 TIMES PER WEEK WEEKLY MONTHLY 93 Clean and arrange all equipment X Empty vacuum cleaner bags X Maintain and update SDS Sheets and Cleaning Log Book X Lobby and Entry Vestibules 2-3 TIMES PER WEEK WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty wastebaskets and remove trash and recycling to designated areas X Dust high and low surfaces within reach X Spot clean glass partitions and glass door X Spot clean furniture, walls, switches and doors X Clean and polish all metal brightwork X Vacuum and spot clean all carpeted floors X Vacuum walk-off mats X Dust and damp mop all hard surface floors X Extract walk-off mats during winter months X Extract inlay and walk-off mats during summer months X Vacuum edges and corners X Remove and vacuum below tread mats X Dust and spot clean furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Clean all ceiling wall vents and cold air returns X Machine scrub hard surface floors X Clean both sides of all glass doors and wipe frames X Dust rails and ledges, spot clean walls, sweep and damp mop stairwells X Clean stairwell glass X 94 Dust high level ledges, sills X Work Stations 2-3 TIMES PER WEEK WEEKLY MONTHLY Empty wastebaskets and remove trash to designated areas X Empty recycling containers and remove recyclables to designated areas X Vacuum carpeted floors X Dust all furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X Dust all surfaces including furniture tops and ledges within normal reach X Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X Damp mop plastic carpet savers under desk chairs X Restrooms / Locker Rooms / Showers 2-3 TIMES PER WEEK WEEKLY MONTHLY Clean drinking fountains X Clean and sanitize all fixtures X Clean ceiling fan vents X Inspect and fill dispensers X Empty waste receptacles X Damp wipe all waste receptacles with a disinfectant X Clean and polish mirrors X Dust and spot clean all surfaces to include: dispensers, partitions, walls and doors X Clean and sanitize all showers, sinks, counter tops tile walls and partitions X Clean, polish all metal brightwork X Sweep, mop and disinfect all floors X 95 Replace paper products X Machine scrub floors using germicidal disinfectant EVERY OTHER MONTH Wash partitions on both sides using disinfectant X Clean all ceiling vents X 96 EXHIBIT B FEE SCHEDULE City Hall - 7800 Golden Valley Rd $ 1,950.00 X 12 months = $ 23,400.00 Public Safety - 7700 Golden Valley Rd $ 2,500.00 X 12 months = $ 30,000.00 Park Maintenance - 7708 Golden Valley Rd $ 550.00 X 12 months = $ 6,600.00 Street Maintenance - 7710 Golden Valley Rd $ 550.00 X 12 months = $ 6,600.00 Utility Maintenance - 7720 Golden Valley Rd $ 595.00 X 12 months = $ 7,140.00 Vehicle Maintenance - 7730 Golden Valley Rd $ 595.00 X 12 months = $ 7,140.00 Fire Station 2 - 400 Turners Crossroads $ 395.00 X 12 months = $ 4,740.00 Fire Station 3 - 3700 Golden Valley Rd $ 395.00 X 12 months = $ 4,740.00 TOTAL: GRAND TOTAL ANNUAL COST TO CLEAN THE ABOVE CITY BUILDINGS ACCORDING TO ATTACHED SPECIFICATIONS: $ 90,360.00 97 1 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR CUSTODIAL SERVICES WITH STRATUS BUILDING SOLUTIONS THIS AGREEMENT is made this 2nd day of December2025 (“Effective Date”) by and between Stratus Building Solutions a custodial company with its principal office located at 442 Hayward Avenue North, Oakdale, MN 55428 (“Contractor”), and the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota, a Minnesota municipal corporation located at 7800 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (the “City”): RECITALS A. Contractor is engaged in the business of providing custodial services. B. The City desires to hire Contractor to provide custodial services. C. Contractor represents that it has the professional expertise and capabilities to provide the City with the requested services. D. The City desires to engage Contractor to provide the services described in this Agreement and Contractor is willing to provide such services on the terms and conditions in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions expressed in this Agreement, the City and Contractor agree as follows: AGREEMENT 1. Services. Contractor agrees to provide the City with the services as described in the attached Exhibit A (the “Services”). Exhibit A shall be incorporated into this Agreement by reference. All Services shall be provided in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by professionals currently providing similar services. 2. Time for Completion. The Services shall be completed on or before December 31, 2030, provided that the parties may extend the stated deadlines upon mutual written agreement. This Agreement shall remain in force and effect commencing from the Effective Date and continuing until the completion of the project, unless terminated by the City or amended pursuant to the Agreement. 3. Consideration. The City shall pay Contractor for the Services according to the terms on the attached Exhibit B. The consideration shall be for both the Services performed by Contractor and any expenses incurred by Contractor in performing the Services. Contractor shall submit statements to the City upon completion of the Services. The City shall pay Contractor within thirty-five (35) days after Contractor’s statements are submitted. A three percent (3%) cost of living adjustment will take effect January 1 of each year. 4. Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated as follows: a. The parties, by mutual written agreement, may terminate this Agreement at any time; 98 2 b. Contractor may terminate this Agreement in the event of a breach of the Agreement by the City upon providing thirty (30) days’ written notice to the City; c. The City may terminate this Agreement at any time at its option, for any reason or no reason at all; or d. The City may terminate this Agreement immediately upon Contractor’s failure to have in force any insurance required by this Agreement. In the event of a termination, the City shall pay Contractor for Services performed to the date of termination and for all costs or other expenses incurred prior to the date of termination. 5. Amendments. No amendments may be made to this Agreement except in writing signed by both parties. The City’s authorized agent, may on behalf of the City, administratively approve amendments that do not materially change the scope of work or increase the contract price. Any amendments that materially change the scope of work or increase the contract price shall require council approval. 6. Remedies. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by the City because of a breach by Contractor, the City may complete the Services either by itself or by contract with other persons or entities, or any combination thereof. These remedies provided to the City for breach of this Agreement by Contractor shall not be exclusive. The City shall be entitled to exercise any one or more other legal or equitable remedies available because of Contractor’s breach. 7. Records/Inspection. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 16C.05, subd. 5, Contractor agrees that the books, records, documents, and accounting procedures and practices of Contractor, that are relevant to the contract or transaction, are subject to examination by the City and the state auditor or legislative auditor for a minimum of six years. Contractor shall maintain such records for a minimum of six years after final payment. The parties agree that this obligation will survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 8. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor, and Contractor’s successors or assigns, agree to protect, defend, indemnify, save, and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, agents, volunteers, and employees from any and all claims; lawsuits; causes of actions of any kind, nature, or character; damages; losses; or costs, disbursements, and expenses of defending the same, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, professional services, and other technical, administrative or professional assistance resulting from or arising out of Contractor’s (or its subcontractors, agents, volunteers, members, invitees, representatives, or employees) performance of the duties required by or arising from this Agreement, or caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission or willful misconduct by Contractor, or arising out of Contractor’s failure to obtain or maintain the insurance required by this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a waiver or limitation of any immunity or limitation of liability to which the City is entitled. The parties agree that these indemnification obligations shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 9. Insurance. Contractor shall maintain reasonable insurance coverage throughout this Agreement. Contractor agrees that before any work related to the approved project can be performed, Contractor shall maintain at a minimum: Worker’s Compensation Insurance as required by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.181; Business Auto Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; Professional Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; and Commercial General Liability in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for bodily injury or death arising out of each occurrence, and $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for property damage, $2,000,000.00 aggregate. To 99 3 meet the Commercial General Liability and Business Auto Liability requirements, Contractor may use a combination of Excess and Umbrella coverage. Contractor shall provide the City with a current certificate of insurance including the following language: “The City of Golden Valley is named as an additional insured with respect to the commercial general liability, business automobile liability and umbrella or excess liability, as required by the contract. The umbrella or excess liability policy follows form on all underlying coverages.” Such certificate of liability insurance shall list the City as an additional insured and contain a statement that such policies of insurance shall not be canceled or amended unless 30 days’ written notice is provided to the City, or 10 days’ written notice in the case of non-payment. 10. Subcontracting. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign, or transfer any rights under or interest (including, but without limitation, moneys that may become due or moneys that are due) in the Agreement without the written consent of the other except to the extent that the effect of this limitation may be restricted by law. Unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall prevent Contractor from employing such independent Contractors, associates, and subcontractors, as it may deem appropriate to assist it in the performance of the Services required by this Agreement. Any instrument in violation of this provision is null and void. 11. Assignment. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign this Agreement or any rights under or interest in this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the other party’s prior written consent. Any assignment in violation of this provision is null and void. 12. Independent Contractor. Contractor is an independent contractor. Contractor’s duties shall be performed with the understanding that Contractor has special expertise as to the services which Contractor is to perform and is customarily engaged in the independent performance of the same or similar services for others. Contractor shall provide or contract for all required equipment and personnel. Contractor shall control the manner in which the services are performed; however, the nature of the Services and the results to be achieved shall be specified by the City. The parties agree that this is not a joint venture and the parties are not co-partners. Contractor is not an employee or agent of the City and has no authority to make any binding commitments or obligations on behalf of the City except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement. All services provided by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided by Contractor as an independent contractor and not as an employee of the City for any purpose, including but not limited to: income tax withholding, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, FICA taxes, liability for torts and eligibility for employee benefits. 13. Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall exercise due professional care to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, ordinances and regulatfons in effect as of the date Contractor agrees to provide the Services. Contractor’s guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatfves, and subcontractors shall abide by the City's policies prohibitfng sexual harassment and tobacco, drug, and alcohol use as defined in the City’s Respectiul Work Place Policy, and Tobacco, Drug, and Alcohol Policy, as well as all other reasonable work rules, safety rules, or policies, and procedures regulatfng the conduct of persons on City property, at all tfmes while performing dutfes pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor agrees and understands that a violatfon of any of these policies, procedures, or rules constftutes a breach of the Agreement and sufficient grounds for immediate terminatfon of the Agreement by the City. 100 4 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, any attached exhibits, and any addenda signed by the parties shall constitute the entire agreement between the City and Contractor, and supersedes any other written or oral agreements between the City and Contractor. This Agreement may only be modified in a writing signed by the City and Contractor. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the referenced or attached items, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. If there is any conflict between Exhibits A and B, the terms of Exhibit B shall prevail. 15. Third Party Rights. The parties to this Agreement do not intend to confer any rights under this Agreement on any third party. 16. Choice of Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota. Any disputes, controversies, or claims arising out of this Agreement shall be heard in the state or federal courts of Hennepin County, Minnesota, and all parties to this Agreement waive any objection to the jurisdiction of these courts, whether based on convenience or otherwise. 17. Conflict of Interest. Contractor shall use reasonable care to avoid conflicts of interest and appearances of impropriety in representation of the City. In the event of a conflict of interest, Contractor shall advise the City and, either secure a waiver of the conflict, or advise the City that it will be unable to provide the requested Services. 18. Work Products and Ownership of Documents. All records, information, materials, and work product, including, but not limited to the completed reports, data collected from or created by the City or the City’s employees or agents, raw market data, survey data, market analysis data, and any other data, work product, or reports prepared or developed in connection with the provision of the Services pursuant to this Agreement shall become the property of the City, but Contractor may retain reproductions of such records, information, materials and work product. Regardless of when such information was provided or created, Contractor agrees that it will not disclose for any purpose any information Contractor has obtained arising out of or related to this Agreement, except as authorized by the City or as required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall grant or transfer any rights, title or interests in any intellectual property created by Contractor prior to the effective date of this Agreement; however, to the extent Contractor generates reports or recommendations for the City using proprietary processes or formulas, Contractor shall provide the City (1) factual support for such reports and recommendations; (2) a detailed explanation of the method used and data relied upon to arrive at the recommendation; and (3) a detailed explanation of the rationale behind the methodology used. All of the obligations in this paragraph shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 19. Agreement Not Exclusive. The City retains the right to hire other professional Contractor service providers for this or other matters, in the City’s sole discretion. 20. Data Practices Act Compliance. Any and all data provided to Contractor, received from Contractor, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be administered in accordance with, and is subject to the requirements of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13. Contractor agrees to notify the City within three business days if it receives a data request from a third party. This paragraph does not create a duty on the part of Contractor to provide access to public data to the public if the public data are available from the City, except as required by the terms of this Agreement. These obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this Agreement. 101 5 21. Confidentiality. Consultant understands that the City has access to, develops, and uses private, confidential, nonpublic, and protected nonpublic information, as those terms are defined by the MGDPA, in connection with its business (collectively, “Confidential Information”). The City has instituted policies and procedures to protect and safeguard this Confidential Information. While working for the City under this Agreement, Consultant may come into contact with Confidential Information. Consultant understands that the protection of Confidential Information is required by law and is a requirement of their relationship with the City. Accordingly, Consultant agrees as follows: 21.1 During the term of this Agreement and after the termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City: (a) Consultant will keep secret all Confidential Information and will not directly or indirectly disclose it to anyone outside the City; (b) Consultant will not make use of any Confidential Information for their own purposes or for the benefit of anyone other than the City; and (c) upon termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City, Consultant will promptly deliver to the City all memoranda, notes, records, and other documents (and all copies thereof) constituting or relating to Confidential Information. 21.2 If Consultant breaches or threatens to breach any provisions of paragraph 19.1, the City has the right to enforce this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. 21.3 This Agreement is not intended to prevent Consultant from working for any employer subsequent to the termination of their relationship with the City, as long as Consultant does not use or disclose Confidential Information. 22. No Discrimination. Contractor agrees not to discriminate in providing products and services under this Agreement on the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin, disability, age, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, gender expression, status with regard to public assistance, or religion. Violation of any part of this provision may lead to immediate termination of this Agreement. Contractor agrees to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as amended (“ADA”), section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Minnesota Human Rights Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 363A. Contractor agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City from costs, including but not limited to damages, attorneys’ fees and staff time, in any action or proceeding brought alleging a violation of these laws by Contractor or its guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatives and subcontractors. Upon request, Contractor shall provide accommodation to allow individuals with disabilities to participate in all Services under this Agreement. Contractor agrees to utilize its own auxiliary aid or service in order to comply with ADA requirements for effective communication with individuals with disabilities. 23. Authorized Agents. The City’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is Tim Kieffer, the Public Works Director of the City, or designee. Contractor’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is Jason Sportel, or designee who shall perform or supervise the performance of all Services. 24. Notices. Any notices permitted or required by this Agreement shall be deemed given when personally delivered or upon deposit in the United States mail, postage fully prepaid, certified, return receipt requested, addressed to: CONTRACTOR THE CITY Jason Sportel Stratus Building Solutions 442 Hayward Avenue North Oakdale, MN 55128 jsportel@stratusclean.com Tim Kieffer City of Golden Valley 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 tkieffer@goldenvalleymn.gov 102 6 or such other contact information as either party may provide to the other by notice given in accordance with this provision. 25. Waiver. No waiver of any provision or of any breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions or any other or further breach, and no such waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the party to be charged with such a waiver. 26. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way define, limit or affect the scope and intent of this Agreement. 27. Payment of Subcontractors. Contractor agrees that it must pay any subcontractor within 10 days of the prime contractor’s receipt of payment from the City for undisputed Services provided by the subcontractor. Contractor agrees that it must pay interest of 1-1/2 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the prime contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from a prime contractor must be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in bringing the action. 28. Publicity. At the City’s request, the City and Contractor shall develop language to use when discussing the Services. Contractor agrees that Contractor shall not release any publicity regarding the Services or the subject matter of this Agreement without prior consent from the City. Contractor shall not use the City’s logo or state that the City endorses its services without the City’s advanced written approval. 29. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be severed, and the balance of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 30. Signatory. Each person executing this Agreement (“Signatory”) represents and warrants that they are duly authorized to sign on behalf of their respective organization. In the event Contractor did not authorize the Signatory to sign on its behalf, the Signatory agrees to assume responsibility for the duties and liability of Contractor, described in this Agreement, personally. 31. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be transmitted by electronic mail in portable document format (“pdf”) and signatures appearing on electronic mail instruments shall be treated as original signatures. 32. Recitals. The City and Contractor agree that the Recitals are true and correct and are fully incorporated into this Agreement. [Remainder of page left blank intentionally. Signature page follows.] 103 7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City and Contractor have caused this Professional Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives in duplicate on the respective dates indicated below. STRATUS BUILDING SOLUTIONS: CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY: By: _________________________________ Jason Sportel, Sales Manager By: _________________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor By: _________________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager 104 EXHIBIT A SCOPE OF SERVICES Cleaning Schedule Summary Brookview Community Center Sunday through Thursday between 11:00 pm and 5:00 am Friday and Saturday between 12:00 am and 5:00 am Golf Maintenance Monday, Wednesday, and Friday from November 1 to March 31 Monday through Friday from April 1 to October 31 Between 5:00 pm and 5:00 am. Brookview Park Shelters Sunday through Saturday from May 1 to September 30 before 9:00am. As requested from May 1 to September 30 between 4:00 pm and 5:00 pm depending on rental schedule Brookview Tennis Court Bathrooms Sunday through Saturday from May 1 to September 30 before 9:00 am Schaper Park Bathrooms Sunday through Saturday from May 1 to September 30 before 9:00 am 105 Brookview – 316 Brookview Parkway South, Golden Valley, MN 55426 Contractor shall provide the Services in the table below at Brookview daily Sunday through Thursday between 11:00 p.m. and 5:00 a.m., and on Friday and Saturdays between 12:00 a.m. and 5:00 a.m. The City may modify the Services and the times during which they are provided in its sole discretion and at any time. The City will provide cleaning chemicals and a floor scrubber for this location. Lower Level 106 Upper Level 107 1. Kitchen & Senior Lounge - Valley Room South Daily Weekly Monthly a. Empty trash receptacles, replace liners, and remove trash to designated areas X b. Spot clean walls, appliances, light switches and doors X c. Clean and disinfect counter tops and sinks X d. Clean sides of counters and trash receptacles X e. Clean interior of oven, microwave & trash receptacles X f. Dust furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories within normal reach X g. Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X h. Clean all ceiling vents X i. Dust surfaces above normal reach, including sills, ledges, moldings, shelves, door frames, pictures and wall vents X 2. Conference Rooms - Sweeny Lake & Rice Lake Conference Rooms Daily Weekly Monthly a. Empty wastebaskets X b. Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X c. Spot clean and vacuum all carpeted floors X d. Wipe down tabletops X e. Dust furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories within normal reach X f. Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X g. Clean all ceiling vents X h. Dust surfaces above normal reach, including sills, ledges, moldings, shelves, door frames, pictures and wall vents X 3. Elevator Daily Weekly Monthly a. Vacuum and spot clean carpeted floors X b. Clean and polish elevator brightwork X c. Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X d. Detail clean elevator tracks removing visible soil, polish as needed X 4. Hallways and Stairways Daily Weekly Monthly a. Clean all furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X b. Dust all surfaces including furniture tops, railings and ledges within normal reach X c. Clean glass partitions and door glass 2 x per week d. Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X e. Dust mop open areas X f. Dust and wet mop all hard surface floors X 108 g. Vacuum and spot clean carpeted floors X h. Clean all ceiling vents X i. Empty waste baskets and remove trash X j. Clean drinking fountains X 5. Janitor Closet Daily Weekly Monthly a. Clean and arrange all equipment X b. Empty vacuum cleaner bags X c. Maintain MSDS Sheets and Cleaning Log Book X 6. Main Entrance, Lobby and Entry Vestibules Daily Weekly Monthly a. Empty wastebaskets and remove trash and recycling X b. Dust high and low surfaces within reach X c. Clean glass partitions and glass doors 2 x per week d. Clean furniture, walls, switches and doors X e. Clean and polish all metal brightwork X f. Vacuum and spot clean all carpeted floors X g. Vacuum walk-off mats X h. Dust and damp mop all hard surface floors X i. Vacuum edges and corners X j. Remove and vacuum below tread mats X k. Clean all ceiling wall vents and cold air returns X l. Machine scrub hard surface floors X m. Dust rails and ledges, spot clean walls, sweep and damp mop stairwells X n. Clean stairwell glass 2 x per week o. Dust high level ledges, sills X p. Wipe non-glass doors and kick plates X 7. Restrooms / Locker Rooms / Showers Daily Weekly Monthly a. Clean drinking fountains X b. Clean and sanitize all fixtures X c. Clean ceiling fan vents X d. Inspect and fill dispensers X e. Empty waste receptacles X f. Damp wipe all waste receptacles with a disinfectant X g. Clean and polish mirrors X 109 h. Dust and spot clean all surfaces to include: dispensers, partitions, walls and doors X i. Clean and sanitize all sinks, counter tops tile walls and partitions X j. Clean, polish all metal brightwork X k. Sweep, mop and disinfect all floors X l. Replace paper products X m. Machine scrub floors using germicidal disinfectant X n. Wash partitions on both sides using disinfectant X o. Clean and disinfect toilets X p. Clean and disinfect showers X q. Damp wipe and disinfect locker surfaces X 8. Meeting Rooms - Wirth Lake Room & Valley Room North Daily Weekly Monthly a. Vacuum and spot clean carpet X b. Sweep and mop floors X c. Damp wipe and disinfect surfaces X d. Refill paper towels and soap dispenser X e. Wipe walls and window ledges X f. Clean and polish mirrors 2 x per week 9. Playground Area - Backyard Indoor Play Area and Party Rooms Daily Weekly Monthly a. Clean walkways X b. Empty trash X c. Clean windows and glass partitions 2 x per week d. Dust and wet mop floors in party rooms X e. Clean tables and countertops in party rooms X 10. Banquet Room - Basset Creek North & South Daily Weekly Monthly a. Empty wastebaskets X b. Spot clean walls, light switches and doors X c. Clean and vacuum all carpeted floors X d. Dust and wet mop all hard floors X e. Machine scrub hard floors X d. Dust furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories within normal reach X 110 g. Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X h. Clean all ceiling vents X i. Dust surfaces above normal reach, including sills, ledges, moldings, shelves, door frames, pictures and wall vents X 111 Golf Maintenance Building – 101 Brookview Parkway, Golden Valley, MN 55426 Contractor shall provide the Services in the table below at the Golf Maintenance Building daily Monday through Friday between April 1st and October 31st, and Monday, Wednesday, and Friday between November 1st and March 31st between 5:00 pm. – 5:00 a.m. The City may modify the Services and the times during which they are provided in its sole discretion and at any time. The City will provide cleaning chemicals for this location. 1. Office Work Stations Daily Weekly Monthly a. Empty wastebaskets and remove trash to designated areas X b. Empty recycling containers and remove recyclables to designated areas X c. Vacuum carpeted floors X d. Dust all furniture, fixtures, equipment and accessories X e. Dust all surfaces including furniture tops and ledges within normal reach X f. Vacuum edges and corners using tank vacuum X g. Damp mop plastic carpet savers under desk chairs X 112 2. Restrooms / Locker Rooms / Showers Daily Weekly Monthly a. Clean drinking fountains X b. Clean and sanitize all fixtures X c. Clean ceiling fan vents X d. Inspect and fill dispensers X e. Empty waste receptacles X f. Damp wipe all waste receptacles with a disinfectant X g. Clean and polish mirrors X h. Dust and spot clean all surfaces to include: dispensers, partitions, walls and doors X i. Clean and sanitize all sinks, counter tops tile walls and partitions X j. Clean, polish all metal brightwork X k. Sweep, mop and disinfect all floors X l. Replace paper products X m. Machine scrub floors using germicidal disinfectant X n. Wash partitions on both sides using disinfectant X o. Clean all ceiling vents X 3. Coffee Stations & Kitchens Daily Weekly Monthly a. Empty trash receptacles, replace liners X b. Remove trash to designated areas X c. Spot clean walls, appliances, light switches and doors X d. Clean and disinfect counter tops and sinks X e. Clean sides of counters and trash receptacles X f. Clean interior of oven, microwave & trash receptacles X g. Mop tile X 113 Brookview Park Small Shelter & Tennis Shelter Bathrooms – 300 & 401 Brookview Parkway North, Golden Valley, MN 55426 Contractor shall provide the Services in the table below at the Brookview Park Small Shelter and Tennis Building Bathrooms Sunday through Saturday between May 1st and September 30th before 9:00 AM, and as requested Sunday and Saturday between 4:00 and 5:00 PM depending on rental schedule. The City may modify the Services and the times during which they are provided in its sole discretion and at any time. The City will provide cleaning supplies, chemicals, and a golf utility cart. Garbage cans shall be lined and full bags dumped at designated dumpster. 300 & 401 Brookview Parkway N Each Cleaning a. Clean drinking fountains X b. Clean and polish mirrors and fixtures X c. Refill toilet paper, paper towels, and soap dispensers X d. Empty and wipe down waste receptacles X e. Clean and disinfect all toilets, sinks, counter tops tile, walls and partitions X f. Sweep, mop and disinfect all restroom and shelter floors X g. Wipe down all picnic table benches and tops X h. Scrape grill surfaces X i. Pick up trash around shelters X 114 Brookview Park Large Shelter – 200 Brookview Parkway North, Golden Valley, MN 55426 Contractor shall provide the Services in the table below at the Brookview Park Large Shelter and Bathrooms are required Sunday through Saturday between May 1st and September 30th before 9:00 AM, and as requested Sunday and Saturday between 4:00 and 5:00 PM depending on rental schedule. The City may modify the Services and the times during which they are provided in its sole discretion and at any time. The City will provide cleaning supplies, chemicals, and a golf utility cart. Garbage cans shall be lined and full bags dumped at designated dumpster. 200 Brookview Parkway N Each Cleaning a. Clean and polish mirrors and fixtures X b. Refill toilet paper, paper towels, and soap dispensers X c. Empty and wipe down waste receptacles X d. Clean and disinfect all toilets, sinks, counter tops tile, walls and partitions X e. Sweep, mop and disinfect all restroom and shelter floors X f. Wipe down all picnic table benches and tops X g. Scrape grill surfaces X h. Pick up trash around shelters X i. Wipe down all counter spaces X 115 Schaper Park Bathrooms – 631 Ottawa Avenue North, Golden Valley, MN 55427 Contractor shall provide the Services in the table below at the Schaper Park Bathrooms is required Sunday through Saturday between May 1st and September 30th before 9:00 AM. The City may modify the Services and the times during which they are provided in its sole discretion and at any time. The City will provide cleaning supplies and chemicals. 631 Ottawa Ave N Each Cleaning a. Clean drinking fountains X b. Clean and polish mirrors and fixtures X c. Refill toilet paper, paper towels, and soap dispensers X d. Empty and wipe down waste receptacles X e. Clean and disinfect all toilets, sinks, counter tops tile, walls and partitions X f. Sweep, mop and disinfect all restroom and shelter floors X 116 EXHIBIT B FEE SCHEDULE Brookview – 316 Brookview Parkway S $ 4,374.00 X 12 months = $ 52,488.00 Golf Maintenance – 101 Brookview Parkway $ 200.00 X 12 months = $ 2,400.00 Brookview Park Large and Small Shelter and Tennis Court Bathrooms $ 2,095.00 X 5 months $ 10,475.00 Schaper Park Bathrooms – 631 Ottawa Avenue N $ 225.00 X 5 months = $ 1,125.00 TOTAL: GRAND TOTAL ANNUAL COST TO CLEAN THE ABOVE CITY BUILDINGS ACCORDING TO ATTACHED SPECIFICATIONS: $ 66,488.00 Brookview Park Small Shelter – 300 Brookview Parkway South (Between 4:00pm – 5:00pm) $ 20.00 Per Cleaning Brookview Park Large Shelter – 200 Brookview Parkway North (Between 4:00pm- 5:00pm) $ 30.00 Per Cleaning 117 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3D.1. Adopt Resolution No. 25-111 to Apply for the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Local Climate Action Grants Prepared By Ethan Kehrberg, Sustainability Specialist Summary The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) has approximately $1.3 million available to distribute for climate projects to communities across Minnesota. This funding provides an opportunity for planning and implementation projects that enable local jurisdictions to adapt to extreme weather events and a changing climate and/or to reduce the local jurisdiction’s contributions to the causes of climate change. The maximum grant award under the MPCA's RFP is $50,000. There is no minimum. Staff intend to apply for grant funding to support replacement of the golf cart maintenance building at Brookview with a more sustainable and resilient buildling. Grant applications are due by December 23, 2025. Approving this resolution is the first step in the grant process, followed by a staff, legal, and equity review before applying. Then, if selected, staff will come back to City Council for approval of the grant funds. Financial or Budget Considerations The grant requires a minimum 50% match for cities with populations over 20,000, which includes Golden Valley. The match must be in local funds such as monetary funds under local control. In-kind services are not considered local funds. Staff are currently planning to apply for funding to support replacing the Brookview golf cart maintenance building. The match could come from the CIP for current expenditures at Brookview, based on the currently proposed budget. Staff are in conversation with MPCA and Brookview staff to determine eligible expenses and project scope. If this is not a good fit, staff will work to find another climate project to submit for this grant opportunity. Legal Considerations The City Attorney has not reviewed the Resolution Supporting Application to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency's Local Climate Action Grants; however, the Resolution was created using an approved template without changes to the template. Staff will work with the City Attorney to review draft grant agreements following receipt from the MPCA. These items will be submitted for City Council consideration at that time. 118 Equity Considerations This grant supports the City's work to alleviate environmental, infrastructure, and economic disparities. By improving city operations and infrastructure, there will be a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions and the negative environmental and social impacts those emissions have on the community. This grant application also supports the City Council's goal of receiving more grant dollars, reducing the cost-burden on residents of Golden Valley. Recommended Action Motion to Adopt Resolution No. 25-111 Supporting Application to MPCA for the Local Climate Action Grants. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-111 - Authorizing Application for the MPCA Local Climate Action Grants 119 RESOLUTION NO. 25-111 A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING APPLICATION FOR THE MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY PLANNING GRANTS FOR LOCAL CLIMATE ACTION WHEREAS, funding is available from the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency through Planning Grants for Local Climate Action; and WHEREAS, the adverse effects of climate change will continue to impact the community, infrastructure, and the environment, and the City of Golden Valley anticipates needing to make more improvements to reinforce community resilience. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, MINNESOTA that this Council hereby authorizes the City Manager or their designee to prepare and submit the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency Planning Grant for Local Climate Action. Passed by the City Council of the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota this 2nd day of December, 2025. _____________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor Attested: _______________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 120 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Finance 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3E. Approve Resolution No. 25-112 Granting City Council Consent for the Housing and Redevelopment Authority (HRA) Levy Payable in 2026 Prepared By Lyle Hodges, Finance Director Summary At its December 2, 2025 meeting, the Housing and Redevelopment Authority (HRA) approved the 2026 budget and levy payable to support the operations of the HRA for 2026. This resolution is for the City Council to consent to the levy as adopted by the HRA. Financial or Budget Considerations The HRA levy for 2026 is a component of the overall tax levy for Golden Valley residents, listed on their tax statements under Other Special Taxing Districts. Through this process, the City is agreeing to levy $461,652 for the HRA. Legal Considerations Minnesota statutes and the Minnesota Department of Revenue set laws and rules on how the budget hearing and submission process for the HRA levy is supported. Equity Considerations The proposed budget strives to advance the equity goals of the City by funding infrastructure, programs, and services that provide opportunities and resources for all. The process for adoption includes the ability for community members to provide feedback. Recommended Action Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-112 consenting to the 2026 Housing and Redevelopment Authority (HRA) levy payable as adopted by the HRA at its December 2, 2025 meeting. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-112 - Consenting to the 2026 Proposed Housing and Redevelopment Levy 121 RESOLUTION NO. 25-112 CONSENTING TO THE 2026 PROPOSED HOUSING AND REDEVELOPMENT LEVY WHEREAS, The Golden Valley Housing and Redevelopment Authority (the “HRA”) has authorities and powers according to MN Statutes, Section 469.033, subd. 6 provides that subject to the consent by the resolution of the governing body of the city in and for which it was created, an authority may levy upon all taxable property within the city for housing and redevelopment purposes, and WHEREAS, The HRA is requesting the City of Golden Valley to approve a consent for the levy to fund the HRA Housing Program for the year payable 2026, and WHEREAS, The City Council discussed the HRA levy and budget on September 16, 2025 and WHEREAS, The HRA levy is $461,652. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, by the City of Golden Valley that it approves and consents to certification of a 2026 tax levy in the amount of $461,652 for housing and redevelopment purposes of the HRA. Adopted by the City Council of Golden Valley, Minnesota this 2nd day of December, 2025. Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 122 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Finance 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3F. Approve Resolution No. 25-113 Adopting the 2026-2035 Capital Improvement Plan Prepared By Lyle Hodges, Finance Director Summary The 2026-2035 Capital Improvement Plan was reviewed by City Council at its September 16th, 2025 meeting in conjunction with other budgetary actions for 2026. The plan lays out projected investments in capital assets and infrastructure for the next 10 years. These projects are funded through a combination of resources including transfers from the General Fund, grants from local partners including the County and other regional entities, bonded debt, and other funding sources as available. Financial or Budget Considerations The supporting documents show the project plans for the next 10 years. The projects listed in 2026 are included in the 2026 budget for departments where appropriate. Legal Considerations The Capital Improvement Plan is part of the overall budget adoption process approved by Council through resolution. Equity Considerations The proposed budget strives to advance the equity goals of the City by funding infrastructure, programs, and services that provide opportunities and resources for all. The process for adoption includes an opportunity for members of the public to provide feedback. Recommended Action Motion to approve Resolution No. 25-113 adopting the 2026-2035 Capital Improvement Plan. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-113 - Adopting 2026-2035 CIP Attachment A - 2026-2035 CIP Summary Report 123 RESOLUTION NO. 25-113 RESOLUTION APPROVING 2026-2035 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM WHEREAS, the City Council has reviewed the proposed 2026-2035 Capital Improvement Program at the September 16, 2025 Council meeting; and WHEREAS, financing for projects outlined in the 2026-2035 Capital Improvement Program will be reviewed each year and provided for by current approved budget or specifically identified in the financing section in this document : ATTACHMENT A: 2026-2035 Projects by Department. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City of Golden Valley approves the 2026-2035 Capital Improvement Program. Adopted by the City Council on this 2nd day of December, 2025. Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: Theresa J. Schyma, City Clerk 124 Attachment A - Resolution No. 113 December 2, 2025 125 Attachment A - Resolution No. 113 December 2, 2025 126 Attachment A - Resolution No. 113 December 2, 2025 127 Attachment A - Resolution No. 113 December 2, 2025 128 Attachment A - Resolution No. 113 December 2, 2025 129 Attachment A - Resolution No. 113 December 2, 2025 130 Attachment A - Resolution No. 113 December 2, 2025 131 Attachment A - Resolution No. 113 December 2, 2025 132 Attachment A - Resolution No. 113 December 2, 2025 133 Attachment A - Resolution No. 113 December 2, 2025 134 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Finance 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3G. Approve Resolution No. 25-114 Adopting the 2026 Budget for Enterprise, Special Revenue, and Internal Service Funds Prepared By Lyle Hodges, Finance Director Summary The 2026 proposed budgets for the relevant funds were submitted to the City Council for discussion at the August 2025 work session. All budgets were discussed for consideration as part of the overall 2026 budget process. These funds are considered separately from the General Fund as there are generally no property tax impacts for residents as a result of the operations of these funds. Financial or Budget Considerations The supporting documents set the budget for 2026. The budget is the plan that will give departments guidance to conduct business in the next year. Legal Considerations Minnesota statutes are followed for approving the budget. Equity Considerations The proposed budget strives to advance the equity goals of the City by funding infrastructure, programs, and services that provide opportunities and resources for all. The process for adoption includes an opportunity for members of the public to provide feedback. Recommended Action Motion to approve Resolution No. 25-114 adopting the 2026 budgets for enterprise, special revenue, and internal service funds. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-114 - Adopting the 2026 Budget for Enterprise, Special Revenue, and Internal Service Funds 135 RESOLUTION NO. 25-114 RESOLUTION ADOPTING THE 2026 BUDGETS FOR ENTERPRISE, SPECIAL REVENUE AND INTERNAL SERVICE FUNDS WHEREAS, in September 2025, the City Manager presented the 2026 budget; and WHEREAS, this proposed 2026 operating budget is submitted by the City in accordance with Minnesota Statutes and other applicable laws in effect on this date. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota, that the 2026 Budgets are hereby given final approval. FUND DESCRIPTION AMOUNT 7001 Recycling $ 1,335,270 7120 Water and Sewer Utility 14,315,685 7150 Brookview Golf Course 7,579,346 7200 Motor Vehicle Licensing 670,486 7300 Storm Sewer Utility 7,501,167 2020 Community Services Commission 58,500 2040 Brookview Facility 782,841 8200 Vehicle Maintenance 673,830 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED by the City Council that the sources of financing are through user fees, lawful gambling proceeds, charges for services, and those applicable revenues described in each specific budget. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the City Council declares its intent to take all necessary actions legally permissible to the submission and approval of the City’s budget both proposed and final. Adopted by the City of Golden Valley City Council this 2nd day of December, 2025. Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: Theresa J. Schyma, City Clerk 136 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Finance 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3H. Approve Resolution No. 25-115 Adopting Budget Amendments for the Acquisition of the New Public Works Facility Property Prepared By Lyle Hodges, Finance Director Summary The City has taken several actions during 2025 to acquire property at 6100 Olson Memorial Highway as a future site for a proposed Public Works Facility. The City previously sought and received voter approval for a 1.25% local sales tax in 2023. A portion of that sales tax was specifically designated to use for the acquisition of property for a new Public Works Facility. When the 2025-2034 Capital Improvement Plan was adopted in December of 2024, the acquisition of property for this project was not yet certain and no budget was included for this purchase. Since that time, City staff and City Council have progressed through a series of steps to a point where the purchase of a site is nearing completion. As such, this action is to request the amendment of budgets to account for the use of already-collected sales tax revenue to fund the purchase. There are two components to the requested budgetary adjustments. The first is to establish a budget for a transfer from the Local Sales Tax special revenue fund, where the City has collected over $16.0 million in sales tax revenue to date. The second component of the budget adjustment is to establish a budget in the Buildings capital project fund to receive the transfer and to make the capital outlay to purchase the property. Financial or Budget Considerations This action will amend the 2025 budget in the Local Sales Tax special revenue fund and the Buildings capital projects fund. Legal Considerations Budgetary amendments of this nature are directed by the guidance of state statute for statutory plan B cities. Equity Considerations This budget amendment has no equity impacts. Recommended Action 137 Motion to approve Resolution No. 25-115 amending the 2025 Budget for the acquisition of property for the site of the new Public Works Facility. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-115 Approving Budget Adjustments for PW Building Site Acquisition 138 RESOLUTION NO. 25-115 RESOLUTION APPROVING BUDGET ADJUSTMENTS FOR THE ACQUISITION OF PROPERTY FOR A FUTURE PUBLIC WORKS SITE WHEREAS, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 24-073 at the December 3, 2024 Council Meeting adopting the 2025-2034 Capital Improvement Plan; and WHEREAS, the City has continued to pursue the acquisition of a property to hold a future Public Works site; and WHEREAS, the City has resources available for the purchase and development of property for the Public Works facility that were not previously budgeted for use in 2025 as part of the 2025-2034 Capital Improvement Plan; and WHEREAS, the City is purchasing the Public Works site in December of 2025 funded by the ongoing collection of Local Sales Tax which is an eligible use of that funding source; and WHEREAS, sufficient local sales tax revenue has been collected to date to fund the purchase of property for the new Public Works Facility. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Golden Valley hereby authorizes and directs the Finance Director to make any and all necessary alterations to the approved budget of the City, including increasing the Transfer Out budget in the Local Sales Tax Fund (02070) by $6,900,000; increasing the Transfer In budget in the Building Capital Project Fund (05200) by $6,900,000; and increasing the Capital Outlay budget in the Building Capital Project Fund (05200) by $6,900,000. Adopted by the City Council of Golden Valley, Minnesota this 2nd day of December, 2025. Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: Theresa J. Schyma, City Clerk 139 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Communications 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3I. Approve 2025 Community Survey Questions Prepared By Cheryl Weiler, Communications Director Madeline Peters, Communications Specialist Sara Kasel, Management Fellow Summary Using the 2016 and 2023 Community Surveys as a starting point to retain benchmark questions, staff drafted topics for a 2025 Citizen Survey and presented them for City Council input at the Oct 14, 2025 Work Session. Council directed staff to work with Morris Leatherman Company to develop final survey questions. To remain within the approved budget and allowed number of survey questions, staff carefully reviewed, consolidated, and clarified questions, focusing on those most likely to produce meaningful, actionable feedback for current and future City initiatives. Staff worked closely with the consultant throughout the process to ensure the final version effectively captures resident priorities and provides reliable data to guide City decision-making. Legal Considerations The survey agreement went through the legal review process. Equity Considerations The survey agreement went through the equity review process. Recommended Action Motion to approve questions for 2025 Community Survey. Supporting Documents 2025 City of Golden Valley Survey.pdf 140 1 THE MORRIS LEATHERMAN COMPANY City of Golden Valley 3128 Dean Court Residential Survey Minneapolis, Minnesota 55416 REVISED 2.0 NOVEMBER 2025 Hello, I'm ________ of the Morris Leatherman Company, a polling firm located in Minneapolis. We have been retained by the City of Golden Valley to speak with a random sample of residents about community priorities. This survey is being conducted because the City Council and City Staff are interested in your opinions and suggestions about current and future city needs. I want to assure you that all individual responses will be held strictly confidential; only summaries of the entire sample will be reported. 1. Approximately how many years have TWO YEARS OR LESS.......1 you lived in Golden Valley? THREE TO FIVE YEARS.....2 SIX TO TEN YEARS........3 11 TO 20 YEARS..........4 OVER TWENTY YEARS.......5 DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......6 2. As things now stand, how long in TWO YEARS OR LESS.......1 the future do you expect to THREE TO FIVE YEARS.....2 live in Golden Valley? SIX TO TEN YEARS........3 OVER TEN YEARS..........4 REST OF LIFE............5 DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......6 3. How would you rate the quality of EXCELLENT...............1 life in Golden Valley -- excel- GOOD....................2 lent, good, only fair, or poor? ONLY FAIR...............3 POOR....................4 DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......5 Thinking about your personal experiences as a resident in Golden Valley.... 4. Do you feel welcomed and accepted YES.....................1 in the community? NO......................2 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......3 5. Do you feel welcomed and accepted YES.....................1 participating in city events and NO......................2 activities? DON’T PARTIC (VOL.).....3 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......4 141 2 6. And, do you feel welcomed and YES.....................1 accepted participating in City NO......................2 input sessions, roundtables and DON’T PARTIC (VOL.).....3 focus groups? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......4 Many people talk about "quality" these days. They might say something is "high quality" or "low quality." I'd like you to think about the City of Golden Valley for a moment. 7. When you think about this community, DON’T KNOW/REFUSED.....00 what comes to mind, if anything, as NOTHING................01 being "high quality?" HOUSING/NEIGHBORHOOD...02 (DO NOT READ LIST) CITY GOVT/SERVICES.....03 SCHOOLS................04 __________________________________ PARKS AND TRAILS.......05 PEOPLE.................06 __________________________________ NATURAL/OPEN SPACES....07 8. And, when you think about this com- UNSURE.................00 munity, what comes to mind, if any- NOTHING................01 thing, as being "low quality?" CITY COUNCIL/GOVT......02 (DO NOT READ LIST) STREETS................03 JOB MARKET.............04 __________________________________ ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT...05 SCHOOLS................06 __________________________________ LOW INCOME HOUSING.....07 LACK PUBLIC TRANSIT....08 9. What do you think is the most seri- UNSURE.................00 ous issue facing Golden Valley NOTHING................01 today? (DO NOT READ LIST) HIGH TAXES.............02 POOR CITY SPENDING.....03 __________________________________ RISING CRIME...........04 LACK OF JOBS...........05 __________________________________ LACK OF BUSINESSES.....06 TOO MUCH GROWTH........07 STREET MAINTENANCE.....08 GROWING DIVERSITY......09 10. All in all, do you think things in RIGHT DIRECTION.........1 Golden Valley are generally headed WRONG TRACK.............2 in the right direction, or do you DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......3 feel things are off on the wrong track? Moving on.... 142 3 As you may know, property taxes are divided between the City of Golden Valley and various other units of local government. Thinking about the amount going to the City.... 11. Do you think the city portion of VERY HIGH...............1 your property taxes, which funds SOMEWHAT HIGH...........2 City services in Golden Valley is ABOUT AVERAGE...........3 very high, somewhat high, about av- SOMEWHAT LOW............4 erage, somewhat low or very low in VERY LOW................5 comparison with nearby suburban DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......6 communities? I would like to read you a list of a few city services. For each one, please tell me whether you would rate the quality of the service as excellent, good, only fair, or poor? (ROTATE) EXC GOO FAI POO DKR 12. Police protection? 1 2 3 4 5 13. Fire protection? 1 2 3 4 5 14. Recycling service? 1 2 3 4 5 15. Storm drainage and flood control? 1 2 3 4 5 16. Park maintenance? 1 2 3 4 5 17. City recreation facilities? 1 2 3 4 5 18. City-sponsored recreation programs? 1 2 3 4 5 19. Animal control? 1 2 3 4 5 20. Communications, such as newsletters, website, cable television, and media coverage? 1 2 3 4 5 21. Street lighting? 1 2 3 4 5 22. Code enforcement for property maintenance? 1 2 3 4 5 23. Quality of city drinking water? 1 2 3 4 5 24. Dependability of city drinking water? 1 2 3 4 5 25. Quality of sanitary sewer service? 1 2 3 4 5 26. Dependability of sanitary sewer service? 1 2 3 4 5 27. Access to public records, such as budgets, meeting agendas and ordinances? 1 2 3 4 5 28. Diversity, Equity and Inclusion practices, such as community engagement and outreach and pro- grams and events focused on under- represented or underserved communities? 1 2 3 4 5 143 4 Now, for the next three city services, please consider only their job on city-maintained streets and roads. That means excluding interstate highways, state and county roads taken care of by other levels of government. Hence, Interstate 394, Highway 55, Highway 100, or Winnetka Avenue, should not be considered. How would you rate .... EXC GOO FAI POO DKR 29. City street repair and maintenance? 1 2 3 4 5 30. Snow plowing? 1 2 3 4 5 IF ANY SERVICE IS RATED "ONLY FAIR" OR "POOR" IN QUESTIONS #12 TO #30, ASK: 31. Why did you rate ___________ DON’T KNOW/REFUSED.....00 as (only fair/poor)? SLOW SERVICE...........01 (DO NOT READ LIST) POOR STREET REPAIR.....02 POOR WATER.............03 _____________________________ LOOSE ANIMALS..........04 POOR QUALITY SERVICE...05 _____________________________ MORE LIGHTS............06 WEEKLY RECYCLING.......07 MORE NEI WATCH.........08 RUDE/UNHELPFUL.........09 MORE PROACTIVE.........10 32. When you consider the property EXCELLENT...............1 taxes you pay and the quality of GOOD....................2 city services you receive, would ONLY FAIR...............3 you rate the general value of city POOR....................4 services as excellent, good, only DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......5 fair, or poor? 33. Would you favor or oppose an in- FAVOR...................1 crease in city property taxes, OPPOSE..................2 if it were needed to maintain DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......3 city services at their current level? IF “OPPOSE,” ASK: 34. What services would you be DON’T KNOW/REFUSED.....00 willing to see cut? NONE/CUT WASTE.........01 (DO NOT READ LIST) ADMINISTRATION.........02 PARKS & RECREATION.....03 _____________________________ POLICE.................04 STREET REPAIR..........05 _____________________________ 144 5 Studies have shown infrastructure in mature cities across the United States needs major repair and replacement in coming years. Thinking about city infrastructure, such as water and sanitary sewer systems, roads and parks.... 35. Are you aware of the City’s redev- NO......................1 elopment plans, such as the Civic YES/VERY FAMILIAR.......2 Campus or downtown area? IF “YES,” YES/SOMEWHAT FAMILIAR...3 ASK:) Would you say you are very YES/NOT FAMILIAR........4 familiar, somewhat familiar, or not DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 too familiar with this program? 36. Are you aware of the City’s infra- NO......................1 structure renewal program, such as YES/VERY FAMILIAR.......2 pavement preservation and under- YES/SOMEWHAT FAMILIAR...3 ground utility repair? (IF “YES,” YES/NOT TOO FAMILIAR....4 ASK:) Would you say you are very DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 familiar, somewhat familiar, or not too familiar with this program? For each of the following infrastructure projects, please tell me if you strongly support the City using property taxes or fees to repair and replace it, somewhat support, somewhat oppose or strongly oppose. (ROTATE) STS SMS SMO STO DKR 37. City buildings and facilities? 1 2 3 4 5 38. Sidewalks and trails? 1 2 3 4 5 39. Streetlights? 1 2 3 4 5 40. Boulevard trees? 1 2 3 4 5 Moving on..... I would like to read you a list of characteristics of a community. For each one, please tell me if you think Golden Valley currently has too many or too much, too few or too little, or about the right amount. MANY FEW/ ABT DK/ /MCH LITT RGHT REFD 41. affordable rental units? 1 2 3 4 42. luxury high amenity rental units? 1 2 3 4 43. Condominiums and townhouses? 1 2 3 4 44. Starter homes for young families? 1 2 3 4 45. “Move up” housing for families looking for a larger home? 1 2 3 4 145 6 MANY FEW/ ABT DK/ /MCH LITT RGHT REFD 46. Executive high-end housing? 1 2 3 4 47. one level housing either independent or maintained by an association? 1 2 3 4 48. affordable housing, defined as a single family home costing less than $400,000? 1 2 3 4 49. Parks and open spaces? 1 2 3 4 50. Trails and bikeways? 1 2 3 4 51. Light manufacturing businesses and jobs? 1 2 3 4 52. Service and retail establish- ments? 1 2 3 4 53. Entertainment establishments, such as movie theaters and night clubs? 1 2 3 4 54. Restaurants? 1 2 3 4 55. Grocery stores? 1 2 3 4 56. How would you rate the City’s ef- EXCELLENT...............1 forts to attract new businesses – GOOD....................2 excellent, good, only fair, or ONLY FAIR...............3 poor? POOR....................4 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 57. Do you support or oppose the City STRONGLY SUPPORT........1 providing financial incentives to SUPPORT.................2 attract specific types of develop- OPPOSE..................3 ment? (WAIT FOR RESPONSE) Do you STRONGLY OPPOSE.........4 feel strongly that way? DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......5 58. What should be the highest priority for economic development? (READ AND ROTATE) Attracting new businesses.......................1 Supporting existing businesses..................2 Supporting job creation.........................3 Improving infrastructure........................4 Supporting locally-owned small businesses.......5 ELSE (__________________________________).......6 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED..............................7 A small business is defined by the State of Minnesota as having fewer than 500 employees and an annual gross revenue under $1 million. 146 7 59. Would you support a city loan pro- YES.....................1 gram to assist small businesses NO......................2 with improving their building’s DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......3 appearance? As the City of Golden Valley continues development and redevelopment along Douglas Drive, Highway 55, Interstate 394, and the downtown area.... 60. Are there any types of development you would like to see in the city? (IF "YES," ASK:) What are they? _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ Increased housing density involves building more housing units in a specific area designed to accommodate a higher number of people. 61. How would you rate the importance of VERY IMPORTANT..........1 increasing housing density through- SOMEWHAT IMPORTANT......2 out the City – very important, some- NOT TOO IMPORTANT.......3 what important, or not too DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......4 important? Changing topics.... 62. How would you rate the general con- EXCELLENT...............1 dition and appearance of industrial, GOOD....................2 commercial, and residents properties ONLY FAIR...............3 in Golden Valley – excellent, good, POOR....................4 only fair, or poor? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 The city code includes a variety of requirements for property maintenance, storage of items, and general upkeep of properties. When properties are out of compliance with city code, the City addresses this through its Code Enforcement Program. 63. Do you understand how to report YES.....................1 code violations to the city? NO......................2 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......3 Turning to public safety.... 147 8 64. How safe do you feel in Golden VERY SAFE...............1 Valley - very safe, somewhat safe, SOMEWHAT SAFE...........2 not too safe, or not at all safe? NOT TOO SAFE............3 NOT AT ALL SAFE.........4 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 IF “NOT TOO SAFE” OR “NOT AT ALL SAFE,” ASK: 65. Why don’t you feel safe in Golden Valley? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 66. In the past two years, have you had YES.....................1 any contact with the Golden Valley NO......................2 Police Department? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......3 IF “YES,” ASK: 67. Did the contact involve a TRAFFIC VIOLATION.......1 traffic violation, investiga- INVESTIGATION...........2 tion of a crime, providing EMERGENCY SERVICES......3 emergency services, or some- SOMETHING ELSE..........4 thing else? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 68. Would you say the Police De- YES.....................1 partment personnel were pro- NO......................2 fessional, courteous, and DON’T KNOW/REFUSED...... acted in an empathetic manner? 69. What is the best way for you to receive information and updates from the Police Department? _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ 70. How would you rate the amount of TOO MUCH................1 police patrolling in your residen- ABOUT RIGHT.............2 tial neighborhood -- too much, NOT ENOUGH..............3 about right, or not enough? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......4 Turning to city fire services.... For your information, the city’s firefighters are paid on-call, meaning they live and work in the Golden Valley community and are paid for the hours they spend training and responding to fire 148 9 calls. Under the current paid-on call staffing structure, the City does not have any fire stations staffed from 11 pm to 8 am. 71. Is this a major concern for you, MAJOR CONCERN...........1 minor concern, or not a concern at MINOR CONCERN...........2 all? NOT A CONCERN...........3 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......4 72. Would you support a property tax in- SUPPORT.................1 Crease to hire additional full-time OPPOSE..................2 firefighters to staff a fire station DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......3 24 hours a day/7 days a week? IF “OPPOSE,” ASK: Currently Golden Valley’s response time to a fire call is around 6 minutes. 73. Would you still oppose a pro- YES.....................1 perty tax increase if it would NO......................2 decrease that response time? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......3 Each year the Golden Valley Police and Fire Departments hosts several community programs, such as the Public Safety Open House, National Night Out, Public Safety in the Parks, Coffee with a Cop, Fire Prevention Week Open House, and CPR classes at Brookview. 74. In past few years, what community events or activities have you or members of your household attended? _____________________________________________________________ IF “NONE,” ASK: 75. Why haven’t you attended any programs in the past? ________________________________________________________ 76. What other types of public safety community programs or engagement would you like to see? _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ Continuing.... Prosecution services refers to the traditional legal processes where the City’s attorneys pursue criminal charges through the 149 10 court system. In addition, some cities include restorative programs, which include education and community involvement programs and help residents get felonies removed from their criminal record, instead of solely looking at crime and punishment models. The City uses a variety of tools to support public safety, mental health, and justice in the community. For each of the following, please tell me if you think it is very important, somewhat important, or not too important VRI SMI NTI DKR 77. Expanded response initiatives, including programs that send social workers, mental health professionals, or other support staff directly into the community to respond to situations in a more holistic way, rather than relying only on police. 1 2 3 4 78. Restorative practices such as mediation, conflict resolution, or programs that repair harm between individuals instead of focusing solely on punishment. 1 2 3 4 79. Programs that prevent harm, improve com- munity well-being, and promote fairness while still addressing serious crimes through the legal system. 1 2 3 4 Changing topics.... The City currently provides the following yard waste programs: Brush Pick-Up, Leaf Drop, Mighty Tidy Day, and the dirt and mulch pick up program at Hampshire Park. 80. How would you rate these programs - EXCELLENT...............1 excellent, good, only fair, or poor? GOOD....................2 ONLY FAIR...............3 POOR....................4 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 81. How would you rate the organics EXCELLENT...............1 collection program - excellent, GOOD....................2 good, only fair, or poor? ONLY FAIR...............3 POOR....................4 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 IF “ONLY FAIR” OR “POOR,” ASK: 150 11 82. What improvements would you make to the organics collection program? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 83. How important are these programs VERY IMPORTANT..........1 to you and your household – very SOMEWHAT IMPORTANT......2 important, somewhat important, not NOT TOO IMPORTANT.......3 too important or not at all NOT AT ALL IMPORTANT....4 important? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 84. Do you support or oppose the City STRONGLY SUPPORT........1 enforcing recycling services at city SUPPORT.................2 businesses? (WAIT FOR RESPONSE) OPPOSE..................3 Do you feel strongly that way? STRONGLY OPPOSE.........4 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 Let’s discuss parks, trails and recreation.... The Golden Valley park system is composed of larger community parks and smaller neighborhood parks, trails, and community athletic fields. For each these facilities, please tell me if you or members of your household have used it during the past twelve months. (ROTATE) YES NO DKR 85. Parks, trails, open spaces? 1 2 3 86. Community athletic fields? 1 2 3 87. Outdoor ice rinks? 1 2 3 88. Brookview Golden Valley? 1 2 3 89. Davis Community Center at Meadowbrook School? 1 2 3 90. Tennis courts? 1 2 3 91. Pickleball courts? 1 2 3 92. Brookview golf course and lawn bowling? 1 2 3 93. Brookview Backyard indoor playground? 1 2 3 94. On-street bike routes and shoulders? 1 2 3 The Parks and Recreation department host many events and recreation activities throughout the year, including Winterfest, Run the Valley, disc golf, and pub curling. 151 12 95. What park and recreation activities have you or a member of your household participated in during the past twelve months? _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ 96. How would you rate the city’s trails EXCELLENT...............1 and sidewalks – excellent, good, GOOD....................2 only fair, or poor? ONLY FAIR...............3 POOR....................4 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 IF “ONLY FAIR” OR “POOR,” ASK: 97. Why did you rate them as (only fair/poor)? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ For each of the following, please tell me if you would strongly support the use of City funding, support, oppose, or strongly oppose the use of city funding. (ROTATE) STS SUP OPP STO DKR 98. Bicycle boulevards on neighborhood streets where pedestrians, bikes, and motor vehicles share the road? 1 2 3 4 5 99. Expansion of community gardens? 1 2 3 4 5 100. An off-leash dog area? 1 2 3 4 5 101. Refrigerated outdoor ice rink? 1 2 3 4 102. Skate park and bike park? 1 2 3 4 5 103. Playground with nature elements? 1 2 3 4 5 104. Community food garden? 1 2 3 4 5 105. Splash pad? 1 2 3 4 5 106. Do you leave the city on a regular basis for recreation? (IF “YES,” ASK:) What type of recreation facilities or programs do you use elsewhere? _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ For each the following types of well-being supported by parks and recreation.... 152 13 107. Which of the following well-being is most important to support through parks and recreation? (ROTATE AND READ LIST) 108. Which is second most important to you? (ROTATE AND RE-READ LIST; OMITTING FIRST CHOICE) FIR SEC Social well-being: inclusive and welcoming spaces, social and intergenerational connections, community connection...........01...01 Physical well-being: safe spaces for physical activity and recreation, healthy food, health education and services...............02...02 Intellectual well-being: out of school time programs and older adult programs, educational and enrichment programming......03...03 Cultural well-being: visual and performing arts, culturally responsive activities and events..................................04...04 Economic well-being: jobs, increased property values, capital expenses, mentoring and workforce development, connections to social services and resources...............05...05 Emotional well-being: mindfulness programs and calming spaces, partnerships with mental and behavioral health providers......06...06 Environmental well-being: stewardship in green spaces and natural habitats, environmental resilience and sustain- ability practices, access to the outdoors...07...07 NONE (VOL.).....................................08...08 ALL (VOL.)......................................09...09 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED..............................10...10 I would like to read you a list of communication tools used by the City to promote recreation activities and programs. 109. Which of the following is most effective way to receive information about recreation activities and programs? (ROTATE AND READ LIST) 110. Which is second most effective way to you? (ROTATE AND RE- READ LIST; OMITTING FIRST CHOICE) 153 14 FIR SEC Recreation Activity Guide.................01...01 Senior Newsletter.........................02...02 City newsletter...........................03...03 City website..............................04...04 Parks & Recreation activity registration webpage..................05...05 Social media..............................06...06 Outdoor signage...........................07...07 Email.....................................08...08 Local media such as SunPost newspaper or CCX TV...................09...09 NONE (VOL.)...............................10...10 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED........................11...11 Turning to environmental and sustainability.... 111. What do you think is the most important environmental issue that needs to be addressed in City of Golden Valley? _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ 112. How important is it for the City to VERY IMPORTANT..........1 exceed State of Minnesota surface SOMEWHAT IMPORTANT......2 water quality requirements for NOT TOO IMPORTANT.......3 lakes, rivers, creeks, and ponds – NOT AT ALL IMPORTANT....4 very important, somewhat important, DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 not too important, or not at all important? For the following list of the City’s sustainability practices.... 113. Which of the following is most important to you? (ROTATE AND READ LIST) 114. Which is second most important to you? (ROTATE AND RE- READ LIST; OMITTING FIRST CHOICE) FIR SEC Proactive planning, including the Climate Equity Plan and the Energy Action Plan.....01...01 Providing residents free organics recycling and composting...................02...02 Participation in statewide programs like GreenStep Cities, a free program designed 154 15 to help cities achieve sustainability and quality of life goals......................03...03 Providing education about recycling and waste reduction............................04...04 City investments, including solar on public buildings or public EV charging stations...05...05 Volunteer events, such as clean-ups, seed collection and the EV Showcase.............06...06 ALL (VOL.).....................................08...08 NONE (VOL.)....................................09...09 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED.............................10...10 115. Do you support or oppose the City STRONGLY SUPPORT........1 develop a process to allow resi- SUPPORT.................2 dents to plant trees in the public OPPOSE..................3 right of way and boulevards? (WAIT STRONGLY OPPOSE.........4 FOR RESPONSE) Do you feel strongly DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 that way? IF “OPPOSE,” ASK: Planting trees in the boulevard has the following benefits: aesthetic, visual traffic screening, reduced traffic noise, increases shade, and a positive impact on birds and wildlife. 116. Do you still oppose this? YES.....................1 NO......................2 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......3 117. How do you support or oppose the SUPPORT.................1 city investing in counteracting OPPOSE..................2 the impacts of climate change? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......3 Turning to transportation.... 118. How would you rate the ease of get- EXCELLENT...............1 ting from place to place within the GOOD....................2 City of Golden Valley -- excellent, ONLY FAIR...............3 good, only fair, or poor? POOR....................4 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 119. How do you normally commute out of DRIVE ALONE.............1 the City of Golden Valley -- drive VAN/CARPOOL.............2 155 16 alone, ride in a van or carpool, BUS.....................3 take the bus near home or from a WALK/BIKE...............4 park and ride lot, or walk or bike? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 120. Have you used public transportation during the past two years? (IF “YES,” ASK:) What mode of public transportation have you used? _____________________________________________________________ 121. How important is it for the City to VERY IMPORTANT..........1 focus on increasing public trans- SOMEWHAT IMPORTANT......2 portation option in Golden Valley – NOT TOO IMPORTANT.......3 is it very important, somewhat NOT AT ALL IMPORTANT....4 important, not too important, or DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 not at all important? As you may know, a Bus Rapid Transit line was approved to run along Highway 55 to downtown Minneapolis, with stops in Golden Valley. 122. How likely will you or members of VERY LIKELY.............1 your household be to use the Highway SOMEWHAT LIKELY.........2 55 Bus Rapid Transit line when it NOT TOO LIKELY..........3 is operational – very likely, some- NOT AT ALL LIKELY.......4 what likely, not too likely, or not DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 at all likely? Changing topics.... 123. Other than voting, do you feel that YES.....................1 if you wanted to, you could have a NO......................2 say about the way the City of DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......3 Golden Valley runs things? 124. How would you rate the city’s ef- EXCELLENT...............1 forts to involve residents in im- GOOD....................2 portant decisions facing the City ONLY FAIR...............3 – excellent, good, only fair, or POOR....................4 poor? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 125. If you wanted to connect with the Mayor or City Council, what would be your preferred way? _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ 156 17 Golden Valley Boards and Commissions are advisory bodies to the City Council, charged with the responsibility of researching, reviewing, and making recommendations on related issues. These include the Boards of Zoning Appeals, Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion, Environment Commission, Community Services Commission, Open Space & Recreation Commission, Planning Commission, Police Employment, Accountability, & Community Engagement (PEACE) Commission, and Joint Powers and Cooperative Agencies. 126. How interested would you be in join- VERY INTERESTED.........1 ing a City Board or Commission – SOMEWHAT INTERESTED.....2 very interested, somewhat interest- NOT TOO INTERESTED......3 ed, or not too interested? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......4 IF “VERY INTERESTED” OR “SOMEWHAT INTERESTED,” ASK: 127. What is the greatest barrier for you in joining a City Board or Commission? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 128. During the past year, have you YES.....................1 contacted Golden Valley city staff? NO......................2 DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......3 IF “YES,” ASK: 129. How would you rate the EXCELLENT...............1 customer service you received GOOD....................2 – excellent, good, fair, or ONLY FAIR...............3 poor? POOR....................4 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 130. How would you rate the ease of EXCELLENT...............1 finding the right department GOOD....................2 contact to help you – excel- ONLY FAIR...............3 lent, good, only fair, or POOR....................4 poor? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 When you think about the City Council.... 131. How much trust do you have in City A LOT...................1 leadership to make decisions in the SOMEWHAT................2 best interest of the community – VERY LITTLE.............3 a lot, some, very little, or none NONE AT ALL.............4 at all? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 132. Do you think the City is transparent STRONGLY YES............1 157 18 in communicating how decisions are YES.....................2 made with residents? (WAIT FOR RE- NO......................3 SPONSE) Do you feel strongly that STRONGLY NO.............4 way? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 For each of the following, please tell me how important is it for the City to focus on each of the following in the next few years – is it very important, somewhat important, not too important, or not at all important? (ROTATE) VRI SMI NTI NAA DKR 133. Inclusive programming that promotes a sense of belonging? 1 2 3 4 5 134. Providing opportunities for education, culture, and the arts? 1 2 3 4 5 135. Expanding opportunities for partici- pation in community and civic matters? 1 2 3 4 5 136. Addressing inequities and diminish disparities in city services? 1 2 3 4 5 137. Have you found it difficult to acc- YES.....................1 ess and use any city services, acti- NO......................2 vities, programs, information, or DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......3 buildings? IF “YES,” ASK: 138. What city service, activity, program, information or building has difficult for you to access? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 139. Why was it difficult for you to access and use? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 140. How would you rate the City for EXCELLENT...............1 serving resident of different GOOD....................2 backgrounds, ages, and abilities - ONLY FAIR...............3 excellent, good, only fair, or POOR....................4 poor? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 141. Would you support or oppose the City SUPPORT.................1 158 19 funding intergenerational programs OPPOSE..................2 to connect youth with seniors or DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......3 mentors? Let’s discuss city communications.... 142. What is your principal source of information about Golden Valley City Government and its activities? _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ 143. How informed do you feel about major WELL INFORMED...........1 City services, projects, and deci- SOMEWHAT INFORMED.......2 sions – well informed, somewhat in- NOT TOO INFORMED........3 formed, or not too informed? DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......4 IF “NOT TOO INFORMED,” ASK: 144. What type of information from City would make you feel more informed? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ I would like to read you a list of communication tools used by the city. 145. Which of the following is most effective way to receive information from the City of Golden Valley? (ROTATE AND READ LIST) 146. Which is second most effective way to you? (ROTATE AND RE- READ LIST; OMITTING FIRST CHOICE) FIR SEC Mailed newsletter, “Golden Valley City News”....01...01 City website....................................02...02 Electronic newsletters..........................03...03 Email updates by subscribing to GV Direct Connect.....................................04...04 159 20 Emergency updates by subscribing to GV Emergency...................................05...05 Social media....................................06...06 Stories in the local SunPost newspaper..........07...07 Broadcast programs or videos on local CCX Media TV, either via cable or online Streaming...................................08...08 Watching or attending City Council meetings.....09...09 Outdoor signage.................................10...10 ELSE (_____________________________________)....11...11 DON’T KNOW/REFUSED..............................12...12 147. During the past year, did regularly YES.....................1 read the "Golden Valley City News,” NO .....................2 the City's newsletter? DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......3 IF "YES," ASK: 148. Are there any changes or im- DON’T KNOW/REFUSED.....00 provements you would make to NONE...................01 the City's newsletter? MORE DETAILS...........02 (DO NOT READ LIST) BUDGET INFORMATION.....03 PARKS AND REC..........04 ______________________________ CITY COUNCIL...........05 149. Do you have access to the Internet HOME ONLY...............1 at home only, at work only, at WORK ONLY...............2 both home and work, or at neither BOTH HOME AND WORK......3 place? NEITHER PLACE...........4 DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......5 IF "HOME,""WORK," OR "BOTH," IN #150, ASK: 150. Have you accessed the City's YES.....................1 website? NO......................2 DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......3 IF "YES," ASK: 151. How would you rate the EXCELLENT...............1 city's website -- excel- GOOD....................2 lent, good, only fair, ONLY FAIR...............3 or poor? POOR....................4 DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......5 160 21 152. What information where you looking for when you visited the city’s website? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 153. What improvements would you like to see on the city’s website? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ I would like to read you a list of online services provided by the city. For each one, tell me first if you are aware of it. For those you have heard of, tell me if you have used it.... (ROTATE) NOT YES YES DK/ AWA USE NOT REF 154. Paying utility bills? 1 2 3 4 155. Applying for permits? 1 2 3 4 156. Submitting maintenance and service requests? 1 2 3 4 157. Accessing public records? 1 2 3 4 158. WiFi in certain city parks? 1 2 3 4 IF “YES/USE” TO ANY OF THE SERVICES, ASK: 159. How would you rate EXCELLENT...............1 the quality and re- GOOD....................2 liability of these ONLY FAIR...............3 online services - POOR....................4 excellent, good, DON’T KNOW/REFUSED......5 only fair, or poor? 160. What social media platform, if any, do you use most often? ________________________________________________________ 161. Does your household currently sub- CABLE...................1 scribe to cable television, sat- SATELLITE...............2 ellite television, antenna televi- ANTENNA.................3 sion, internet streaming service, INTERNET STREAMING......4 or something else? ELSE....................5 DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......6 161 22 Moving on.... Could you please tell me how many people in each of the following age groups live in your household. 162. Persons 65 or over? NONE....................0 ONE.....................1 TWO OR MORE.............2 163. Adults, age 18 to 64 year olds? NONE....................0 ONE.....................1 TWO.....................2 THREE OR MORE...........3 164. Children, under 18 years old? NONE....................0 ONE.....................1 TWO.....................2 THREE OR MORE...........3 165. Do you reside in an apartment, APARTMENT...............1 townhouse or condominium, or a TOWNHOUSE/CONDO.........2 detached single family home? SINGLE-FAMILY HOME......3 SOMETHING ELSE..........4 REFUSED.................5 166. Do you own or rent your present RENT....................1 residence? (IF "OWN," ASK:) Which OWN/UNDER $250,000......2 of the following categories con- OWN/$250,000-$350,000...3 tains the approximate value of OWN/$350,001-$450,000...4 your residential property -- under OWN/$450,001-$550,000...5 $250,000, $250,000-$350,000, OWN/OVER $550,000.......6 $350,001-$450,000, $450,001- DON'T KNOW..............7 $550,000 or over $550,000? REFUSED.................8 167. What is your age, please? 18-24...................1 25-34...................2 35-44...................3 45-54...................4 55-64...................5 65 AND OVER.............6 REFUSED.................7 The next couple of questions are related to demographics that will help the City better serve and support all community members. These questions are open ended, but if you need a list to help you answer, please ask and we will read it. 168. What is your racial identity? AFRICAN................01 162 23 (ONLY READ LIST IF REQUESTED) AFRICAN AMERICAN/ BLACK...............02 ASIAN/ASIAN AMERICAN...03 ELSE: ___________________________ HISPANIC-LATINO/A/E....04 MIDDLE EASTERN.........05 NATIVE AMERICAN/ AMERICAN INDIAN/ INDIGENOUS..........06 NATIVE HAWAIIAN/ PACIFIC ISLANDER....07 WHITE..................08 MULTI-RACIAL...........09 REFUSED................10 169. What is your ethnicity or ethnic background? (ONLY READ LIST IF REQUESTED) Arab, Middle Eastern, or North African, such as Algerian, Egyptian, Iraqi, Jordanian, Sudanese, Syrian, Yemeni........................01 Asian or Asian American, such as Asian Indian, Chinese, Filipino, Japanese, Korean, Nepalese, Vietnamese............................02 Black, African American or African such as Ethiopian, Haitian, Jamaican, Nigerian, Somalian........................................03 Hispanic or Latino/a, such as Colombian, Cuban, Dominican, Mexican or Mexican American, Puerto Rican, Salvadoran........................04 Native American or Alaska Native such as Arapaho, Blackfeet Tribe, Mayan, Native Navajo Nation, Nome Eskimo Community............05 Native Hawaiian or Additional Pacific Islander, such as Chamorro, Fijian, Marshallese, Native Hawaiian, Samoan, Tongan.................06 White or European American, such as English, French, German, Irish, Italian, Polish..........07 MULTI-ETHNIC (VOL.)..................................08 ELSE (_______________________________________).......09 REFUSED..............................................10 170. What is your gender identity? AGENDER................01 (ONLY READ LIST IF REQUESTED) GENDERQUEER/GENDER FLUID...............02 ELSE: ___________________________ NON-BINARY/NON- CONFORMING..........03 TRANSGENDER............04 163 24 TRANS MAN..............05 TRANS WOMAN............06 TWO SPIRIT.............07 WOMAN..................08 MAN....................09 MULTIPLE (VOL.)........10 REFUSED................11 171. What is your sexuality? ASEXUAL................01 (ONLY READ LIST IF REQUESTED) BISEXUAL...............02 GAY....................03 LESBIAN................04 ELSE: ____________________________ PANSEXUAL..............05 QUEER..................06 STRAIGHT/HETEROSEXUAL..07 MULTIPLE (VOL.)........08 172. What is the primary language DON’T KNOW/REFUSED.....00 spoken in your home? ENGLISH................01 (ONLY READ LIST IF REQUESTED) SPANISH................02 SOMALI.................03 HMONG..................04 _________________________________ ARABIC.................05 RUSSIAN................06 173. Finally, thinking about your STATEMENT A.............1 household finances, how would you STATEMENT B.............2 describe your financial situation, STATEMENT C.............3 would you say that -- STATEMENT D.............4 A) Your monthly expenses are ex- DON'T KNOW/REFUSED......5 ceding your income; B) You are meeting your monthly expenses but are putting aside little or no savings; C) You are managing comfortably while putting some money aside; D) Managing very well? Thank you for your time. Good-bye. 174. PRECINCT (FROM LIST) ONE.....................1 TWO.....................2 THREE...................3 FOUR....................4 FIVE....................5 SIX.....................6 SEVEN...................7 EIGHT...................8 164 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3J. Approve One Year Extension for Variance at 5509 Lindsay Street Prepared By Jacquelyn Kramer, Senior Planner Summary On November 26, 2024, The Board of Zoning Appeals approved a variance request for a front setback reduction at 5509 Lindsay Avenue. The variance allows the construction of a single-family house with a front yard setback of 24 feet along the east side of the property. The applicants encountered delays in their project, and they now hope to begin construction of their home in 2026, after the variance approval is set to expire. The Zoning Code requires an applicant must either start construction or have a building permit issued within one year of the date of the final notice of variance approval, or the variance will expire. City Council may grant a one-year extension of the variance. The applicants request a one-year extension to this requirement which would extend the time to begin construction to December 2, 2026. This variance would result in a new home on a lot that has sat vacant since initial platting in 1959, subsequent acquisition by MnDOT, and then sold in 2020, similar to many of the HOPE lots. Financial or Budget Considerations There are no financial considerations, staff is handling this request as part of their regular duties. Legal Considerations If City Council does not approve the variance extension, the applicants would need to re-apply for a variance before receiving a building permit. Granting this extension does not set a precedent for granting extensions for other projects. Equity Considerations Staff reviewed this request from two different perspectives - would this extension negatively impact anyone, and would the variance extension be equitable? Staff believe that the extension will not negatively impact neighbors. The variance was granted initially in 2020 and again last year. By reducing the number of mailings and notifications to neighbors and approving an extension, it reduces confusion and creates efficiencies in our process. Additionally, granting this extension will not disadvantage other variance applications. Each variance application stands on its own and does not set precedent that we should extend another. Finally, the variance extension has also been determined to 165 be equitable to the applicant, who has requested an extension after difficult market considerations this year. This market this year has been uncertain, with changing tariffs and market conditions. The applicant is currently revising their floor layouts to make sure the build can happen. Recommended Action Motion to approve a one-year extension for a variance at 5509 Lindsay Street to December 2, 2026. Supporting Documents Extension Request Board of Zoning Appeals November 26, 2024 Report 5509 Lindsay Excerpt of Board of Zoning Appeals November 24, 2024 Meeting Minutes 166 From:Vladimir EDS To:Jacquelyn Kramer Subject:RE: 1 year extension for 5509 Lindsay Street Date:Wednesday, November 19, 2025 1:41:23 PM Attachments:image002.png EXTERNAL EMAIL ALERT: This message originated from outside the City of Golden Valley. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Hi Jacquelyn, We would like to be granted 1 year extension on the variance as we planning to build a house next season. Thanks. Vladimir. If you have any questions, please don’t hesitate to call me. Vladimir Sivriver, PE, LS, MS, President (Licensed Land Surveyor and Professional Engineer State of Minnesota) 6480 Wayzata Blvd., Minneapolis, MN 55426 Phone: (763)545-2800 Fax: (763) 545-2801 Email: info@edsmn.com Web: http://edsmn.com Celebrating 20 years of outstanding quality engineering and land surveying 167 Date: November 26, 2024 To: Golden Valley Board of Zoning Appeals (BZA) From: Jacquelyn Kramer, Senior Planner Subject: Request for Variance to Golden Valley City Code - 5509 Lindsay Street SUMMARY Vlad and Iryna Sivriver, the property owners, seek a variance from the City Code Section 113- 89(e)(1)a to reduce the required front yard setback along the east side of the property by 11 feet. The variance would allow construction of a new single-family house with a front yard setback of 24 feet along the east side of the property. RECOMMENDED MOTION “I move to approve the variance request to reduce the front yard setback along Lilac Drive from 35 feet to 24 feet, subject to the findings in the November 26, 2024, staff report.” SUBJECT PROPERTY Location: 5509 Lindsay Street Parcel ID Number: 3311821210060 Applicant/Property Owner: Vlad and Iryna Sivriver Site Size: 0.3 acres / 13,179 square feet Future Land Use: Moderate Density Zoning District: Moderate Density Residential (R-2) Zoning District Existing Use: Vacant lot Proposed Use: Single-family residence Adjacent Properties: North & West: duplexes; South: offices; East: Hwy 100 BACKGROUND 5509 Lindsay Street is an undeveloped parcel of land, originally platted for development as a single-family home in 1959 as part of the Lindsay addition. The Department of Transportation acquired the property as part of the expansion of Highway 100 and then re-platted and sold to the current property owners in 2020. 168 SITE IMAGE The lot is 0.3 acres and irregularly shaped. The north property line along Lindsay is slightly under 83 feet wide and the south property line is 104 feet wide. The property is zoned R-2 Moderate Density Residential. Single-family homes, duplexes, and rowhouses are allowed in this district by right; however, this lot does not meet the minimum lot width requirements for anything other than a single-family home. On August 25, 2020, the applicants received approval for a reduction of 11 feet of the front yard setback along Lilac Drive. Construction was delayed and the variance approval expired after one year, per Section 113-27(d)(5). The applicants applied for a 20-foot front yard (Lilac Drive) setback variance in 2023, and the Board denied this variance request. In 2024, the applicants met with city staff to review revised plans. The current building plans meet the front yard (Lilac Drive) setback variance originally approved in 2020. The applicants have now reapplied for that front yard setback variance. Library Street Highway 100 169 APPLICATION REQUESTS The R-2 zoning district, where the property is located, requires a 35-foot setback along all street frontages. The applicants request a variance from the Golden Valley City Code for an 11-foot reduction in the front yard setback along Lilac Drive. Relevant code section: • 113-88 Moderate Density Residential (R-2) Zoning District, subsection (e)(1)a: “Front Setback. The required minimum front setback for single-family and two-family dwellings shall be 35 feet from any front lot line along the street right-of-way line.” PLANNING ANALYSIS In reviewing this application, staff reviewed the request against the standards in Section 113- 27(c) of the Code, which provides the variance standards in compliance with Minnesota State Statute Section 462.357. The burden of proof is on the applicant to show that the request is in harmony with the general purposes and intent of this chapter and consistent with the Comprehensive Plan. Each variance application must be reviewed based on the unique circumstances of the application. For that reason, no variance sets a precedent because no two circumstances are identical. If the city finds itself granting numerous similar variances, the City could consider amendments to the City Code. Staff considered the following requirements in Section 113-27(c) when evaluating the variance requests: 1. A variance may only be granted when the petitioner for the variance establishes that there are practical difficulties in complying with this chapter. The term "practical difficulties," as used in connection with the granting of a variance, means the applicant shows compliance with the following: a. The property owner must propose to use the property in a reasonable manner. The applicant proposes to build a new single-family home on the property. They intend to use the home as their primary residence. The width of the lot prevents the construction of duplexes or rowhouses. The surrounding neighborhood includes both duplexes and single-family homes. Staff finds that the proposed use of a single-family home is a reasonable use of the property. b. The landowners’ problem must be due to circumstances unique to the property that is not caused by the landowner. The property is located on a corner lot with two street-adjacent front yards, as defined by the City Code. The street east of the property, Lilac Drive, functions as a frontage road to Highway 100, which is defined as an arterial road in the city’s Comprehensive Plan. The proposed home would face north and there would be no curb cuts along Lilac Drive. Other corner lots along this section of Lilac Drive also do not have vehicular access to Lilac Drive. The applicants argue that only 170 the yard along Lindsay Street will function as a front yard, and the yard along Lilac Drive will function as a side yard and thus should be allowed a smaller setback. The irregular shape of the lot limits the buildable area of the parcel. The applicants propose placing the building on the lot in order to maximize open space while still maintaining the 24-foot east side setback previously approved in 2020. Staff finds that there are unique circumstances on the property that were not caused by the landowner. Specifically, the property is a corner lot with frontage along Highway 100, and the property is irregularly shaped due to the previous re-platting. c. And the variance, if granted, must not alter the essential character of the locality. Other parcels along Lindsay Street contain single-family residences and duplexes. The construction of a single-family home on 5509 Lindsay Street would not alter the character of the neighborhood. Along Lilac Drive there are other homes with front setbacks smaller than the 35 feet required by code. Staff finds that the variance, if granted, would not alter the essential character of the neighborhood. 2. Economic considerations alone do not constitute practical difficulties. The applicant argues the variance request is due to the two front yards, one abutting Highway 100, and the irregular shape of the lot created by the replatting process. Staff finds the practical difficulties in the variance request are not solely due to economic considerations. 3. The Board of Zoning Appeals may not grant a variance that would allow any use that is not allowed under this chapter for property in the zone where the affected person's land is located. The property is located in the Moderate-Density Residential (R-2) zoning district. The applicant proposes building a single-family house on the property, which is allowed in this district by right. Staff finds the variance will permit a use that is allowed in the zoning district where the property is located. 4. Variances shall only be permitted when they are in harmony with the general purposes and intent of this chapter and when the variances are consistent with the Comprehensive Plan. The construction of a new home by the applicant represents a clear reinvestment in what is currently a disinvested-in and vacant property. Similarly, the home maintains a significant amount of open space and pervious surfaces, in line with the City’s goals for environmentally sustainable housing. Staff finds that the variance is in line with both the purpose of the Zoning Code and the regulations of the R-2 Moderate Density Residential Zoning District. It is in line with the purpose of this district, which is “to provide for single-family and two-family dwellings at 171 a moderate density (up to eight units per acre) along with directly related and complementary uses.” Staff finds the variance request is in harmony with the general purposes and intents of the R-2 Moderate Density Residential Zoning District and the goals of the Comprehensive Plan. 5. Finally, when reviewing a variance, the City must first determine whether or not there is a practical difficulty and, if so, is the requested variance the minimum action necessary to eliminate the practical difficulty? The applicants have revised the project plans since 2023. The plans now meet the setback variance granted by the Board in 2020. Staff finds there are practical difficulties in complying with the zoning code. Given the findings and the revisions the applicants have made to their building plans, staff finds the minimum action necessary to eliminate the practical difficulty would be to re-approve the 2020 setback variance. The Development Review Committee, which includes staff from planning, fire, building, public works, engineering, and environmental resources, has reviewed the project plans. No concerns have been raised from other city departments. PUBLIC NOTIFICATIONS Notice was sent to all adjacent property owners as outlined in City Code Section 113-27(d)2. At the time of this staff report, no comments were received from adjacent property owners. RECOMMENDATION The Board should review the applicants’ request and the findings needed to grant a variance. Staff recommends the Board move to approve the variance request for an 11-foot reduction to the front yard setback along Lilac Drive based on the finding that the variance standards have been met as outlined in the Staff Report. NEXT STEPS If the Board approves the variance request, the applicant will finalize construction plans and apply for building permits. If the Board denies the variance request, the applicant may appeal the decision to the City Council per the process described in Section 113-27(d)(4). If the applicant does not appeal the Board’s decision, or if City Council upholds the Board’s decision, the applicant will need to revise their plans to comply with the current setbacks on the property before applying for building permits. ATTACHED EXHIBITS 1. Site map 2. Project plans 172 STAFF CONTACT INFORMATION Prepared by: Jacquelyn Kramer Senior Planner jkramer@goldenvalleymn.gov Reviewed by: Emily Goellner Community & Economic Development Director egoellner@goldenvalleymn.gov 173 EXCERPT OF MEETING MINUTES 1.Call to Order and Land Acknowledgement •Chair Nelson called the meeting to order at 7 p.m. & read the Land Acknowledgement. a.Members Present: Corrado, Nelson, Orenstein, Parkes, Commissioner Brookins b.Student Member: Vacant c.Staff Members Present: Jacquelyn Kramer, Senior Planner Steven Okey, Associate Planner d.Council Liaison: Not Present 2.Consent Agenda •Orenstein made motion to approve, Brookins seconded. Unanimous approval. 3.Staff Introduction •Steven Okey, Associate Planner, was introduced to the board. 4.Public Hearings a.5509 Lindsay Street Applicant: Vladimir Sivriver & Iryna Sivriver Request: Request for a variance to reduce the front yard setback for new single-detached dwelling. •Kramer presented the staff report. •Applicant spoke o Explained previous plan revisions, how we arrived at current plans o Suggested update to zoning code to shorten second front yard setback on corner lots to better align with neighboring cities. •Nelson opened the public hearing. No one in person or online. Nelson closed the public hearing. •Board discussion o Orenstein: We granted the variance once and we should grant it again. o Nelson: went through findings of fact, agrees with staff on their recommendations. o Brookins: doesn’t think this application has demonstrated practical difficulties. Noted that the zoning on the lot hasn’t changed since the applicant bought the property in 2020. o Corrado asked if this variance would apply to sheds and other accessory structures. Kramer replied no, this variance would only apply to the principal structure. •Orenstein made motion to approve, Parkes seconds. Unanimous approval. November 26, 2024 – 7 pm City Hall: Council Chamber Hybrid Meeting: Teams/Phone 174 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3K. Adopt Resolution No. 25-116 Supporting Future Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) Service on Highway 55 Prepared By Jacquelyn Kramer, Senior Planner Summary Highway 55 has been identified several times in recent years as a potential Bus Rapid Transit corridor, including in Metropolitan Council (Met Council) corridor studies in 2014, 2018, and 2019. The studies of BRT service on Highway 55 have identified a strong reverse commute market to Medina, Plymouth, and Golden Valley, and found a strong market for express bus service that connects corridor communities to jobs in Minneapolis. BRT service on Highway 55 is included in the Metropolitan Council' s 2040 Transportation Policy Plan, which is necessary for the corridor to receive federal and regional funding for transit improvement. BRT service on Highway 55 is also identified in Golden Valley's 2040 Comprehensive Plan and included in the City' s legislative priorities. In 2024 The Met Council was awarded Regional Solicitation funds to operate a new limited stop route along Highway 55 as a demonstration of potential Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service in the corridor. In 2025 the City of Golden Valley partnered with the Cities of Medina, Minneapolis, Plymouth, along with Hennepin County and Metro Transit on the study of implementation of a new transit line along the Highway 55 corridor which looked at four alternatives: 1. Alternative 1: No Build 2. Alternative 2: Highway BRT from Downtown Minneapolis to Medina 3. Alternative 3: Highway BRT from Downtown Minneapolis to Plymouth 4. Alternative 4: Local Route 757 For over a year City staff participated in the Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) and City leadership participated in the Policy Advisory Committee (PAC). On September 18, 2025, Metro Transit's team released Technical Memo #4 Evaluation Criteria and Results . The memo recommended Met Council proceed with Alternative 4: Local Route 757 with an additional stop at Golden Valley Road and Winnetka Avenue (downtown Golden Valley). This alternative would not provide BRT service along Highway 55, and if Met Council follows this recommendation it is not clear when Highway 55 BRT would be implemented. Given the City's long history of support for BRT service in the Highway 55 corridor, the continuing demand for transit options in Golden Valley and neighboring communities, and the financial 175 commitment Golden Valley and other communities have made in studying BRT in the corridor, staff recommends the City Council pass a Resolution of Support to show our community's commitment to implementing BRT service on the Highway 55 corridor. Financial or Budget Considerations The City of Golden Valley was responsible for $42,000 of the study cost. Financial impacts to complete additional analysis of the corridor are unknown. Funding is not currently budgeted. Legal Considerations The City Attorney reviewed and approved the Cooperative Funding Agreement for the 2025 Highway 55 BRT study. Future studies and implementation plans would be subject to City Attorney approval. Equity Considerations Implementation of Highway 55 BRT service supports both the Strategic (Re)Development and Infrastructure Maintenance & Enhancement 2030 Strategic Directives. Highway 55 BRT service several goals and objectives in the Transportation Chapter of the 2040 Comprehensive Plan: Goal 1: Preserve And Enhance The Transportation System Objective 3: Enhance the transportation system in a way that is inclusive of all populations and their needs. Goal 5: Support And Promote Increased Transit Usage Objective 1: Advocate for additional transit options and the enhancement of existing services to ensure community members have safe, affordable, and practical transit options Objective 3: Promote the benefits of transit to funders, residents, and business owners Recommended Action Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-116 supporting future BRT service on Highway 55. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-116 - Supporting Future Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) Service on Highway 55 Technical Memo 4 - Evaluation Criteria and Results 176 RESOLUTION NO. 25-116 A RESOLUTION SUPPORTING FUTURE BUS RAPID TRANSIT (BRT) SERVICE ON HIGHWAY 55 WHEREAS, the Metropolitan Council commissioned a study of Highway Transit Corridors in 2014-2015 that included a possible BRT route on the Highway 55 corridor from Medina to Minneapolis through Golden Valley; and WHEREAS, the Minnesota Department of Transportation, the Metropolitan Council, and Hennepin County funded, and the City of Golden Valley participated in, the US Highway 169 Mobility Study, which also considered BRT service on Highway 55; and WHEREAS, in 2017, the Golden Valley City Council adopted Resolution No. 17-72 supporting the US Highway 169 Mobility Study, including the location of BRT service on Highway 55; and WHEREAS, in 2019, the Golden Valley City Council adopted Resolution No. 19-76 further solidifying the City’s support for BRT from Minneapolis to Medina through Golden Valley on Highway 55; and WHEREAS, the studies of BRT service on Highway 55 have identified a strong reverse commute market to Medina, Plymouth, and Golden Valley, and found a strong market for express bus service that connects corridor communities to jobs in Minneapolis; and WHEREAS, BRT service on Highway 55 is identified in the Metropolitan Council's 2040 Transportation Policy Plan as an unfunded potential BRT route, in Golden Valley's 2040 Comprehensive Plan, and in Golden Valley's Legislative Priorities; and WHEREAS, in 2024-2025, The City of Golden Valley partnered with the Cities of Medina, Minneapolis, Plymouth, along with Hennepin County and Metro Transit on the study of implementation of a new transit line along the Highway 55 corridor which looked at four alternatives: a. Alternative 1: No Build b. Alternative 2: Highway BRT from Downtown Minneapolis to Medina c. Alternative 3: Highway BRT from Downtown Minneapolis to Plymouth d. Alternative 4: Local Route 757 WHEREAS, the current study has recommended Alternative 4 , which would begin operation of local route 757 in 2027 with 30-minute all-day service on Highway 55, with the additional inclusion of a stop at Golden Valley Road and Winnetka Avenue; and WHEREAS, the City of Golden Valley remains committed to supporting the implementation of BRT service on Highway 55. NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, MINNESOTA, that the City of Golden Valley requests that the Metropolitan Council and MnDOT reconsider study alternatives 2 and 3: 177 a. Alternative 2: BRT service on Highway 55 from Downtown Minneapolis to Medina with stops at Meadow Lane, Douglas Drive, Winnetka Ave, and Boone Ave. b. Alternative 3: Same route except a detour down to General Mills Blvd/Shelard Parkway. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the City of Golden Valley continues to support the development of BRT service on Highway 55 and, in collaboration with other cities and agencies, is willing to further study BRT on the Highway 55 corridor to identify corridor improvements, demonstrate ridership demand, conduct additional land use analysis and consider other factors that support BRT development along the corridor. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the City of Golden Valley requests the Metropolitan Council and MnDOT incorporate, prioritize, and consider these BRT improvements in plans, programs and projects. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that after 10 years of commitment to this project, the City of Golden Valley is still committed to moving this project forward and is committed to developing station area plans for proposed stations at the intersections of Winnetka Avenue and Golden Valley Road with the City’s Civic Center Campus project and Downtown Golden Valley planning efforts. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the City of Golden Valley requests that the Metropolitan Council and MnDOT continue to move forward with Alternative 4, and that BRT is reanalyzed after one year of standard bus service ridership as part of Alternative 4. Adopted by the Golden Valley City Council this 2nd day of December, 2025. _____________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: _____________________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 178 Evaluation Criteria and Results Technical Memo 4 09/18/2025 179 Contents Contents ......................................................................................................................................................... 2 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 1 Evaluation Criteria and Results ..................................................................................................................... 1 Station Area Activity Metrics ..................................................................................................................... 3 Time-Weighted Transit Accessibility Metrics ........................................................................................... 6 Demographic Metrics ................................................................................................................................. 8 Ridership Metrics ...................................................................................................................................... 10 Land Use and Development Metrics ........................................................................................................ 13 Summary of Results ................................................................................................................................. 16 Cost Estimates ............................................................................................................................................. 21 Capital Costs ............................................................................................................................................ 21 Operations and Maintenance Costs ........................................................................................................ 23 Cost Effectiveness .................................................................................................................................... 25 Technical Recommendations ....................................................................................................................... 26 Appendix A: Technical Methods .................................................................................................................. 29 No Build Network ..................................................................................................................................... 29 Travelshed Development ......................................................................................................................... 29 Access to Jobs .......................................................................................................................................... 30 Appendix B: Accessibility & Travelshed Results ......................................................................................... 32 Access to Regional Jobs by Transit ......................................................................................................... 32 Access to Suburban Jobs by Transit ........................................................................................................ 35 Travelshed Analyses ................................................................................................................................. 37 Appendix C: Ridership Methods and Results .............................................................................................. 49 Ridership Forecasting Process ................................................................................................................. 49 Ridership Results ...................................................................................................................................... 49 180 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 3 Station-Level Ridership Results ............................................................................................................... 53 Appendix D: Cost Estimate Detail ............................................................................................................... 58 181 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 1 Introduction This technical memorandum documents the evaluation of five bus alternatives in the 2025 TH 55 Transit Study. 1. No Build. This alternative represents existing transit service in the study area, routes planned in Network Now, and all transitways included in the fiscally-constrained 2050 Transportation Policy Plan. For purposes of this evaluation, the No Build excludes the Network Now Route 757 (evaluated separately as Alternative 4). 2. Bus rapid transit (BRT) between downtown Minneapolis and Medina. 3. BRT between downtown Minneapolis and Plymouth. 4. Limited stop bus Route 757. This alternative proposes the implementation of Route 757, a limited- stop route that would run along TH 55 between downtown Minneapolis and Plymouth. Route 757 was previously developed by Metro Transit in 2019 under a Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality (CMAQ) grant and has not begun revenue service. 5. BRT between the University of Minnesota and Medina. This alternative was added to the study following a suggestion from the Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) and support from the Policy Advisory Committee (PAC). Because it was not in the project scope, it underwent a more limited evaluation than the other alternatives; only ridership and costs were evaluated for Alternative 5. The evaluation metrics documented in this memo include criteria developed to reflect policy goals for transit service in this corridor, as well as an estimate of capital, operating, and maintenance costs. Evaluation Criteria and Results The study established an evaluation framework to guide decision making, based on a set of goals approved by the PAC. Successful implementation of a chosen alternative would meet most or all these goals. Table 1 lists the goals as well as the quantitative metrics used to evaluate alternatives relative to the goals. While these goals and metrics are numbered for ease of reference, they are all of equal importance in the evaluation. The PAC did not prioritize one goal over another, and the evaluation results are not weighted by metric. One goal approved by the PAC was not included in the evaluation: “Improve station amenities/enhanced customer experience.” This goal served to guide development of station concepts, but was not judged suitable for comparison between alternatives. 182 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 2 Table 1: Evaluation Goals and Metrics Goal Metric(s) 1 – Improve transit access to activity centers and destinations 1.1 – Number of essential destinations within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops. Essential destinations based on Homeland Infrastructure Foundation-Level Data (HIFLD) used in FTA Capital Investment Grant (CIG) process, with the addition of Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) retailers. 2 – Improve transit access to jobs and residences between downtown Minneapolis and suburban communities 2.1 – Total number of residents and employees within 10- minute walkshed of stations/stops 2.2 – Average percent change in jobs accessible to the corridor resident (time-weighted) 3 – Improve suburb-to-suburb transit access 3.1 – Number of essential destinations (same definition as metric 1.1) within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops west of Minneapolis 4 – Identify improvements that benefit people who rely on transit 4.1 – Percent BIPOC residents, individuals in low-income households, and zero-car households within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops 4.2 – Percent youth under 18, older adults (65+), and people with disabilities within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops 4.3 – Percent of affordable housing units within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops relative to Hennepin County share of affordable housing units 5 – Improve access to the regional transit network 5.1 – Transit ridership on TH 55 corridor 5.2 – Passengers per in-service hour 5.3 – Incremental regional transit trips 6 – Provide reverse commute service from downtown Minneapolis to suburbs and jobs 6.1 – Average number of jobs within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops west of Minneapolis 6.2 – Average percent change in time-weighted access to jobs located in Medina, Plymouth, and Golden Valley only 183 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 3 Goal Metric(s) 7 – Leverage existing/planned economic development and areas of opportunity for transit-oriented development 7.1 – Average maximum allowable density within 10-minute walkshed of station locations 7.2 – Square footage of commercial units and number of residential units of planned projects or developments in progress within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops 7.3 – Percent of 10-minute walkshed from corridor stations/stops composed of transit-supportive land uses 8 – Leverage other infrastructure projects and studies to advance transit 8.1 – Consistency of mode, route and general station locations with adopted local (e.g. neighborhood, small area, corridor plans) and comprehensive plans Metrics were first calculated on a station-by-station basis, then combined to arrive at a rating for the alternative as a whole. The basic definition, methods, and results are included in this section. Please refer to Appendix A – Technical Methods for more detailed information on methods and to further appendices for more detailed results where applicable. Many metrics apply geospatial analysis to the 10-minute walksheds surrounding station locations. For some of these metrics, the same analysis was applied to 10-minute bikesheds (approximately twice the area) and shared for stakeholders who may be interested. However, only the walkshed values are used in formal evaluation and rating. Metrics have been grouped by analysis type so that their shared methods are easier to follow. Five analysis types are represented: station area activity, time-weighted transit accessibility, demographics, ridership forecasts, and metrics related to land use and development. Station Area Activity Metrics Metrics in this category are based on a count of the people and places within the 10-minute walksheds around each station or stop. Metric 1.1 – Number of essential destinations within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops In order to quantify transit access to activity centers and destinations, the metric selected was the number of essential destinations within a 10-minute walk of BRT stations/bus stops. These essential destinations are based on the medical and educational facilities in the Homeland Infrastructure Foundation-Level Data (HIFLD) dataset, with the addition of SNAP retailers. HIFLD data are used in FTA’s Capital Improvement Grant (CIG) process, making it an appropriate and up-to-date source of information. 184 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 4 The ratings for this metric were similarly based on CIG ratings. To achieve a Medium rating – which is typically what transit projects in this region receive – a CIG project would need to average at least three essential services within a mile of station areas. Since the walksheds for TH 55 station areas are defined by an approximately half-mile radius, the threshold for a medium rating in this study was halved to 1.5 essential destinations. The threshold for a high rating was halved to 2.5 from the CIG Medium-High threshold of 5. Table 2: Metric 1.1 - Essential Destinations Within Station Walkshed Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Corridor average (walkshed) 4.5 4.3 5.2 Corridor average (bikeshed) 30.3 30.8 35.8 Rating High High High Source: HIFLD Metric 3.1 – Total number of essential destinations within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops west of Minneapolis This metric addresses the goal of improving suburb-to-suburb transit access. It is similar to Metric 1.1 but includes only stations that are located west of Minneapolis. This reflects the level of access available to commuters outside of the urban core. Except for the reduced study area, this metric uses the same approach, evaluating essential destinations using HIFLD healthcare and educational facilities data, with the addition of SNAP retailers. As with Metric 1.1, the ratings for this metric were based on CIG ratings and use the same formula to determine thresholds. Thus, high, medium, and low scores are consistent with Metric 1.1, where 1.5 essential destinations are needed to achieve a medium rating and 2.5 are needed for a high rating. 185 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 5 Table 3: Metric 3.1 - Essential Destinations Within Suburban Station Walkshed Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Corridor average (walkshed) 1.7 1.6 1.6 Corridor average (bikeshed) 8.9 9.7 9.1 Rating Medium Medium Medium Source: HIFLD Metric 2.1- Total number of residents and employees within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops This metric evaluates the availability of jobs and residences within a 10-minute walk of BRT stations/bus stops. Job counts are based on the Longitudinal Employer-Household Dynamics (LEHD) database and the number of residents is determined using American Community Survey (ACS) 5-Year Estimates. Although other data sources exist for jobs and population data, LEHD and ACS were selected as they provide the most current estimates. Ratings for these metrics were based on the Metropolitan Council’s Local Planning Handbook for density and activity near transit. This resource was developed to help local governments apply the policies set forth in Thrive MSP 2040.1 It includes a guideline that each half-mile station area along transitways, including Highway BRT, should achieve a combined total of at least 7,000 residents, jobs, and/or students. The threshold for a high rating was set at 150 percent of the medium threshold, i.e. a combined total of 10,500 jobs and residents within the station walksheds. 1 The regional vision was updated in 2025 as Imagine 2050; however, similar materials have not yet been created for it. 186 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 6 Table 4: Metric 2.1 – Residents and Employees Within Station Walkshed Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Corridor average (walkshed) 15,900 18,300 20,600 Corridor average (bikeshed) 90,300 93,000 110,300 Rating High High High Source: U.S. Census Bureau, LEHD, 2023. Values rounded to nearest hundred. Metric 6.1 – Average number of jobs within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops west of Minneapolis This metric addresses the goal of serving ‘reverse commutes’ to suburban jobs. It measures the average number of jobs within the 10-minute walkshed of each station or stop west of Minneapolis. Similarly to Metric 2.1, the rating thresholds for 6.1 were based on the Metropolitan Council’s Local Planning Handbook for density and activity near transit. Because this metric looks only at employment and not housing, the threshold for a medium rating is halved to 3,500. Correspondingly, the high threshold was 50 percent higher at 7,000. The results are shown in Table 5. Table 5: Metric 6.1 - Jobs Within Station Walkshed West of Minneapolis Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Corridor average (walkshed) 1,900 2,400 2,000 Corridor average (bikeshed) 11,200 15,000 13,300 Rating Medium Low Low Source: LEHD. Values rounded to nearest hundred. Time-Weighted Transit Accessibility Metrics Two metrics used the concept of a transit travelshed to count jobs reachable by public transit in an hour. The methods used to develop travelsheds are detailed in Appendix A; more detailed results and supplementary analyses are shared in Appendix B. 187 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 7 Metric 2.2 – Average percent change in jobs accessible to the corridor resident (time- weighted) This metric calculated the percent increase in jobs accessible to corridor residents within a one-hour transit trip. No federal or regional standard currently exists to evaluate change in job access. For this analysis, under 50 percent growth is considered low, 50 to 100 percent growth is considered medium, and growth of more than 100 percent is considered high. The percentage change was the basis for evaluation; absolute changes in job access are also shown for context. Table 6: Metric 2.2 – Percent Change in Time-Weighted Access to Jobs (Full Corridor) Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Percent change +107% +109% +15% Absolute change 9,360 10,391 3,265 Rating High High Low Source: LEHD, Metro Transit GTFS. Metric 6.2 – Percent change in access to suburban jobs This metric is similar to Metric 2.2 but counts only jobs located in the suburban corridor cities of Medina, Plymouth, and Golden Valley. For this analysis, under 50 percent growth in job access is considered low, 50 to 100 percent growth is considered medium, and growth of more than 100 percent is considered high. The percentage change was the basis for evaluation; absolute changes in job access are also shown for context. Table 7: Metric 6.2 – Percent Change in Time-Weighted Access to Suburban Jobs Only Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Percent change +101% +131% +29% Absolute change 4,867 5,507 1,428 Rating High High Low Source: LEHD, Metro Transit GTFS. 188 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 8 Demographic Metrics Three demographic metrics were calculated within a 10-minute walk of BRT stations/bus stops. These reflect populations who may have a greater need for transit access due to financial, physical, or social factors affecting their personal mobility. Metric 4.1 – Percent BIPOC residents, individuals in low-income households, and zero- car households within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops The first is an average of Black, Indigenous, and People of Color (BIPOC), low-income, and zero-car residents within station areas. Population counts for each demographic type are based on ACS 5-Year estimates. The rating thresholds were consistent for each of the demographic metrics. The threshold to achieve a high rating was determined to be 1.5 times the corridor city average by block group for each demographic. A medium rating is achieved by equaling the corridor city average (23 percent). Table 8: Metric 4.1 – BIPOC, Low-Income, and Zero-Car Residents Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Corridor average (walkshed) 22% 22% 24% Corridor average (bikeshed) 23% 23% 25% Rating Low Low Medium Source: U.S. Census Bureau. Metric 4.2 – Percent youth under 18, older adults, and people with disabilities within 10- minute walkshed of stations/stops The second demographic metric is an average of residents under the age of 18, over the age of 65, and with disabilities. Population counts for each demographic type are based on ACS 5-Year estimates. The rating thresholds were consistent for each of the demographic metrics. The threshold to achieve a high rating was determined to be 1.5 times the corridor city average by block group for each demographic. A medium rating is achieved by equaling the corridor city average (13.7 percent). 189 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 9 Table 9: Metric 4.2 – Youth, Senior, and Disabled Residents Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Corridor average (walkshed) 13.8% 13.4% 13.6% Corridor average (bikeshed) 13.4% 13.1% 13.1% Rating Medium Low Low Source: U.S. Census Bureau. Metric 4.3 – Percent of affordable housing units within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops relative to Hennepin County share of affordable housing units The third demographic metric uses the proportion of housing units that are affordable, relative to the proportion for Hennepin County. Specifically, this calculation takes the station-area percentage of housing units that are legally binding affordability restricted (LBAR) housing units for household incomes at or below 60 percent of the area median income (AMI) and divides it by the LBAR percentage for Hennepin County as a whole. The thresholds are set at a ratio of 1.5 for a medium rating and 2.25 for a high rating. This is consistent with the methodology used in CIG applications. Table 10: Metric 4.3 – Affordable Housing Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Corridor average (walkshed) 3.9 3.9 4.8 Corridor average (bikeshed) 2.3 2.4 2.6 Rating High High High Source: HousingLink Streams Database. 190 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 10 Ridership Metrics Three metrics were selected for assessing access to the regional transit network. These data provide a way to evaluate the forecasted ridership for the TH 55 corridor, based on thresholds from FTA and the Metropolitan Council. Unlike the other metrics, ridership forecasts were completed for Alternative 5 as well. Transit ridership forecasts for the TH 55 corridor were developed using FTA’s Simplified Trips-on-Project Software (STOPS). STOPS relies on U.S. Census data (American Community Survey, Census Transportation Planning Program) and local transit rider surveys to understand population, employment, and travel patterns within the region. The metropolitan area transit system is simulated using General Transit Feed Specification (GTFS) data from Metro Transit and other area transit providers, which include detailed information on the region’s existing and planned transit services, including route alignments, schedules, stop locations, and frequencies. Metric 5.1 – Transit ridership on TH 55 corridor The first metric is daily transit ridership along the TH 55 corridor for each alternative. This is a “current- year” forecast that predicts what would happen if a new service were put on the street today. The rating thresholds were adapted from FTA’s CIG Policy Guidance for Mobility Improvements. Since transit projects in this region typically rate as Medium-Low or Medium, FTA’s thresholds for these ratings were used as the threshold for a medium and high rating respectively. This sets the thresholds as 1,750 daily trips for a medium rating and 2,750 daily trips for a high rating. The results are shown in Table 11. Table 11: Total Daily Transit Ridership Along TH 55 Corridor Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Alternative 5 Total 1,100 1,100 700 5,100 Rating Low Low Low High Source: STOPS model. Values rounded to nearest hundred. Although Alternative 5 appears to perform well by this metric, more detailed analysis shows that the ridership is largely generated by trips within and between downtown Minneapolis and the University of Minnesota. Alternative 5 ridership estimates were further analyzed to determine the number of trips starting or ending on TH 55, as opposed to those taking place entirely within downtown Minneapolis and the University of Minnesota. As shown in Table 12, trips on TH 55 outside downtown Minneapolis amounted to approximately half of total trips for Alternatives 2, 3, and 4, while accounting for less than 15 percent of total trips for Alternative 5. This is important because it demonstrates that while Alternative 5 has the highest ridership, 191 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 11 the number of trips that start or end in the project corridor and would rely on the TH 55 route is similar to that of the other alternatives. The higher ridership is due to strong demand for trips between downtown Minneapolis and the University of Minnesota. This phenomenon is further demonstrated in Table 13, which shows the number of trips that are pulled away from other transit routes by Alternative 5, calculated by comparing the No Build ridership numbers to those of Alternative 5. Table 12: Project and Non-Project Daily Ridership Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Alternative 5 Trips that start or end along TH 55 outside downtown Minneapolis 600 600 400 700 Trips within downtown and/or the U of M 500 400 300 4,500 Total 1,100 1,100 700 5,100 Source: STOPS model. Values rounded to nearest hundred, ridership for current year. Table 13: Impact of Alternative 5 on Other Routes Route Daily Ridership Change with Alt 5 Green Line -2,300 Route 3 -50 Route 6 -100 C Line -350 D Line -200 Source: STOPS model. Values rounded to nearest fifty. Appendix C provides further details on the ridership forecast methods and results. 192 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 12 Metric 5.2 – Passengers per in-service hour The second metric is passengers per in-service hour, which is the total ridership divided by the hours of operation for the service. This is a measure of productivity that indicates the effectiveness of a transit route in generating ridership given its level of service. Regional standards for productivity are established in the Metropolitan Council’s Regional Transit Design and Performance Guidelines. These guidelines set minimum productivity thresholds for each transit route type, with higher thresholds for services that involve major capital investments. Highway BRT routes are expected to achieve a minimum of 25 passengers per in-service hour, while suburban local bus routes are expected to achieve a minimum of 10 passengers per in-service hour. Using these standards, the project team developed thresholds for high, medium, and low performance ratings, as shown in Table 14. Table 14: Productivity Thresholds for TH 55 Alternatives Rating Threshold Description Highway BRT Standard (Alternatives 2, 3, 5) Suburban Local Standard (Alternative 4) High Meets minimum standard for route type 25 passengers per in-service hour 10 passengers per in-service hour Medium Within 20% of minimum standard for route type 20 passengers per in-service hour 8 passengers per in-service hour Low More than 20% below minimum standard <20 passengers per in- service hour <8 passengers per in-service hour Table 15 shows the productivity results for each alternative based on weekday ridership and in-service hours. Alternatives 2 and 3 receive low ratings, at less than 50 percent of the minimum standard of 25 passengers per in-service hour for highway BRT service. Alternative 4 exceeds the standard for suburban local service and receives a high rating. Alternative 5 exceeds the minimum standard for highway BRT service and also receives a high rating. Table 15: Productivity Results by Alternative Alternative 2 (Highway BRT) Alternative 3 (Highway BRT) Alternative 4 (Suburban Local) Alternative 5 (Highway BRT) Passengers per In- Service Hour 10.5 11.8 14.0 35.9 Rating Low Low High High 193 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 13 Metric 5.3 – Incremental regional transit trips The third metric is incremental regional transit trips, or the number of new trips generated throughout the metropolitan region due to the addition of the TH 55 transit service to the regional system. This metric helps evaluate the benefits of a new transit line from a regional perspective and looks at whether a route is helping to generate new riders or simply drawing riders from other routes. Similarly to Metric 5.1, ratings were based on FTA’s CIG Policy Guidance for Congestion Relief. The threshold for a medium rating is set at FTA’s minimum for a Medium-Low rating, 500 incremental trips per day; the threshold for a high rating is set at FTA’s minimum for a Medium rating, 2,500 incremental trips per day. This is consistent with the CIG ratings typically received by transit projects in this region. The results are shown in Table 16. Table 16: Incremental Regional Transit Trips Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Alternative 5 Corridor average 400 400 200 700 Rating Low Low Low Medium *Values rounded to nearest hundred Land Use and Development Metrics A total of four metrics relate directly to land use and development. These data provide a way to quantify the future potential for development around each station area. Metric 7.1 – Average maximum allowable density within 10-minute walkshed of station locations This metric is the average maximum allowable density within a 10-minute walk of stations, using the Metropolitan Council Regional Planned Use dataset. In the Local Planning Handbook, the Metropolitan Council sets minimum and target densities for station areas by area type (Urban Center, Urban, Suburban, etc.) and transit mode. These densities are expected to be incorporated into comprehensive plans. The medium threshold for allowable density in a given BRT station area is set to the Metropolitan Council’s minimum recommended density for Highway BRT in the area type where that station is located. For Alternative 4, the minimum densities for High-Frequency Bus are used. The high threshold is the applicable target density. 194 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 14 Each station receives 1 point for meeting the minimum density or 2 points for meeting the target density. The scores are averaged across stations to arrive at a corridor rating. Table 17: Metric 7.1 – Allowable Density Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Corridor average 1.1 1.2 1.4 Rating Medium Medium Medium Source: Met Council Regional Planned Land Use dataset, May 23, 2025 (last update) Metric 7.2 – Square footage of commercial units and number of residential units of planned projects or developments in progress within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops The second metric is a calculation of station area population and employment that accounts for planned development. Population and employment values are boosted using square feet of commercial space and number of residential units at planned projects or developments in progress near station areas. Development data for this metric were provided by the relevant municipalities. The thresholds used for this metric are identical to Metric 2.1, as it is essentially an update to that metric with potentially helpful information about the future. Station areas with planned developments achieve a medium rating at 7,000 combined population and employment and a high rating at 10,500. Incorporating new development did improve the ratings at some individual stations; however, it did not make a difference to the corridor-level ratings, which remained low across alternatives. Table 18: Metric 7.2 – Planned Commercial and Residential Development Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Corridor average 3,035 3,647 5,138 Rating Low Low Low 195 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 15 Metric 7.3 – Percent of 10-minute walkshed from corridor stations/stops composed of transit-supportive land uses The third metric selected was a calculation of the percentage of each station’s 10-minute walkshed that consists of transit-supportive land uses, which is also based on Metropolitan Council’s Regional Planned Land Use dataset. A medium rating for transit supportive land use is reached by exceeding 39 percent, which is the average transit supportive land use in Minneapolis, Golden Valley, Plymouth, and Medina. A high rating is 1.5 times the medium rating, or 59 percent. Table 19: Metric 7.3 – Transit-Supportive Land Use Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Corridor average (walkshed) 61% 62% 63% Corridor average (bikeshed) 30% 31% 36% Rating High High High Source: Met Council Regional Planned Land Use dataset, May 23, 2025 (last update) Metric 8.1 – Consistency of mode, route and general station locations with adopted local (e.g. neighborhood, small area, corridor plans) and comprehensive plans The final metric associated with land use and development is plan alignment: the consistency of the mode, route and general station locations with adopted local and comprehensive plans. Each combination of alternative and station was compared with applicable local plans. If the alternative at that location was supported by at least one plan, it scored 2 points. If it was consistent with all plans but not mentioned by name, it scored 1 point. If any plan was inconsistent with that alternative at that location, it scored 0 points. For example, if a small area plan recommended BRT, that station location would score 2 points for a BRT alternative and 0 points for Route 757. An alternative was rated based on the average of its stations/stops. The threshold for a medium rating was set at 0.5, while the threshold for a high rating was set at 1.5. 196 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 16 Table 20: Metric 8.1 – Plan Alignment Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Corridor average 1.1 1.3 1.1 Rating Medium Medium Medium Source: City of Medina Comprehensive Plan (2018), City of Plymouth Comprehensive Plan (2019), City of Golden Valley Comprehensive Plan, Plymouth City Center Design Guidelines, Station 73 TRIP (County Road 73 and Highway 55) Project, Golden Valley Downtown Study Summary of Results summarizes the results shown above in one table, with the corridor-level ratings assigned to each alternative for each metric. 197 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 17 Table 21: Rating by Metric and Alternative Metric No. Metric Description Alt 2 Alt 3 Alt 4 1.1 Number of essential destinations within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops. Essential destinations to be based on Homeland Infrastructure Foundation-Level Data (HIFLD) used in FTA CIG process, with the addition of SNAP retailers. High High High 2.1 Total number of residents and employees within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops High High High 2.1 Percent increase in jobs accessible to the corridor resident (time-weighted) High High Low 3.1 Number of essential destinations (same definition as above) within 10-minute walkshed/bikeshed of stations/stops west of Minneapolis Medium Medium Medium 4.1 Percent BIPOC residents, individuals in low-income households, and zero-car households within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops Low Low Medium 4.2 Percent youth under 18, older adults (65+), and people with disabilities within 10- minute walkshed/bikeshed of stations/stops Medium Low Low 4.3 Percent of affordable housing units within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops High High High 5.1 Transit ridership on TH 55 corridor Low Low Low 5.2 Passengers per in-service hour Low Low High 5.3 Incremental regional transit trips compared to No Build alternative Low Low Low 198 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 18 Metric No. Metric Description Alt 2 Alt 3 Alt 4 6.1 Number of jobs within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops west of Minneapolis Low Low Low 6.2 Average percent change in time-weighted access to jobs located in Medina, Plymouth, and Golden Valley only High High Low 7.1 Average maximum allowable density within 10-minute walkshed of station locations (Met Council Regional Planned Land Use dataset) Medium Medium Medium 7.2 Planned projects or developments in progress within 10-minute walkshed of stations/stops Low Low Low 7.3 Percent of 10-minute walkshed from corridor stations/stops composed of transit- supportive land uses High High High 8.1 Consistency of mode, route and general station locations with adopted local (e.g. neighborhood, small area, corridor plans) and comprehensive plans Medium Medium Medium 199 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 19 The corridor-level ratings were all based on an average of the scores for individual stations or stops. Along each corridor, the stations vary widely in their performance. Figure 1, Figure 2, and Figure 3 illustrate this for Alternatives 2 through 4; by depicting the count of low, medium, and high scores 2 each station received, they demonstrate the marked differences between stations. Stations within Minneapolis tend to be the highest-performing; each station in Minneapolis receives more high ratings than medium or low. West of Minneapolis, three stations stand out as relatively high performers: Plymouth City Center (labeled as 35th Ave or 36th Ave depending on the alternative), Station 73, and Winnetka. Figure 1: Ratings by Station for Alternative 2 2 Not all metrics apply to all stations, since some metrics (such as 8.1) applied only to station areas west of Minneapolis. Count totals are not shown as that would overcomplicate the maps. 200 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 20 Figure 2: Ratings by Station for Alternative 3 Figure 3: Ratings by Station for Alternative 4 201 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 21 The comparatively strong performance of Minneapolis stations has a noticeable effect on the overall rating for each alternative. Because the score for an alternative was based on the average of its individual stations, Alternative 4 benefited from having fewer stations outside Minneapolis. Alternatives 2 and 3 each have 11 stations outside Minneapolis, of which four received only medium and low scores. (For Alternative 2, those include Tower Dr, Pinto Dr, Fernbrook Ln, Xenium Ln, and Boone Ave; for Alternative 3, Fernbrook Ln, Xenium Ln, Betty Crocker Dr, and Boone Ave). In contrast, Alternative 4 has only seven stations west of Minneapolis and only three of them are very low performers (Xenium Ln, Boone Ave, and Douglas Dr). Figure 4 shows a side-by-side comparison of the corridor-level ratings for the three alternatives (left) and the corridor-level ratings if only stations from Meadow Lane westward are considered (right). With Minneapolis included, all three alternatives appear to have about the same fairly good performance. With Minnneapolis excluded, performance drops, especially for the two BRT alternatives. Figure 4: Effect of Minneapolis Stations on Results Because the primary value of the proposed transit corridor is in the west metro, and any new construction would occur in the west metro, thinking about the benefits specific to Medina, Plymouth, and Golden Valley can help focus attention on the most effective service delivery. Cost Estimates Capital Costs TH 55 capital cost estimates include the initial expenditure to build the system, any necessary corridor construction, stations and technology systems, operations and maintenance facilities, vehicles, and right- of-way acquisition. “Soft costs” were also included in the cost estimate for items such as engineering, construction services, insurance, and owner’s costs, as well as contingencies for uncertainty in both the estimating process and the limited scope of this study. 202 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 22 Methods and Assumptions Capital cost estimates were prepared using the format and procedures used for recent Metro Transit arterial BRT projects and reflect updated unit costs. The cost estimates are based on the following key assumptions: • Base year: 2020 • Year of Expenditure: 2030 • Escalation: 3.15 percent per year • Allocated contingency o Construction costs: 25 percent o Other non-fleet costs: 5 percent o Right-of-way: 25 percent o Staff time: 10 percent • Fleet costs: 5 percent Cost estimates were developed for the base year with allocated contingency and escalated for the year of expenditure. A summary of the key elements of each alternative used to develop the cost estimate is provided in Table 22. Table 22: Summary of Capital Cost Inputs by Alternative (Unit Count) Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Alternative 5 Full new large directional platforms 10 8 0 10 Full new standard directional platform 9 11 0 9 Station intersections (including transit signal priority) 7 8 0 7 Route miles 17 14 0 17 Additional transit signal priority intersections 18 20 0 18 Total BRT vehicles (peak + spares) 11 10 5 15 203 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 23 Results The project team developed capital cost estimates for each of the alternatives as summarized in in Table 23. A summary of the capital cost estimates for the alternatives is included in Appendix D. Table 23: Summary of Capital Cost Estimates (2030$) Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Alternative 5 BRT Stations $11,580,000 $11,900,000 $650,000 $11,580,000 Transit Advantages / Roadway Improvements $5,630,000 $6,400,000 0 $5,630,000 Ancillary Construction $20,550,000 $17,460,000 $100,000 $20,550,000 Right-of-Way $730,000 $730,000 0 $730,000 Fleet $9,390,000 $8,450,000 0 $13,150,000 Station Equipment $3,170,000 $3,170,000 0 $3,170,000 Soft Costs $11,330,000 $10,730,000 $100,000 $11,330,000 Contingency $4,020,000 $3,820,000 $80,000 $4,020,000 Total Cost $66,420,000 $62,670,000 $930,000 $70,170,000 Operations and Maintenance Costs TH 55 operations and maintenance cost estimates include the costs to provide fixed-route bus service, as well as to maintain any BRT-specific features implemented in alternatives 2, 3, and 5. To the extent feasible, costs are based on existing or planned Metro Transit projects and services. 204 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 24 Methods and Assumptions All operations and maintenance costs are calculated on an annual basis and reflect a year of expenditure in 2030. Where necessary, costs have been inflated from prior years using Metro Transit’s standard inflation rate of 3.15 percent. Unit costs are divided into the following categories: • Base bus service costs: Include costs of providing BRT service, as well as any cost or savings due to local or express route changes implemented in conjunction with the BRT project. o The cost of base bus service is measured using a fully allocated 2030 cost per platform hour of $263.42. This cost is based on an estimated 2025 cost per platform hour of $225.58 as provided by Metro Transit Service Development. o The per-hour-cost of base bus service for BRT and local or express routes is assumed to be the same and can be understood as an average cost across various route and vehicle types. • BRT-specific features: Include costs associated with operating and maintaining BRT-specific features, including stations, transit signal priority (TSP) intersections, and fare enforcement. Unit costs for BRT-specific features are drawn from Metro Transit’s Network Next project, with all costs updated from year 2025 to year 2030 using a 3.15 percent inflation rate. o The cost of operating and maintaining station infrastructure is estimated at $202,904 per station per year. o The cost of maintaining TSP intersections is estimated at $4,781 per intersection per year. o The cost of fare enforcement on BRT services is estimated at $19.53 per BRT revenue hour per year. Operations and maintenance cost inputs for each alternative are shown in Table 24. Table 24: Summary of Operations and Maintenance Cost Inputs by Alternative (Unit Count) Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Alternative 5 Base Bus Service (Platform Hours) 51,772 46,289 30,156 71,645 Supporting Service (Platform Hours) 27,405 27,405 0 25,302 New BRT Stations 10 10 0 10 TSP Intersections 26 28 0 26 Fare Enforcement (BRT Revenue Hours) 47,883 42,643 0 66,540 205 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 25 Results Table 25 shows the estimated annual operations and maintenance costs for each alternative. Alternative 4 has the lowest annual cost, at $7.9 million. The BRT alternatives have higher costs, at $22 to $29 million. Table 25: Summary of Operations and Maintenance Costs by Alternative Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4 Alternative 5 Base Bus Service $13,640,000 $12,190,000 $7,940,000 $18,870,000 Supporting Service $7,220,000 $7,220,000 $0 $6,660,000 BRT Station Maintenance $2,030,000 $2,030,000 $0 $2,030,000 TSP Maintenance $120,000 $130,000 $0 $120,000 Fare Enforcement $940,000 $830,000 $0 $1,300,000 Total Annual Cost $23,950,000 $22,400,000 $7,940,000 $28,980,000 Cost Effectiveness To contextualize cost results, the project team compared the resource investment and expected benefits of each alternative using regional policy standards for cost effectiveness. Cost effectiveness, defined as the subsidy per passenger trip, reflects the portion of operating costs not covered by passenger fares. This metric is used by the Metropolitan Council to determine whether individual transit routes and services meet the region’s performance expectations. Methods and Assumptions Regional standards for subsidy are established in the Metropolitan Council’s Regional Transit Design and Performance Guidelines. Subsidy standards are set relative to each route category’s recent performance, evaluated annually by the Metropolitan Council as part of the Regional Route Performance Analysis. Routes that perform within 20% of the peer route average meet the performance standards. Routes with subsidy that exceeds 20% of the peer route average are subject to increasing scrutiny that could include restructuring or discontinuation. Performance for highway BRT and suburban local routes from the most recent Regional Route Performance Analysis (2023) were used to develop rating thresholds for TH 55 alternatives, as shown in Table 26. Subsidy calculations are based on the Metro Transit’s 2023 average fare by route category ($0.81 for highway BRT, and $1.30 for suburban local bus routes). 206 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 26 Table 26: Subsidy Thresholds for TH 55 Alternatives Rating Threshold Description Highway BRT Standard (Alternatives 2, 3, 5) Suburban Local Standard (Alternative 4) High Meets or exceeds average of peer route performance ≤$15.63 per passenger trip ≤$34.51 per passenger trip Medium Within 20% of peer route average (meets standard) ≤$18.74 per passenger trip ≤$41.40 per passenger trip Low More than 20% higher subsidy than peer route average (subject to review or discontinuation) ≥$18.75 per passenger trip ≥$41.41 per passenger trip Results Table 27 shows the subsidy results for each alternative based on weekday ridership and operations and maintenance costs. Alternatives 2 and 3 receive low ratings, with per-trip subsidy levels double the acceptable level for highway BRT. Alternative 4 meets the standard for suburban local service and receives a high rating. Alternative 5 exceeds the minimum standard for highway BRT service and also receives a high rating. Table 27: Subsidy Results by Alternative Alternative 2 (Highway BRT) Alternative 3 (Highway BRT) Alternative 4 (Suburban Local) Alternative 5 (Highway BRT) Subsidy per Passenger Trip $40.86 $37.00 $29.78 $11.18 Rating Low Low High High Technical Recommendations Based on the evaluation of TH 55 alternatives, it is recommended that Metro Transit and project partners pursue the following near-term implementation actions: • Implement Alternative 4 (Route 757) by 2028. Responsible Agency: Metro Transit. 207 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 27 o Metro Transit plans to introduce Route 757 to the TH 55 corridor as a component of Network Now, the agency’s framework for bus service improvements between 2025 and 2028. Route 757 is currently the most viable alternative for the TH 55 corridor, and Metro Transit has funding available to begin operations within the next three years. o Based on station-level ridership estimates (see Appendix C), Metro Transit could consider revising Route 757 to add a stop at Golden Valley Road and Winnetka Avenue. This location would support the City of Golden Valley’s development goals and may offer greater ridership potential. o After implementation, Metro Transit should continue to monitor ridership and productivity, adding service if warranted based on regional guidelines. • Identify priority locations for enhanced bus and pedestrian infrastructure as part of TH 55 roadway projects. Responsible Agencies: MnDOT, Metro Transit, and Corridor Cities. o Building on the analysis of station locations included in this report, MnDOT and Metro Transit staff should work with corridor cities to identify and prioritize infrastructure improvements for inclusion in MnDOT’s upcoming roadway reconstruction work. Potential improvements could include:  Enhanced bus stops (stop platforms, shelters, setbacks, and amenities) at Route 757 stop locations  Bus priority treatments (bus lanes, bus-only shoulders, queue jumps/queue bypasses, and TSP) where warranted based on forecast delay  Safety improvements (bus pullouts, enhanced pedestrian crossings) at planned stop locations  Multimodal connections (sidewalks, bike paths, and shared-use trails) to connect bus stops to nearby neighborhoods and activity centers. • Continue to build transit-supportive land uses into local plans. Responsible Agencies: Corridor Cities. o The cities of Medina, Plymouth, Golden Valley, and Minneapolis should continue their efforts to promote dense development and diverse land uses in transit corridors, including along TH 55. At locations where Route 757 stops are planned and where BRT is desired, cities should ensure that new development meets Metropolitan Council standards for transit station areas. This will enable future development to support ridership growth along the TH 55 corridor and maximize Route 757’s future potential. • Continue to explore first- and last-mile options for areas with limited access to the regional transit network. Responsible Agencies: Hennepin County, Corridor Cities, Metro Transit. o This TH 55 study included discussion of transit improvements that could improve access in the western portion of the corridor, including central and western Hennepin County. o Hennepin County has expressed interest in studying microtransit service for areas of the county that are not served by fixed-route buses. Staff should continue to evaluate options that would connect residents with Route 757. o The City of Plymouth should continue its ongoing planning efforts to improve local bus and Click-n-Ride service. In doing so, staff should consider opportunities to better connect residents with Route 757 at high-priority locations, including Station 73 and the Plymouth City Center area. 208 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 28 By implementing the proposed actions, project partners can continue to build toward more robust transit access and vibrant communities along the TH 55 corridor. 209 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 29 Appendix A: Technical Methods No Build Network The no build transit network represents the baseline assumption for transit service against which all scenario alternative results are compared. For ridership and accessibility analyses (including transit travelsheds), this network comprises the following General Transit Feed Specification (GTFS) datasets: • Metro Transit service as described in Network Now, with the exception of removing planned Route 757 for the purpose of evaluating the corridor as a build alternative (Alternative 4). • Transitways and associated supporting service changes as described in the Metropolitan Council’s 2050 Transportation Policy Plan (TPP), including the METRO Blue Line extension but removing the Northstar commuter rail line. • Opt-out transit service from suburban providers (MVTA, Southwest Transit, Plymouth Metrolink, Maple Grove Transit), assumed to operate consistent with existing schedules as of fall 2024. This approach is consistent with that used in the Regional STOPS Forecasting Model. With the exception of microtransit-specific travelshed analysis, microtransit service is not considered in ridership and accessibility metrics due to limitations of modelling transit service that does not follow a fixed route or schedule. Travelshed Development Travelsheds for walk, bike, transit, and microtransit modes are calculated using the R package ‘r5r’, an open-source tool that calculates travel times using OpenStreetMap and GTFS transit schedule data. For each scenario and mode, travel times are calculated from a set of hexagonal grids measuring 60 meters across for walking and transit modes, and 200 meters for bike access modes. Walksheds are based on a standard walking speed of 3.6 kilometers per hour, while bikesheds are based on a standard speed of 12 kilometers per hour. Transit travelsheds are based on a combination of walking and transit travel, and represent the furthest possible distance one can travel using the transit network based on frequency and transfer timing. Transit travelsheds are based on a typical weekday schedule according to each scenario’s network assumptions, and assume a maximum walk time of 10 minutes at both ends of the trip. The result is a shapefile feature representing the area accessible to or from each station or point of interest within the cutoff time specified by analysis. For walksheds and bikesheds, features represent the area accessible from each station within 10 minutes. For transit travelsheds, features represent the maximum area accessible from each point of interest within 60 minutes of total travel. Microtransit Travelsheds Microtransit travelsheds represent the maximum area accessible from points of interest using any combination of microtransit, fixed-route transit, and walking. Similar to the fixed-route transit travelsheds, travel time is calculated to a set of 60-meter grids with a maximum walk time of 10 minutes at both ends of the trip. For this analysis, the only microtransit service considered is Plymouth Click-and- 210 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 30 Ride, with the limited assumption that microtransit trips will only be used to access transit service and not as a mode of egress or intermediate transfer. Wait time for initial microtransit pickup is not considered; travel times for microtransit start at the time of pickup. Possible combinations of travel modes in this analysis include: • Using solely microtransit to reach any grid cell within the Plymouth Click-and-Ride service area • Using microtransit to access a project transit station within a 15-minute drive, then using transit and walking to reach another destination • Traditional transit travel using only walking and fixed-route transit to reach a destination For the No Build alternative, transfers to the transit network are assumed to occur at the Plymouth Ice Center Park & Ride. Microtransit travel options are only available from the Hamel Road/Sioux Drive and Plymouth City Hall points of interest, as Golden Valley City Hall is not served by any microtransit service in any alternative. For each pair of origin points of interest and destination grid cells, the minimum travel time across these three travel mode combinations is assumed, with pairs taking longer than 60 minutes then excluded from the results. Similar to other travelshed analyses, the result is a shapefile feature representing the maximum area accessible from each point of interest. Access to Jobs Similar to the travelshed analyses, access to jobs by transit is also calculated using the r5r package. Rather than grid cells, accessibility is calculated on the basis of census blocks. Destinations to be assessed include total jobs in the Twin Cities region and a separate measure of access to jobs exclusively within the suburban corridor cities (Medina, Plymouth, and Golden Valley). Block-level job data for both analyses is sourced from the U.S. Census Bureau’s Longitudinal Employer Household Dynamics (LEHD) dataset. Rather than using a hard cutoff for analysis (e.g. “Jobs accessible by transit within 30 minutes”), the analysis method employed for these results uses ‘time-weighted’ accessibility. Under the time-weighted analysis, jobs accessible by transit are weighted according to the time it takes to reach them. For example, with a median setting of 40 minutes, a job that is exactly 40 minutes away is weighted as one job, a job that is less than 40 minutes away is weighted as more than one job, and a job that is more than 40 minutes away is weighted as less than one job. This methodology corresponds better to actual travel behavior, in which the perception of the accessibility of a destination relates more to travel time than to a hard designated cutoff. Travel time weighting also better reflects the benefits associated with improved travel times than traditional methods. This analysis weights job access along a logistic decay function, using a median of 40 minutes and a standard deviation of 10 minutes. To account for variations in frequency and wait time, time-weighted access to jobs is calculated for every minute between 7:00 AM and 10:00 AM on a typical weekday. Accessibility results in this analysis represent the median of accessibility, that is, the 50th percentile of the ordered set of accessibility results by minute. This approach presents job accessibility as a product of both travel time and frequency, as opposed to the travelshed analyses which primarily represent travel time alone. 211 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 31 Accessibility results are summarized by project station area as represented by 10-minute station walksheds. For each station, the average time-weighted number of jobs accessible is calculated across blocks whose centroids fall within the walkshed, with averages weighted by the population of the same blocks. This gives the most realistic representation of job accessibility experienced by residents in the corridor area. 212 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 32 Appendix B: Accessibility & Travelshed Results High level results for the two measures regarding access to jobs by transit are given in the main report body. This section comprises a detailed breakdown of accessibility results in tabular and spatial forms, as well as a discussion of the supplementary travelshed analyses completed in support of alternatives evaluation. Methodology for both analyses is given in Appendix A. Access to Regional Jobs by Transit This measure calculates the average time-weighted number of regional jobs accessible by corridor area residents using the different route alternatives. Specifically, the criterion measures the percent change in accessibility for residents in each station’s walkshed, then presents an average across all stations for each alternative. Table 28 shows total jobs accessible for each station and alternative, with a final column summarizing the average percent change across project stations as used in the overall evaluation. For all alternatives, the percent change in access to jobs is higher for stations outside of Minneapolis and lower for those in downtown. This is due to high levels of existing transit service in the Minneapolis area, for which the increase in jobs accessible is relatively smaller than it is for suburban stations with little existing service. Improvements to job accessibility are considerably higher for the BRT alternatives (Alt 2 & Alt 3) than for the Route 757 express bus alternative, primarily due to differences in service frequency. Figure 5 through Figure 7 show the change in access to regional jobs for census blocks in the corridor area for each alternative, as compared to the No Build. For all build alternatives, change in access is highest for stations in the suburban segment of the corridor, while stations within Minneapolis show little percent change due to the high levels of existing transit service in the urban core. Alternative 2 considerably improves job access in Medina, with blocks in the immediate station areas seeing upwards of 100 percent increase. Alternative 3 shows the widest spatial distribution of significant increase in job access, partly due to its serving major employment centers at Shelard Parkway and Betty Crocker Drive. These connections improve access most in eastern Plymouth and in Golden Valley where the time-weighting of jobs emphasizes the utility of short journeys to major employers. Changes in job access for Alternative 4 are considerably more modest, in large part due to the much less frequent service on Route 757. Only the Meadow Lane station area sees increases in excess of 100 percent in the Alternative 4 model. 213 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 33 Table 28: Access to Regional Jobs by Station and Alternative Project Station Alt 1 No Build Alt 2 Medina Alt 3 Plymouth Alt 4 Route 757 Hamel Rd & Pinot Dr 1,500 2,500 (+73%) - - Hamel Rd & Sioux Dr 1,500 3,000 (+108%) - - 36th Ave 7,000 12,000 (+77%) 12,000 (+78%) - 35th Ave 8,000 - - 9,500 (+20%) Fernbrook Ln 13,500 21,500 (+55%) 16,500 (+22%) - Xenium Ln 11,000 16,000 (+44%) 17,500 (+55%) 12,000 (+7%) Station 73 8,500 18,000 (+112%) 21,000 (+149%) 9,500 (+15%) Revere Ln 10,000 18,500 (+80%) 20,000 (+93%) - Shelard Pkwy 14,000 - 21,500 (+54%) - Betty Crocker 14,500 - 23,000 (+59%) - Boone Ave 13,500 24,500 (+82%) 26,000 (+93%) 15,500 (+17%) Rhode Island Dr 8,000 - - 9,000 (+13%) Winnetka Ave 9,000 25,000 (+187%) 28,500 (+224%) - Douglas Dr 8,000 33,000 (+311%) 32,500 (+299%) 9,000 (+12%) Meadow Ln 5,000 54,500 (+979%) 57,000 (+1036%) 11,500 (+128%) Penn Ave 148,000 163,000 (+10%) 161,000 (+9%) 158,500 (+7%) Humboldt Ave 175,500 189,000 (+8%) 189,500 (+8%) 182,000 (+4%) Bryant Ave 201,500 210,500 (+4%) 212,000 (+5%) 206,000 (+2%) 7th St & Olson 243,500 248,000 (+2%) 244,000 (+0%) 246,000 (+1%) Ramp A/7th St 287,500 286,500 (-0%) 287,500 (+0%) 287,000 (-0%) 7th St & Hennepin 301,000 303,000 (+1%) 301,000 (+0%) 303,000 (+1%) 7th St & Nicollet 301,500 305,500 (+1%) 302,000 (+0%) 304,000 (+1%) 7th St & 4th Ave 292,000 295,500 (+1%) 293,000 (+0%) 294,500 (+1%) 7th St & Park Ave 275,000 276,000 (+1%) 276,500 (+1%) 275,500 (+0%) Corridor Average Percent Change - +107% +109% +14% 214 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 34 Figure 5: Change in Corridor Access to Regional Jobs – Alt 2 Medina Figure 6: Change in Corridor Access to Regional Jobs – Alt 3 Plymouth 215 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 35 Figure 7: Change in Corridor Access to Regional Jobs – Alt 4 Route 757 Access to Suburban Jobs by Transit This measure calculates the average time-weighted number of suburban jobs accessible by corridor area residents using the different route alternatives. As opposed to the analysis measuring access to all jobs in the Twin Cities region, this measure represents the ability to reach only those jobs located in the corridor cities of Golden Valley, Plymouth, and Medina. This serves as a targeted analysis of mobility improvements outside of traditional commuter patterns, specifically reverse commuters as well as cross- town suburban commuters. Table 29 compares time-weighted suburban jobs accessible by station and alternative. Stations further from Minneapolis see similar numbers across alternatives as seen in the regional jobs analysis. This is due to the time-weighting factor, in which the majority of jobs accessible from the westernmost stations are those already in the suburbs, with those further east being weighted much lower due to the substantial travel time to reach them. Conversely, stations in Minneapolis see very large increases in access compared to the regional job analysis for similar reasons; suburban job access in the No Build for Minneapolis stations is very low, due to the limited availability of suburban routes serving reverse- commute trip patterns. The introduction of all-day BRT service brings many of these suburban jobs into reasonable travel times, yielding percent increases in the thousands. Stations outside Minneapolis but that fall more towards the middle of the corridor see partially lower job totals than in the regional analysis, as the more moderate travel times to both termini lead regional jobs in the regional analysis to have moderate impact on the totals after weighting. 216 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 36 Limiting the analysis to suburban jobs returns a much more substantive difference in overall change across the three alternatives. As compared to Alternative 2, Alternative 3 shows a higher average change in suburban job access. The diversion of the Alternative 3 alignment to serve major employment at Shelard Parkway and Betty Crocker improves job access from nearby stations like Station 73 and Douglas Drive, but the increased end-to-end travel times from this diversion result in a lower increase in accessibility for stations closer to the termini. Alternative 4 shows the lowest overall increase in suburban job access, primarily due to its lower service frequency. Table 29. Access to Suburban Jobs by Station and Alternative Project Station Alt 1 No Build Alt 2 Medina Alt 3 Plymouth Alt 4 Route 757 Hamel Rd & Pinot Dr 1,400 2,350 (+70%) - - Hamel Rd & Sioux Dr 1,400 2,800 (+100%) - - 36th Ave 6,800 11,850 (+75%) 10,550 (+55%) - 35th Ave 8,000 - - 10,400 (+30%) Fernbrook Ln 13,700 21,350 (+56%) 15,800 (+15%) - Xenium Ln 10,850 16,000 (+47%) 15,250 (+37%) 11,800 (+9%) Station 73 6,300 15,450 (+144%) 16,750 (+165%) 8,100 (+28%) Revere Ln 6,900 14,700 (+113%) 15,850 (+130%) - Shelard Pkwy 8,250 - 15,250 (+85%) - Betty Crocker 11,000 - 17,750 (+61%) - Boone Ave 12,600 18,100 (+44%) 17,650 (+40%) 13,700 (+9%) Rhode Island Dr 7,750 - - 8,650 (+12%) Winnetka Ave 8,600 15,000 (+75%) 15,550 (+81%) - Douglas Dr 7,200 13,850 (+93%) 16,250 (+126%) 8,600 (+20%) Meadow Ln 4,300 8,750 (+102%) 10,150 (+135%) 5,300 (+23%) Penn Ave 1,450 7,150 (+389%) 8,050 (+448%) 3,450 (+135%) Humboldt Ave 550 7,000 (>1K%) 8,100 (>1K%) 3,200 (+493%) Bryant Ave 150 6,250 (>1K%) 6,850 (>1K%) 2,700 (>1K%) 7th St & Olson 150 4,850 (>1K%) 5,200 (>1K%) 2,150 (>1K%) Ramp A/7th St 300 3,550 (>1K%) 3,650 (>1K%) 1,300 (+358%) 7th St & Hennepin 250 3,550 (>1K%) 3,500 (>1K%) 1,500 (+536%) 7th St & Nicollet 150 3,250 (>1K%) 3,350 (>1K%) 1,200 (+626%) 7th St & 4th Ave 50 2,700 (>1K%) 2,550 (>1K%) 650 (>1K%) 7th St & Park Ave 50 2,000 (>1K%) 2,050 (>1K%) 200 (>1K%) Corridor Average Percent Change - +3,282% +4,983% +708% 217 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 37 Travelshed Analyses Calculations of travelsheds, that is, the total area accessible by transit from given locations within a given time, were performed as a supplementary analysis that focuses more on changes in mobility than changes in access to destinations. This analysis was not incorporated into the evaluation of alternatives, but serves as an illustration to compare changes in mobility. One-hour travelsheds were calculated for each alternative from three locations: Hamel Road & Sioux Drive in Medina, Plymouth City Hall, and Golden Valley City Hall. One set of analyses calculated travelsheds using only walking and transit modes, while another incorporated the use of microtransit, specifically the Plymouth Click-and-Ride service available for two of the three points of interest. Both analyses represent the furthest possible distance one could travel, specifically taking the first percentile of ordered results from 7:00 AM to 10:00 AM. Comparison between project alternatives is done on the basis of travelshed areas in square miles. Walk Access Only Table 30 compares the total area accessible within one hour of walking and using transit from each point of interest by alternative. Travel from Hamel Road & Sioux Drive represents a 10-minute walkshed for all but Alternative 2, the only alternative directly serving the location. Similarly, Plymouth City Hall is only a 10-minute walkshed in the No Build scenario as no transit stops are accessible with 10 minutes of walking without the project. Overall change in area accessible is highest for Alternative 2, partly due to its serving Medina and partly due to the shorter travel times to reach transfer points in Minneapolis. Travelsheds from Plymouth City Hall are largest in Alternative 4 due to the limited number of intermediate stops to reach Minneapolis, while conversely the Alternative 4 travelshed for Golden Valley City Hall is the lowest due to the combination of similar stops to other build alternatives, as well as the lower frequency reducing the chance of successfully making transfers with short wait times. Travelsheds from Golden Valley City Hall are slightly higher for Alternative 3, but nearly identical to Alternative 2. Spatial representations of each walkshed are shown from Figure 8 through Figure 17. Table 30. Square-Mile Area of Travelsheds by POI and Alternative – Walk Only Scenario Hamel Road & Sioux Drive Plymouth City Hall Golden Valley City Hall Average Change No Build 0.26 0.22 41.38 13.95 0% Alternative 2 - Medina 27.35 28.77 106.49 54.20 289% Alternative 3 - Plymouth 0.26 23.72 107.36 43.78 214% Alternative 4 - Route 757 0.26 32.47 52.78 28.50 104% 218 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 38 Figure 8. Hamel Road/Sioux Drive Travelshed: Alt 1 No Build – Walk Access Only Figure 9. Hamel Road/Sioux Drive Travelshed: Alt 2 Medina – Walk Access Only 219 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 39 NOTE: Hamel Road/Sioux Drive Travelsheds for Alternatives 3 and 4 are identical to Alternative 1 as shown in Figure 8. Figure 10. Plymouth City Hall Travelshed: Alt 1 No Build – Walk Access Only 220 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 40 Figure 11. Plymouth City Hall Travelshed: Alt 2 Medina – Walk Access Only Figure 12. Plymouth City Hall Travelshed: Alt 3 Plymouth – Walk Access Only 221 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 41 Figure 13. Plymouth City Hall Travelshed: Alt 4 Route 757 – Walk Access Only Figure 14. Golden Valley City Hall Travelshed: Alt 1 No Build – Walk Access Only 222 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 42 Figure 15. Golden Valley City Hall Travelshed: Alt 2 Medina – Walk Access Only Figure 16. Golden Valley City Hall Travelshed: Alt 3 Plymouth – Walk Access Only 223 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 43 Figure 17. Golden Valley City Hall Travelshed: Alt 4 Route 757 – Walk Access Only Walk and Microtransit Access Table 31 compares the areas of travelsheds by origin location and alternative, using the optimal combination of walking, microtransit, and fixed-route transit modes. Results for Golden Valley City Hall are identical to those of the walk-only analysis, as no microtransit service is available from the location. Results for Hamel Road & Sioux Drive and Plymouth City Hall are substantially higher in all alternatives due to the availability of the Plymouth Click-and-Ride service, allowing connections to transit even where fixed-route service is not directly available within 10 minutes of walking. These higher numbers also reflect the ability to use microtransit as a means to reach a final destination without any use of fixed- route transit for points within the microtransit service area. Compared to the walk-only analysis, the addition of microtransit also gives the three build alternatives more similar magnitudes of change in terms of area accessible, particularly for Alternative 4, in part due to the change in area accessible by microtransit alone. 224 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 44 Table 31. Square-Mile Area of Travelsheds by POI and Alternative – Walk and Microtransit Access Scenario Hamel Road & Sioux Drive Plymouth City Hall Golden Valley City Hall Average Change No Build 43.42 49.32 41.38 44.70 0% Alternative 2 - Medina 108.30 130.12 106.49 114.97 724% Alternative 3 - Plymouth 110.28 131.76 107.36 116.47 735% Alternative 4 - Route 757 98.77 131.26 52.78 94.27 576% Figure 18 through Figure 25 illustrate the walk and microtransit travelsheds for points of interest. Maps of Golden Valley travelsheds for microtransit access are not shown, as they are identical to those shown for the walk only travelshed analysis. 225 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 45 Figure 18. Hamel Road/Sioux Drive Travelshed: Alt 1 No Build – Walk and Microtransit Access Figure 19. Hamel Road/Sioux Drive Travelshed: Alt 2 Medina – Walk and Microtransit Access 226 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 46 Figure 20. Hamel Road/Sioux Drive Travelshed: Alt 3 Plymouth – Walk and Microtransit Access Figure 21. Hamel Road/Sioux Drive Travelshed: Alt 4 Route 757– Walk and Microtransit Access 227 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 47 Figure 22. Plymouth City Hall Travelshed: Alt 1 No Build – Walk and Microtransit Access Figure 23. Plymouth City Hall Travelshed: Alt 2 Medina – Walk and Microtransit Access 228 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 48 Figure 24. Plymouth City Hall Travelshed: Alt 3 Plymouth – Walk and Microtransit Access Figure 25. Plymouth City Hall Travelshed: Alt 4 Route 757 – Walk and Microtransit Access 229 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 49 Appendix C: Ridership Methods and Results Ridership Forecasting Process To simulate the addition of a new transit route, first a model of the existing system is calibrated with actual ridership data. Calibration ensures that the base-year ridership patterns (including boardings, transfers, and trip distributions) in the model reflect observed rider behaviors. Adjustments were made to better replicate system- and route-level ridership. Once the model accurately reflects real-world conditions, the proposed routes and other planned system changes can be added to forecast route ridership. The STOPS model was run using a current year of 2024 and a horizon year of 2045. Notably, the horizon year was not factored into the ratings for the alternatives. Socioeconomic forecasts are the basis for horizon year forecasts and are provided by the Metropolitan Council for 2050 (population and employment projections by zone) for input into the model. Note that while community-wide 2050 population and employment forecasts have been regionally adopted, forecasts by zone had not been reviewed by individual communities at the time of analysis. This review is critical to ensure the zone-level socioeconomic forecasts reflect community development plans and policies. The preliminary nature of these data was a significant factor in not considering horizon year ridership forecasts in the project evaluation. In addition to socioeconomic data, the model includes the following transit data: • The TH 55 route alternatives • Supporting bus service changes included in the service plan. • Network Now changes to the Metro Transit System (horizon year model only) • Existing routes (both models) and planned changes (horizon model only) for: o MVTA o Southwest Transit o Maple Grove Transit o University of Minnesota transit system Ridership Results As discussed in the Ridership Metrics section, an important distinction to be drawn when interpreting the ridership results is the difference between project and non-project trips. Project trips are trips that begin or end within the TH 55 corridor outside of downtown Minneapolis, the districts for which are shown in Figure 26. Non-project trips fall within the downtown area, or in the case of Alternative 5, the University of Minnesota and surrounding area. The results broken down by project trips were shown in the Evaluation Criteria and Results – Ridership Metrics section but are included with the horizon year numbers in Table 32 below. In Alternative 5 the drop in ridership between the current year and horizon year is largely seen in the non- project trips. This is due to the addition of the planned E and H Line arterial BRT routes which are shown in Figure 27 along with other routes offering service between downtown and the University of Minnesota, 230 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 50 which would operate along similar routes to the TH 55 route. Alternative 5 competes with these routes for ridership, drawing riders away from them, as shown in Table 33, which includes the ridership impacts of the largest routes and some smaller routes not previously shown in the Ridership Metrics section. In summary, though Alternative 5 shows much higher total ridership, the project ridership, or actual ridership along the TH 55 corridor is only slightly above the other alternatives, and a significant portion of the total ridership switches to the E and H Lines in the horizon year after those services begin operation. 231 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 51 Figure 26: Project Trip Districts Used in Ridership Forecasting Table 32: Forecasted Ridership, Current and Horizon Years, Trips on Project vs Not on Project Alt 2 Medina Alt 3 Plymouth Year Current Horizon Current Horizon Project Districts 600 400 600 300 Non-Project Districts 500 100 400 100 Total 1,100 500 1,100 300 Alt 4 757 Alt 5 U of M Year Current Horizon Current Horizon Project Districts 400 100 700 500 Non-Project Districts 300 0 4,500 2,800 Total 700 100 5,100 3,300 232 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 52 Figure 27: Routes Serving Similar Trips to Alternative 5 (shown in pink) *The E Line and H line are not currently operational, but will be replacing the existing Route 6 and Route 3 respectively 233 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 53 Table 33: Current Year Ridership Impacts of Alternative 5 Route Change with Alt 5 Green Line -2,300 Route 3 -50 Route 6 -100 C Line -350 Route 2 -250 Route 705 -200 D Line -200 Route 645 -150 Station-Level Ridership Results Corridor-level ridership forecasts tell only part of the story; it is often the case that a few high-performing stations drive boardings on a proposed route. The STOPS model also forecasts station-level ridership numbers. Figure 28 through Figure 31 show current-year forecasts by station for Alternatives 2 through 5. The thresholds for categorizing forecasts as low, medium, or high are based on the Regional Transitway Guidelines for shelter placement (medium) and heating (high). These thresholds are based on the minimum standards for service of any kind. The regional guidelines state that Highway BRT (Alternatives 2, 3, and 5) should have a minimum of 100 boardings/day at each station. West of Minneapolis, only Station 73 and Winnekta Avenue meet this standard. 234 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 54 Figure 28: Ridership by Station, Alternative 2 235 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 55 Figure 29: Ridership by Station, Alternative 3 236 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 56 Figure 30: Ridership by Station, Alternative 4 237 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 57 Figure 31: Ridership by Station, Alternative 5 238 TH55 Transit Study - Technical Memo 4 – Evaluation Criteria and Results 58 Appendix D: Cost Estimate Detail 239 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Finance 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 3L. Adopt Second Consideration of Ordinance No. 810, Establishing a 2026 Fee Schedule and Adopt Resolution No. 25-117 Approving Summary Publication Prepared By Lyle Hodges, Finance Director Summary Second consideration of the fee schedule will be presented by staff at this meeting. Council has reviewed these rates with the proposed budget as well as at the Council Work Session on November 12th, 2025. This schedule shows the approved rates for 2025 as well as proposed changes for 2026. The utility rates will be in effect for any billing after April 1, 2026. The first consideration was November 18th, 2025. Financial or Budget Considerations The rates were considered as part of the 2026 budget process and reflect anticipated changes incorporated in that budget process. Legal Considerations Minnesota Statutes outline the process to approve new rates and governs some rates statutorily. Equity Considerations The proposed budget strives to advance the equity goals of the City by funding infrastructure, programs, and services that provide opportunities and resources for all. The process for adoption includes the opportunity for any member of the public to provide feedback. Recommended Action Motion to adopt on second consideration, Ordinance No. 810, establishing a 2026 Fee Schedule. Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-117 authorizing summary publication of Ordinance No. 810. Note: The summary publication resolution requires a four-fifths vote of all members of the Council for approval. Supporting Documents 2026 Fee Schedule Presentation Ordinance No. 810 - Amending Appendix A of the City Code - Establishing the 2026 Fee Schedule 240 Exhibit A - 2026 Golden Valley Proposed Fee Schedule Resolution No. 25-117 - Authorizing Summary Publication of Ordinance No. 810 241 2026 Fee Schedule City Council Work Session November 12, 2025 242 Fee Schedule Summary For 2026 •The fee schedule informs residents of the cost of receiving various services from the City of Golden Valley in the form of Licenses, Fees, Permits, and Penalties •The schedule is reviewed annually and updated as needed to accommodate anticipated changes in the upcoming year •While most of the General Fund revenue (87.3% in 2026) is from Property Taxes, fees make up almost 7.0% of budgeted revenue in 2026 243 Fee Schedule Summary Continued •Fees were reviewed by our consultant in 2025 with an emphasis placed on comparing Golden Valley to neighboring communities. Further rate study review will continue into 2026 •Fees were generally held steady year-over-year with some adjustments based on the anticipated cost increases for some areas as presented in the budget •As a result of the fee review and in discussion with departments, some fees were eliminated or combined to clarify or simplify the schedule. 244 Fee Updates for 2026 •Adjusted rates for direct staff services including: •Increased rates for PW staff performing water shut off and sump pump inspections •Modified the rate for City Legal staff to account for annual cost changes •Adjusted rates for various services: •Various licenses, permits, and fees •Moved to a flat fee for park dedication fees from a percent of value basis •Parks and Recreation services including programs, golf, and room rates were all reviewed and adjusted as planned for in their respective budgets •Utility Rates: •Increased Water and Sewer rates by 5.53% across the board to account for rate increases in wholesale water rates from Minneapolis •Increased other utility rates by 3-5% depending on inflationary growth planned in operations for those activities 245 ORDINANCE NO. 810 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING APPENDIX A OF THE CITY CODE Establishing the 2026 Fee Schedule The City Council for the City of Golden Valley hereby ordains: Section 1. The City Code requires that certain fees for City services and licenses be established from time to time by the City Council. Section 2. The Fee Schedule attached as Exhibit A is hereby adopted as the city’s fee schedule effective January 1, 2026, unless otherwise noted. The fee schedule is on file in the City Clerk’s Office during business hours. Section 3. City Code Chapter 1 entitles “General Provisions” and Sec. 1-8 entitled “General Penalty; Continuing Violations: are hereby adopted in their entirety, by reference as though repeated verbatim herein. Section 4. This ordinance shall take effect from and after its passage and publication as required by law. First Consideration November 18, 2025 Second Consideration December 2, 2025 Date of Publication December 11, 2025 Date Ordinance takes effect January 1, 2026 Adopted by the City Council this 2nd day of December 2025 Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: Theresa J. Schyma, City Clerk 246 Council Review 1st Consideration 11/18/2025 2nd Consideration 12/2/2025 2026 Fee Schedule Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 2 December 2, 2025 247 TABLE OF CONTENTS ADMINISTRATION ADMINISTRATIVE LICENSES 1 ADMINISTRATIVE FEES 6 PLANNING DEPARTMENT 8 ENGINEERING 10 INSPECTIONS DEPARTMENT 11 PUBLIC UTILITIES 16 FIRE DEPARTMENT 19 POLICE DEPARTMENT 21 PARK & RECREATION RECREATION 22 BROOKVIEW COMMUNITY CENTER 25 BROOKVIEW GOLF COURSE / 316 BAR & GRILL 26 DONATIONS 29 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY FEE SCHEDULE-2026 PROPOSED FEES 1 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 3 December 2, 2025 248 ADMINISTRATION LICENSES/REGISTRATIONS RENEWAL DATE 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee AUCTIONING CHICKEN COOP LICENSE Initial Application Fee 75.00$ 75.00$ 75.00$ Annual License Renewal Fee 1-Apr 25.00$ 25.00$ 25.00$ CIGARETTES - TOBACCO PRODUCTS Over the counter 1-Jan 450.00$ 450.00$ 450.00$ Investigation fee each individual/person 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ DOG KENNEL Per Kennel 1-Apr 200.00$ 200.00$ 200.00$ FIREWORKS Retail consumer fireworks that sell other items 1-May 100.00$ 100.00$ 125.00$ Retail consumer fireworks, retailers that sell only fireworks 1-May 350.00$ 350.00$ 375.00$ GARBAGE HAULERS (See also Recycling Haulers) Base Fee per Hauler 400.00$ 400.00$ 400.00$ Per Vehicle 1-Apr 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ GASOLINE STATIONS Dispensers 1 - 4 (each)Per Location 1-Apr 75.00$ 75.00$ 75.00$ Over four dispensers (each) Per Location 50.00$ 50.00$ 50.00$ GOAT LICENSE License (30 consecutive days or 60 days in a 12 month period) 75.00$ 75.00$ 75.00$ Auctioneers do not need to be licensed in the City of Golden Valley. However, they have to show us a copy of a license or bond from the county or state and provide us a letter on the date, time and place of the auction. 2 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 4 December 2, 2025 249 ADMINISTRATION LICENSES/REGISTRATIONS RENEWAL DATE 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee LIQUOR LICENSING Section Code 4-41 Liquor License Processing Fees - On-sale, Off sale, Beer, Wine and Sunday sale (Non-refundable) New License Investigation Fee - per establishment 1,500.00$ 1,500.00$ 1,500.00$ Administrative Fee 750.00$ 750.00$ 750.00$ Renewal Investigation Fee - Each individual/person 200.00$ 200.00$ 200.00$ Administration Fee 250.00$ 250.00$ 250.00$ Miscellaneous Changes thru the year Investigation Fee - Each individual/person 200.00$ 200.00$ 200.00$ Administration Fee 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ Section Code 340A.408 Liquor License Sunday Sale 1-Jul 200.00$ 200.00$ 200.00$ Off-sale 1-Jul 200.00$ 200.00$ 200.00$ On-sale 1-Jul 8,000.00$ 8,000.00$ 8,000.00$ Wine & Beer On-sale 1-Jul 2,000.00$ 2,000.00$ 2,000.00$ Club 1-Jul up to 200 members 300.00$ 300.00$ 300.00$ 200-500 members 500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ 501-1000 members 650.00$ 650.00$ 650.00$ 1001-2000 members 800.00$ 800.00$ 800.00$ 2001-4000 members 1,000.00$ 1,000.00$ 1,000.00$ 4001-6000 members 2,000.00$ 2,000.00$ 2,000.00$ Over 6000 Members 3,000.00$ 3,000.00$ 3,000.00$ Liquor - On-sale 1-Jul Non-Intoxicating Malt 500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ Brewer Tap Room 600.00$ 600.00$ 600.00$ Cocktail Room 600.00$ 600.00$ 600.00$ Liquor - Off-sale 1-Jul Non-Intoxicating Malt 150.00$ 150.00$ 150.00$ Brew Pub Malt Liquor 200.00$ 200.00$ 200.00$ Small Brewer 200.00$ 200.00$ 200.00$ Distilled Spirits 200.00$ 200.00$ 200.00$ Liquor - Temporary Non-Intoxicating/Intoxicating Malt Liquor License 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ 3 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 5 December 2, 2025 250 ADMINISTRATION LICENSES/REGISTRATIONS RENEWAL DATE 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee MASSAGE THERAPIST - INDIVIDUAL Certificate each individual/person 1-Jan 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ Investigation fee each individual/person 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ MASSAGE THERAPIST PREMISE LICENSE 1-Jan Operating location new applicant and renewal 500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ Investigation fee each individual/person 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ MOBILE VENDING/SERVICES Annual vendor registration 1-Jan 40.00$ 40.00$ 100.00$ Event Permits City Parks (up to three days)50.00$ 50.00$ 50.00$ Other non-residential zoning districts (up to 3 days for targeted events)30.00$ 30.00$ 30.00$ or seasonally for regularly occuring events) R-1 and R-2 zoning districts (up to two one-day permits in a 12 month period)30.00$ 30.00$ 30.00$ R-3 and R-4 zoning districts 30.00$ 30.00$ 30.00$ NEW/USED VEHICLE SALES 1-Sep 400.00$ 400.00$ 400.00$ PEDDLERS AND SOLICITORS 1-Jan Each Employee 30.00$ 30.00$ 30.00$ PAWNBROKER AND PRECIOUS METAL Dealer Location 1-Jan 5,000.00$ 5,000.00$ 5,000.00$ Dealer 1-Jan 400.00$ 400.00$ 400.00$ Investigation Fee 3,000.00$ 3,000.00$ 3,000.00$ Non-refundable administrative fee $500+Actual costs $500+Actual costs $500+Actual costs APS Transaction Fee 1.30$ 1.30$ 1.30$ RECYCLING HAULERS (MULTI FAMILY APARTMENT)1-Apr Base Fee per Hauler 400.00$ 400.00$ 400.00$ Per Vehicle 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ Background check / Identification card 4 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 6 December 2, 2025 251 ADMINISTRATION LICENSES/REGISTRATIONS RENEWAL DATE 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee RENTAL DWELLING LICENSE Single Family Dwellings One Unit Dwelling License 1-Jul 125.00$ 125.00$ 150.00$ Re-inspection 100.00$ 100.00$ 125.00$ Twin Homes & Duplexes License per Dwelling Unit Per Dwelling Unit 1-May 125.00$ 125.00$ 150.00$ Re-inspection per unit/per address 100.00$ 100.00$ 125.00$ Condominiums & Townhomes License Per Dwelling Unit Per Dwelling Unit 1-Sep 125.00$ 125.00$ 150.00$ Re-inspection per unit/per address 100.00$ 100.00$ 125.00$ Group Homes / homes with services License Per Dwelling Unit 1-Nov 125.00$ 125.00$ 150.00$ Re-inspection per unit/per address 100.00$ 100.00$ 125.00$ Multiple Unit Dwelling 3 or more units per building 1-Mar 3 - 50 Units 175.00$ 175.00$ 200.00$ 51 - 150 Units 225.00$ 225.00$ 250.00$ 151 + Units 300.00$ 300.00$ 325.00$ Re-inspection per unit/per address 100.00$ 100.00$ 125.00$ Star Program Fees and discount is capped at 151 units for market rate rental properties Non-Participant $35/unit $35/unit $35/unit Level 1 $20/unit $20/unit $20/unit Level 2 $12/unit $12/unit $12/unit Level 3 $8/unit $8/unit $8/unit Level 4 $0/unit $0/unit $0/unit 5 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 7 December 2, 2025 252 ADMINISTRATION LICENSES/REGISTRATIONS RENEWAL DATE 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee SEXUALLY ORIENTED BUSINESS License Fee per operating location 1-Jan 5,000.00$ 5,000.00$ 5,000.00$ Investigation Fee 1,500.00$ 1,500.00$ 1,500.00$ Non-refundable administrative fee 500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ TETRAHYDROCANNABINOL (TCH) RETAIL ESTABLISHMENT Cannabis registration fee (initial) lesser of $500 or 1/2 of the amount of the applicable initial license fee under Minn. Stat. § 342.11 lesser of $500 or 1/2 of the amount of the applicable initial license fee under Minn. Stat. § 342.11 Cannabis registration fee (renewal) lesser of $1,000 or 1/2 of the amount of the applicable renewal license fee under Minn. Stat. § 342.11 lesser of $1,000 or 1/2 of the amount of the applicable renewal license fee under Minn. Stat. § 342.11 Cannabis retail registration violation fee $ 2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 6 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 8 December 2, 2025 253 ADMINISTRATION MISCELLANEOUS FEES 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee ADDRESS CHANGE Residential 50.00$ 50.00$ 50.00$ Non-Residential 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ ADMINISTRATIVE CITATIONS 1st citation per violation 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ 2nd citation per violation 250.00$ 250.00$ 250.00$ 3rd citation per violation 500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ per violation 500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ 250.00$ CITATION APPEAL filing fee per violation 25.00$ 25.00$ 25.00$ CERTIFICATION FEE (SPECIAL ASSESSMENT)30.00$ 30.00$ 30.00$ CITY CEMETERY Cemetery Plot 500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ Open/Close Fee: Crematory (up to 2 per lot) per lot 200.00$ 200.00$ 200.00$ Burial 750.00$ 750.00$ 750.00$ CONDUIT DEBT ISSUANCE Issuance of Debt (Amount of Bonds)1.00%1.00%1.00% Refinancing Issuance Fees (Amount of Bonds)0.50%0.50%0.50% Host City (plus pay for legal publication)500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ 4th citation and subsequent violations in 12 month period 7 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 9 December 2, 2025 254 ADMINISTRATION MISCELLANEOUS FEES 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee DOCUMENTS City Code Full book in binder book, binder -$ -$ All information is on the Municode website at: https://library.municode.com/mn/golden_valley/codes/code_of_ordinances City Maps 10.00$ -$ -$ Copies Minnesota Rules, part 1205.0300, subpart 4 Black & White - letter or legal size documents of 100 or fewer .25/page .25/page for one sided; .50/page for two sided .25/page for one sided; .50/page for two sided Color - letter or legal size documents 100 or fewer .33/page .33/page .33/page All other copies Time & Material Time & Material DOCUMENTS (continued) Digital Format Aerial photography material time & material time & material Custom Maps or Map Layers material time & material time & material Topography time & material time & material time & material Special Assessment Search non-owner 15.00$ 15.00$ 15.00$ Video Reproduction per tape, DVD, CD + shipping 20.00$ 20.00$ 20.00$ DOMESTIC PARTNER REGISTRATION Initial Registration 40.00$ 40.00$ 20.00$ Amendment/Notice of Termination 25.00$ 25.00$ -$ ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION 0 - 3 hours / hour 0.90$ 0.90$ 0.90$ 3+ hours / hour 1.20$ 1.20$ 1.20$ PARADE/SPECIAL EVENT 25.00$ 25.00$ 25.00$ PERSONNEL (OVERTIME WOULD BE 1.5 X RATE) Staff Attorney $112/hr $134/hr $143/hr Paralegal $0.00 $64/hr $70/hr Plats, Record Drawings, Other Plats (i.e. address maps, building plans,comp plan, zoning) 8 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 10 December 2, 2025 255 PLANNING 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee ACCESSORY DWELLING UNIT Administrative Review 150.00$ 150.00$ 150.00$ By Conditional Use Permit 400.00$ 400.00$ 400.00$ CONDITIONAL USE ITEMS Conditional Use Permit 400.00$ 400.00$ 400.00$ Amendment to Conditional Use Permit 300.00$ 300.00$ 300.00$ Extension 125.00$ 125.00$ 125.00$ ADMINISTRATIVE ZONING PERMIT 75.00$ 75.00$ 75.00$ Seasonal, Farm Produce, Christmas Tree Sales, etc in Commercial Zoning District FUTURE LAND USE MAP AMENDMENT 1,000.00$ 1,000.00$ 1,000.00$ OUTDOOR SERVICES AREAS Application for Targeted Zoning District 200.00$ 200.00$ - Renewal Fee 100.00$ 100.00$ - PARK DEDICATION FEES Minnesota Statute 462.358 Single Family 13,000.00$ Multifamily per unit 2,000.00$ Commercial/industrial/office/institutional per acre 11,000.00$ PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT Preliminary PUD Plan 1,000.00$ 1,000.00$ 1,000.00$ Final PUD Plan 1,000.00$ 1,000.00$ 1,500.00$ Extension 150.00$ 150.00$ 150.00$ Major Amendment 500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ Minor Amendment 250.00$ 250.00$ 250.00$ Administrative Amendment 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ RECORD REAL ESTATE ITEMS Easements, CUP, PUDs, Development Agreements, Simplifile Henn County Fee E-Recording Fee/SimpliFile Fee $5 E-Recording Fee/SimpliFile Fee $5 6% of Land Value 6% of Land Value 9 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 11 December 2, 2025 256 PLANNING 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee SIGN PERMIT Temporary Sign 50.00$ 50.00$ 50.00$ Special Temporary Sign Additional $50.00 Additional $50.00 Additional $50.00 Permanent Sign 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ Building and Electrical permits may be required. SITE PLAN REVIEW Initial Review 500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ Plan Revision 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ SUBDIVISION 400.00$ 400.00$ -$ Extension to Submit Final Plat 150.00$ 150.00$ -$ SUBDIVISION - MINOR 250.00$ 250.00$ -$ Extension to Submit Final Plat 150.00$ 150.00$ -$ SUBDIVISION Major 400.00$ Minor 250.00$ Lot Line 150.00$ Extension 400.00$ TAX PARCEL DIVISION 100.00$ 100.00$100.00$ TEMPORARY RETAIL SALES for each sale, up to five days 150.00$ 150.00$150.00$ VARIANCE FROM ZONING CODE Single-Family Residential Zoning District 200.00$ 200.00$200.00$ All other Zoning Districts or Subdivision Code 300.00$ 300.00$300.00$ Extension 150.00$ 150.00$150.00$ Appeal of Determination 100.00$ 100.00$100.00$ ZONING VERIFICATION LETTER 100.00$ 100.00$100.00$ ZONING MAP AMENDMENT 500.00$ 500.00$500.00$ ZONING PERMIT (Fence, Shed, Deck, Patio, Garden Structure)25.00$ 25.00$ 25.00$ 10 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 12 December 2, 2025 257 ENGINEERING 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee EASEMENT VACATION (EACH REQUEST) $ 500.00 $ 500.00 $ 500.00 EQUIPMENT CHARGE (Per Hour) (Personnel will be added) Utility Vehicle does not include personnel $ 55.00 $ 55.00 $ 55.00 Utility Equipment does not include personnel $ 250.00 $ 250.00 $ 250.00 Heavy Equipment does not include personnel costs $ 175.00 $ 175.00 $ 175.00 Medium Equipment does not include personnel $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 Light Equipment not include personnel $ 55.00 $ 55.00 $ 55.00 FLOODPLAIN SEARCH LETTER $ 50.00 $ 50.00 - FORCED TREE REMOVAL cost + 20% cost + 20% cost + 20% MICROMOBILITY SHARING OPERATIONS Implementation and oversight of License Agreement $ 500.00 $ 500.00 $ 500.00 PERSONNEL (OVERTIME WOULD BE 1.5 X RATE) Public Works Employee $70/hr $75/hr $75/hr NATIVE VEGETATION LANDSCAPE PERMIT $ 100.00 $ 100.00 - RIGHT OF WAY Access Permit-Temporary $ 50.00 $ 50.00 $ 50.00 Obstruction Permit - Temporary and Permanent $ 100.00 Delay Penalty - Right of Way Minn. Rule 7819.1000 subp. 3 $500/day $500/day $500/day Driveway Replacement Permit $ 125.00 $ 125.00 $ 125.00 In Boulevard Excavation Permit per opening $ 200.00 $ 200.00 $ 200.00 In Pavement Excavation Permit per opening (includes curb alterations) $ 400.00 $ 400.00 $ 400.00 Obstruction Permit-Permanent, per obstruction (includes courtesy benches,structures, walls, lighting, signage) $ 150.00 $ 150.00 $ - Obstruction Permit-Permanent, (includes fences, landscaping, trees, shrubs, vegetation, irrigation) $ 50.00 $ 50.00 $ - Obstruction permit-Temporary (includes use of parking lane, sidewalk, boulevard, driving lane, alley) $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ - Sewer jet, vac truck, sewer camera Front end loader, 360 Backhoe, Pickup sweeper, Tandem axle truck, Aerial truck Single axle dump truck, Water truck, Tractor backhoe, Utility tractor/ accessory, 15 ft cut lawn mower, brush chipper, asphalt roller, asphalt paver, skid steer, tool cat, trackless Truck - one ton and under, Air compressor, Water pump, Generator, Steamer, Asphalt/saw, Concrete, Cable tracer) 11 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 13 December 2, 2025 258 ENGINEERING 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee RIGHT OF WAY (continued) Less than 100 Feet Administrative permit fee $ 250.00 $ 250.00 $ 250.00 per foot fee $ 1.50 $ 1.50 $ 1.50 More than 100 Feet Administrative permit fee $ 400.00 $ 400.00 $ 400.00 per foot fee $ 1.00 $ 1.00 $ 1.00 STREET ASSESSMENTS Residential/Single Family/Duplex, per dwelling unit on local street TBD before TBD before TBD before Multi Unit Residential (more than 2 dwelling units) on local street hearing hearing hearing Residential/Single Family/Duplex, per dwelling unit on state aid street Multi Unit Residential (more than 2 dwelling units) on state aid street Other Zonings, Local Streets Other Zonings, State Aid Streets Administrative Fee for Driveways and/or Sanitary Sewer repairs $250/maximum $250/maximum $250/maximum (7% of total or maximum fee - whichever is less) Low Income Level for Senior/Retired due to Disability Deferral Current HUD Limits Current HUD Limits Current HUD Limits STORMWATER MANAGEMENT Projects that do not require watershed review - No post construction BMPs $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 New Home Construction - no watershed review - No post construction BMPs $ 400.00 $ 400.00 $ 400.00 Projects that require watershed review or require Post Construction BMPs $ 600.00 $ 600.00 $ 600.00 TREE AND LANDSCAPE PERMIT Single Family Residential $ 150.00 $ 150.00 $ 150.00 All Other Projects $ 500.00 $ 500.00 $ 500.00 Tree Mitigation Fee (per tree) $ 500.00 $ 500.00 $ 500.00 UTILITY PERMITS Water Meter Permit $ 150.00 $ 150.00 $ 150.00 Water Tapping Permit $ 150.00 $ 150.00 $ 150.00 Water Cut-off Permit $ 150.00 $ 150.00 $ 150.00 Sewer Permit (connection) $ 150.00 $ 150.00 $ 150.00 Sewer Repair Permit $ 150.00 $ 150.00 $ 150.00 Sewer Cut-off Permit $ 150.00 $ 150.00 $ 150.00 Sewer & Water Permits for Commercial Projects (Fee Based on Plumbing Value and if there is a Plan the Plan Review Fee would be 65% of the Fee) State Surcharge - each permit $ 1.00 $ 1.00 $ 1.00 Sewer Repair CCTV Inspection $ 150.00 $ 150.00 $ 150.00 WETLAND MANAGEMENT (PLUS PROFESSIONAL FEES IF NECESSARY) $ 200.00 $ 200.00 $ 200.00 WIRELESS AESTHETICS Collocation Agreement Rent to collocate on the City structure Up to $150.00 Up to $150.00 Up to $150.00 Maintenance associated with the collocation $ 25.00 $ 25.00 $ 25.00 Electrical Service-monthly Per radio node less than or equal to 100 maximum watts $ 73.00 $ 73.00 $ 73.00 Per radio node over 100 maximum watts $ 182.00 $ 182.00 $ 182.00 Or actual costs of electricity, if the actual exceed the foregoing When a project is approved the street assessment will be considered following the special assessment policy. 12 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 14 December 2, 2025 259 INSPECTIONS 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee WORKING WITHOUT A PERMIT - INVESTIGATION FEE The greater of $100 or 25% of the permit fee, not to exceed $500. Fee not to exceed permit fee. WHEN APPLICABLE, A PLAN REVIEW FEE WILL BE ADDED TO PERMIT APPLICATIONS 65% of permit fee 65% of permit fee 65% of permit fee BUILDING PERMIT FEES BASED ON FEE SCHEDULE BELOW. Mandatory State Surcharge: per permit is a minimum of .50 and when a permit fee is over $1,000 in value the state surcharge is .0005 times the permit value. Surcharge is remitted to MN State Treasurer. Permit Cancellation Policy: 80% of the permit fee will be returned upon written notice of cancellation. If an inspection has been done no refund will be given. HVAC CONTRACTORS LICENSE FEE (April 1-March 31)75.00$ 75.00$ 75.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ BUILDING PERMITS BASED ON SCHEDULE BELOW: Mandatory State Surcharge: per permit is a minimum of .50 and when a permit fee is over $1,000 in value the state surcharge is .0005 times the permit value. Surcharge is remitted to MN State Treasurer. Cancellation and Refund Policy Permits: 80% of the permit fee will be refunded upon written notice of cancellation. If an inspection has been done no refund can be given. Plan Review: Plan review fees are non-refundable once plan review has been started Surcharges, Electronic Document Fees and other related fees: Non-refundable BUILDING PLAN/STORAGE RETRIEVAL 50.00$ 50.00$ 50.00$ The fee will be charged by the Building Official or designee where additional time and expense is incurred by the City to achieve code compliance. ALL BUILDING PERMIT VALUATION DATA WILL BE BASED ON THE CURRENT INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL OR CONTRACT REINSPECTION FEE 13 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 15 December 2, 2025 260 INSPECTIONS 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee BUILDING PERMITS (Ref. MN Rules 1300.0160,subd. 1, subd. 2) Table 1 Total valuation based on below fee schedule: FROM TO FEES $1 $500 $50.00 $501 $2,000 $50.00 for the first $500 plus $3.05 for each additional $100 or fraction thereof, up to and including $2000 $2,001 $25,000 $95.75 for the first 2,000 plus $14.00 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $25,000 $25,001 $50,000 $417.75 for the first $25,000 plus $10.95 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $50,000 $50,001 $100,000 $691.50 for the first $50,000 plus$ $7.34 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $100,000 $100,001 $500,000 $1058.50 for the first $100,000 plus$ $6.00 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $500,000 $500,001 $1,000,000 $3,458.50 for the first $500,000 plus $5.00 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $1,000,000 $1,000,001 and up $5,958.50 for the first $1,000,000 plus $4.00 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof ELECTRICAL State Surcharge - each permit 1.00$ 1.00$ 1.00$ Minimum Fee Minimum permit fee is $50.00 plus $1.00 State surcharge. This is for one inspection only. Minimum fee for rough-in inspection and final is $100.00 plus $1.00 State surcharge. Maximum Fee Maximum fee for single family dwelling or townhouse not over 200 Amps is $200.00 plus $1.00 State surcharge. Maximum of 3 inspections. 0 to 300 Amp 50.00 400 Amp 58.00 Add $14.00 for each additional 100 Amps. Circuits and Feeders 0 to 30 Amp 8.00 31 to 100 Amp 10.00 Add $5.00 for each additional 100 Amps. VALUATION The inspection fee for the installation, addition, alteration or repair of each circuit, feeder, 14 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 16 December 2, 2025 261 INSPECTIONS 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee Apartment Buildings per unit 85.00$ 85.00$ 85.00$ house wiring Reinspection fee 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ Remote Control and Signal Circuits per device 0.75$ 0.75$ 0.75$ Retro Fit Lighting per fixture 0.65$ 0.65$ 0.65$ Saver Switch 35.00$ 35.00$ 35.00$ Service Replacement 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ Sign Transformer per transformer 8.00$ 8.00$ 8.00$ Solar PV Installation Per Minnesota Solar PV System most current Fee Chart Street Lights and parking lot lights per each standard 4.00$ 4.00$ 4.00$ SubPanel Replacement 40.00$ 40.00$ 40.00$ Swimming Pool includes maximum 2 inspections 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ ELECTRICAL (continued) Traffic Signals per each standard 7.00$ 7.00$ 7.00$ Transformers and Generators up to 10 KVA 10.00$ 10.00$ 10.00$ 11 - 74 KVA 40.00$ 40.00$ 40.00$ 75 - 299 KVA 60.00$ 60.00$ 60.00$ over 300 KVA 150.00$ 150.00$ 150.00$ MECHANICAL: HVAC, GAS PIPING, REFRIGERATION AND FIREPLACE Includes all types of fireplaces - masonry, gas, gas log, gas insert, etc. Value Permit charge $0 $1,000 $50.00 $1,001 $5,000 $75.00 + 2.60% $5,001 $10,000 $179.00 + 2.15% $10,001 $25,000 $286.50 + 1.85% $25,001 $50,000 $534.00 + 1.65% $50,001 and up $946.50 + 1.30% Fee per unit of an apartment or condominium complex. This does not cover service and house 15 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 17 December 2, 2025 262 INSPECTIONS 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee PLUMBING AND PIPING FIXTURES Includes hydraulic sewer valves, rain water leaders, and alteration to existing systems. Value Permit charge $0 $1,000 $50.00 $1,001 $5,000 $75.00 + 2.60% $5,001 $10,000 $179.00 + 2.15% $10,001 $25,000 $286.50 + 1.85% $25,001 $50,000 $534.00 + 1.65% $50,001 and up $946.50 + 1.30% ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT FEE Based on Permit Fee permits with fixed fee or charged by item 2.85% 2.85% 2.85% do not have an electronic fee HOUSE/BUILDING Moving 500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ Demolition 500.00$ 500.00$ 500.00$ PERMIT CANCELLATION Request must be made within 180 days of permit issue date. and no inspection has occurred 80% of permit fee 80% of permit fee 80% of permit fee SEWER ACCESS CHARGE (SAC) -CITY per unit 750.00$ 800.00$ 800.00$ PARTIAL OCCUPANCY APPROVAL Partial Occupancy Permit Administrative fee 300.00$ 300.00$ 300.00$ WATER ACCESS CHARGE (WAC) -CITY per unit 2,000.00$ 2,150.00$ 2,150.00$ No surcharge or plan review fees will be returned (includes the fees for stormwater management, right-of-way (ROW) and tree preservation permits). Subject to Department Policies. SAC Charges shall be based on the Residential Equivalent Connection Units (REC) resulting from the use of the City Water/Sewer systems. The REC shall equal the number of SAC Units determined under the SAC Determination to which the building permit relates. WAC Charges shall be based on the Residential Equivalent Connection Units (REC) resulting from the use of the City Water/Sewer systems. The REC shall equal the number of SAC Units determined under the SAC Determination by the Metropolitan Council to which the building permit relates. 16 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 18 December 2, 2025 263 PUBLIC UTILITIES Rates begin with any billing after April 1 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee RESIDENTIAL UTILITY RATES - QUARTERLY BILLING (includes all residential classes except those classified as apartments) Penalties (for late payment on current balance) 8% 8% 8% Sanitary Sewer (in 1000 gallons) Residential (per dwelling unit) (Flat Rate)- 5 and under units-winter qtr consumption 88.38$ 91.03$ 96.07$ Residential (per dwelling unit) (Flat Rate) - 6-15 units-winter qtr consumption 91.64$ 94.39$ 99.61$ Residential (per dwelling unit) (Flat Rate) - 16-19 units-winter qtr consumption 100.79$ 103.81$ 109.55$ Residential (per dwelling unit) (Flat Rate) - 20-25 units-winter qtr consumption 114.91$ 118.36$ 124.90$ Residential (per dwelling unit) (Flat Rate) - 26-39 units-winter qtr consumption 150.56$ 155.08$ 163.65$ Residential (per dwelling unit) (Flat Rate) - 40-59 units-winter qtr consumption 173.38$ 178.58$ 188.46$ Residential (per dwelling unit) (Flat Rate) - 60-79 units-winter qtr consumption 186.50$ 192.10$ 202.72$ Residential (per dwelling unit) (Flat Rate)- 80 to 99 units-winter qtr consumption 210.86$ 217.19$ 229.20$ Residential (per dwelling unit) (Flat Rate)- 100 and over units-winter qtr consumption 250.25$ 257.76$ 272.01$ Recycling - Residential curbside (per unit) -Recycling 19.00$ 20.00$ 21.00$ Organics (Starting January 2022) Residential curbside (per unit) -Organics 19.00$ 20.00$ 21.00$ Storm Sewer Utility Rate Charge for a Residential Equivalent Factor of 1.00 87.00$ 90.00$ 93.00$ Each single family residential property is considered to be 1/3 of an acre. Street Lights Ornamental (per unit) 13.97$ 14.39$ 14.82$ Overhead (per unit)9.63$ 9.92$ 10.22$ Water Minimum fee, includes up to 1,000 gallons of flow 23.00$ 24.15$ 25.49$ Water meters up to and including 1"23.00$ 24.15$ 25.49$ Water meters over 1" and including 2"124.14$ 130.35$ 137.56$ Water meters over 2" and including 4"170.94$ 179.49$ 189.41$ Water meters over 4"216.45$ 227.27$ 239.84$ Above 1,000 gallons of flow per quarter up to 79,000 (per 1,000 gallons)7.43$ 7.80$ 8.23$ 80,000 gallons and over of flow per quarter (per 1,000 gallons)7.46$ 7.83$ 8.27$ Emergency Water Supply - per 1000 gallons N/A N/A N/A 2.43$ 2.43$ 3.80$ Irrigation Accounts (All) - Monthly Billing Minimum fee, includes up to 1,000 gallons of flow 23.00$ 24.15$ 25.49$ Water rate per 1000 gallons 7.46$ 7.68$ 8.11$ Water Connection Fee (Fee charged by State for each water hookup) 17 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 19 December 2, 2025 264 PUBLIC UTILITIES Rates begin with any billing after April 1 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL UTILITY RATES - MONTHLY BILLING Inspection Fee for Fire lines 2.00$ 2.00$ 2.00$ Penalties (for late payment on current monthly billings) 5% 5% 5% Sanitary Sewer Water meters up to and including 1" 14.93$ 15.38$ 16.15$ Water meters over 1" and including 2" 38.46$ 39.61$ 41.59$ Water meters over 2" and including 4" 53.50$ 55.11$ 57.86$ Water meters over 4" 68.17$ 70.22$ 73.73$ Based on per 1,000 gallons 6.47$ 6.66$ 7.00$ Note: Water Meter Flow is used to establish sewer flow unless a separate sewer flow meter has been established. Storm Sewer Utility Rate Charge per acre for property X Residential Equivalency Factor (REF) 29.12$ 29.99$ 31.49$ Street Lights Ornamental (per unit)4.66$ 4.80$ 5.04$ Overhead (per unit)3.21$ 3.31$ 3.47$ Water Connection Fee - State charge for each water hookup - (January 1) 0.81$ 0.81$ 3.80$ Water Usage: Minimum fee, includes up to 1,000 gallons of flow 23.00$ 24.15$ 25.49$ Water meters up to and including 1" 23.10$ 24.26$ 25.60$ Water meters over 1" and including 2" 41.38$ 43.45$ 45.85$ Water meters over 2" and including 4" 56.98$ 59.83$ 63.14$ Water meters over 4" 72.15$ 75.76$ 79.95$ Water rate per 1000 gallons 7.46$ 7.83$ 8.27$ Emergency Water Supply - per 1000 gallons N/A N/A N/A OTHER UTILITY FEES Driveway Covers - Replace 150.00$ 150.00$ 150.00$ Hydrant Maintenance (Private) Materials, parts, labor Actual Cost + 20% admin Actual Cost + 20% admin Actual Cost + 20% admin Hydrant Meter Rental Residential (per day + consumption) 2.00$ 2.00$ 2.00$ Commercial (per day + consumption) 5.00$ 5.00$ 5.00$ Commercial (rate per day after 60 days + consumption) 10.00$ 10.00$ 10.00$ Deposit (residential) 300.00$ 300.00$ 300.00$ Deposit (commercial) 2,000.00$ 2,000.00$ 2,000.00$ Repair Parts cost +20% cost +20% cost +20% 18 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 20 December 2, 2025 265 PUBLIC UTILITIES Rates begin with any billing after April 1 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee Meter Read - Manual Read of Water/Sewer Meter/Upgrade-4th Letter 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ Meter Testing (to be returned if meter is in error of 5% or more of read)50.00$ 50.00$ 50.00$ Sanitary Sewer Inspections and Compliance Fees Ordinance No. 352 Noncompliant discharge into sanitary sewer(or refuse inspection) Single Family Residential $500/month $500/month $500/month Non Single Family Residential $1,000/month $1,000/month $1,000/month Application fee for noncompliant winter discharge into sanitary sewer per month 250.00$ 250.00$ 250.00$ Application fee for certificate of sewer regulations compliance Single Family Residential (R-1 or R-2), per structure 250.00$ 250.00$ 250.00$ Non Single Family Residential (all other structures), per structure 750.00$ 750.00$ 750.00$ Video Review Residential video record completed by private licensed plumber 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ Non-residential video record completed by private licensed plumber 375.00$ 375.00$ 375.00$ Sump Pump Inspection 50.00$ 50.00$ 75.00$ Water Meter and Parts (All)At cost +20% At cost +20% At cost +20% Water on/off per each event (business day)25.00$ 25.00$ 75.00$ (after hours)175.00$ 175.00$ 175.00$ 19 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 21 December 2, 2025 266 FIRE DEPARTMENT 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee EQUIPMENT CHARGE PER HOUR Fire Engine (includes personnel)250.00$ 250.00$ 275.00$ Fire Rescue Truck (includes personnel)250.00$ 250.00$ 275.00$ Fire Aerial Truck (includes personnel)350.00$ 350.00$ 375.00$ Police and Fire Rescue Truck (includes personnel)250.00$ 250.00$ 275.00$ Fire Boat (includes personnel)75.00$ 75.00$ 100.00$ Fire ATV (includes personnel)75.00$ 75.00$ 100.00$ Fire Life Safety Trailer (includes personnel)200.00$ 200.00$ 225.00$ Gas Lines, construction damage with Fire Department Response 250.00$ 250.00$ -$ FIRE COMMERCIAL COOKING VENTILATION SYSTEMS (HOOD AND DUCT CLEANING) Inspection 75.00$ 75.00$ 75.00$ Re-inspection 150.00$ 150.00$ 150.00$ FIRE SPRINKLER, FIRE ALARMS & SPECIAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS New Installation or Alteration of Existing Ref. MN Rules 1300.0160,subd. 1, subd. 2 Total valuation based on below fee schedule: FROM TO FEES $0 $500 $50.00 $501 $2,000 $50.00 for the first $500 plus $3.05 for each additional $100 or fraction thereof, up to and including $2000 $2,001 $25,000 $95.75 for the first 2,000 plus $14.00 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $25,000 $25,001 $50,000 $417.75 for the first $25,000 plus $10.95 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $50,000 $50,001 $100,000 $691.50 for the first $50,000 plus$ $7.34 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $100,000 $100,001 $500,000 $1,058.50 for the first $100,000 plus $6.00 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $500,000 $500,001 $1,000,000 $3,458.50 for the first $500,000 plus $5.00 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $1,000,000 $1,000,001 and up $5,958.50 for the first $1,000,000 plus $4.00 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof VALUATION 20 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 22 December 2, 2025 267 FIRE DEPARTMENT 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee FIREWORKS/PYROTECHNIC SPECIAL EFFECTS Permit fee includes required rental of fire engine and crew for one hour stand-by at display 350.00$ 350.00$ 375.00$ FLOOR DRY (ACCIDENTS)per bag 20.00$ 20.00$ 40.00$ FUEL TANKS Permanent above/underground Use Fire Sprinkler, Fire Alarms & Special Fire Suppression Systems Table Above Fuel, Compressed Gasses, Hazardous Materials, and Associated Appliances & Piping Temporary LP Tank/Fuel Tank per tank 50.00$ 50.00$ 75.00$ PERSONNEL (OVERTIME WOULD BE 1.5 X RATE) Full-time Fire Personnel (scheduled time after hours -minimum 2 hours)$75/hr $80/hr $80/hr Paid On-Call Fire Personnel $35/hr $40/hr $40/hr TENT/CANOPY INSPECTIONS - REQUIRED FOR TENT EXCEEDING 400 SQ FT AND Canopies exceeding 700 sq ft (per site)50.00$ 50.00$ 75.00$ Each additional tent and/or canopy (per site)25.00$ 25.00$ 50.00$ WEED ERADICATION/LAWN MOWING - PER HOUR (SEE MINIMUMS) Occupied/unoccupied residential/commercial property - 3 hour minimum $125/hr $125/hr $125/hr SECOND OR MORE VIOLATIONS IN A 12-MONTH PERIOD Occupied/unoccupied residential/commercial property - 3 hour minimum $250/hr $250/hr $250/hr 21 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 23 December 2, 2025 268 POLICE DEPARTMENT 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee ALARM SYSTEM - RESIDENTIAL FALSE ALARMS (per calendar year) 1-3 false alarms -$ -$ -$ 4-10 false alarms 100.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ 11-15 false alarms 150.00$ 150.00$ 150.00$ 16 or more false alarms 250.00$ 250.00$ 250.00$ ALARM SYSTEM - COMMERCIAL FALSE ALARMS (per calendar year) 1-3 false alarms -$ 4-10 false alarms 250.00$ 11-15 false alarms 325.00$ 16 or more false alarms 500.00$ ANIMAL CONTROL Impound Fee for dogs 50.00$ 50.00$ 50.00$ Boarding Fee for dogs and cats per day (7 day maximum)20.00$ 20.00$ 20.00$ Dangerous Dog License 250.00$ 250.00$ 250.00$ -$ Up to $1,000 Up to $1,000 EQUIPMENT CHARGE PER HOUR Police Rescue Truck (includes personnel)250.00$ 250.00$ 250.00$ Squad Car (includes personnel)110.00$ 110.00$ 110.00$ FINGERPRINTING Golden Valley Resident 10.00$ 10.00$ 10.00$ Anyone employed in Golden Valley 25.00$ 25.00$ 25.00$ Additional Card 5.00$ 5.00$ 5.00$ FORFEITED DWI VEHICLE ADMINISTRATIVE FEE 1,000.00$ 1,000.00$ 1,000.00$ NUISANCE SERVICE CALL FEE (AFTER THREE CALLS)250.00$ 250.00$ 250.00$ Dangerous/Potentially Dangerous Dog Appeal Hearing: If dangerous dog/potentially dangerous dog declaration upheld, actual expense of hearing up to $1,000. 22 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 24 December 2, 2025 269 PARK & RECREATION 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee ACTIVITIES Rates/Fees are printed in Seasonal Activities Catalogs (Spring/Summer, Fall, Winter). Staff will pro-rate and make program/event/activity fee adjustments as necessary. Adult (Non-resident fees applicable) Individual Athletics/Fitness $20.00-$150.00 $20.00-$150.00 $20.00-$150.00 Programs $1.00-$150.00 $1.00-$150.00 $1.00-$150.00 Special Events $0.00-$75.00 $0.00-$75.00 $0.00-$75.00 Open Gyms Drop-in fee $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 10-time Punch Pass $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 55+ Adult Newsletter Subscription $5.00-$8.00 $5.00-$8.00 $5.00-$8.00 Presentation/Discussion Groups $1.00-$5.00 $1.00-$5.00 $1.00-$5.00 Adult Trips & Sports Leagues (Non-resident fees non-applicable) Trips - 1-6 day Market Rate Market Rate Market Rate Sports Leagues $100.00-$900.00 $100.00-$900.00 $100.00-$900.00 Sports League Cancelation Fee $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 Youth Athletics $10.00-$200.00 $10.00-$200.00 $10.00-$200.00 Programs and Camps $5.00-$175.00 $5.00-$175.00 $5.00-$175.00 Trips/Events $0.00-$150.00 $0.00-$150.00 $0.00-$150.00 BACKYARD INDOOR PLAYGROUND Daily Rates Resident $5.00 $5.00 $6.00 Non-resident $6.00 $6.00 $7.00 Twilight (last hour of daily operation) $2.00 $2.00 $0.00 Socks $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 10 Punch Pass - Resident $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 10 Punch Pass - Non-resident $50.00 $50.00 $50.00 Group Rates Pre-reservation required; Ratio of 10:1 youth/adult; 1 payment only Groups of 15 kids or more, max 50, includes use of a party room when available $5.00 $5.00 $6.00 Party Rates Includes 2 hrs party room; 10 wristbands; extra wristbands may be Resident $110.00 $110.00 $120.00 Non-resident $130.00 $130.00 $140.00 Picnic Packages Three One SIx Bar + Grill will provide food package options for party groups. Entire Playground Private Rental Includes 2 hrs exclusive use of playground and 2 party rooms Resident $275.00 $275.00 $275.00 Non-resident $300.00 $300.00 $300.00 Additional hour $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 purchased for daily rate (max of 20 people total per party room) 23 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 25 December 2, 2025 270 PARK & RECREATION 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee OTHER PARK & RECREATION FEES Athletic Field Resident - no attendent per hour/per field (min 2 hrs) $25.00 $25.00 $25.00 Resident - with attendent per hour/per field (min 2 hrs) $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 Non-resident - no attendent per hour/per field (min 2 hrs) $35.00 $35.00 $35.00 Non-resident - with attendent per hour/per field (min 2 hrs) $55.00 $55.00 $55.00 With Lights (requires attendent) per hour/per field $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 All day tournament Resident per day/per field $150.00 $150.00 $150.00 Non-resident per day/per field $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 Field Attendant per hour $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 Beer/Wine Permit (only with Picnic Shelter rental)$50.00 $50.00 $50.00 Davis Community Center Gym Resident per hour $30.00 $30.00 $30.00 Non-resident per hour $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 Entire Park Use (plus facility rental fees) Resident up to 12 hrs $850.00 $850.00 $850.00 Non-resident up to 12 hrs $1,200.00 $1,200.00 $1,200.00 Equipment Use Fee Permit Inflatable, climbing wall, zipline, etc Each $25.00 $25.00 $25.00 Gazebo/Sun Shelter Resident per hour $25.00 $25.00 $25.00 Non-resident per hour $35.00 $35.00 $35.00 Resident per hour $30.00 $30.00 $30.00 Non-resident per hour $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 Community Garden Container Resident $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 Non-resident $55.00 $55.00 $55.00 Dog Bag Station Sponsorship Initial Sponsorship $375.00 $375.00 $375.00 $160.00 $160.00 $160.00 Park Shelter Building Resident per hour $25.00 $25.00 $25.00 Non-resident per hour $35.00 $35.00 $35.00 Key/Fob Deposit refundable when returned $25.00 $25.00 $25.00 Renovated Park Shelter Building Resident per hour (2 hr min) $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 Non-resident per hour (2 hr min) $50.00 $50.00 $50.00 Damage & Use Guideline Compliance Deposit $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 Hockey Rink (outdoor) Renewal Sponsorship for dog bags Charged at time of reservation and refundable 24 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 26 December 2, 2025 271 PARK & RECREATION 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee Picnic Pavilion Rental at Brookview Small Pavilion (up to 50 people) Resident $115.00 $115.00 $115.00 Non-resident $150.00 $150.00 $150.00 Large Pavilion (up to 100 people) Resident $150.00 $150.00 $150.00 Non-resident $200.00 $200.00 $200.00 Picnic Shelter Damage & Use Guideline Compliance Deposit Charged at time of reservation and refundable $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 Professional Photo/Video Use of Specific Park Area (plus facility rental fees) Resident per hour $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 Non-resident per hour $125.00 $125.00 $125.00 Sand Volleyball Courts at Brookview (2 courts) Resident per hour/per court $15.00 $15.00 $15.00 Non-resident per hour/per court $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 With Lights per hour/per field $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 Tennis or Pickleball Court Tournament per day/per court Resident $75.00 $75.00 - Non-resident $100.00 $100.00 - Court Resident per hour $7.00 $7.00 $7.00 Non-resident per hour $9.00 $9.00 $9.00 Youth Athletic Association Player Field Maintenance Fee Resident & Non-resident per person/per season $8.00-$12.00 $8.00-$12.00 $8.00-$12.00 Organization Field Maintenance Fee per organization/per season $100.00- $100.00-$2,000.00 $100.00-$2,000.00 25 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 27 December 2, 2025 272 BROOKVIEW 2026 Proposed Day of Week 2026 Res 2026 Non- Res Damage Deposit Sunday 1,600.00$ 1,800.00$ 500.00$ Friday 1,800.00$ 2,000.00$ 500.00$ Saturday 2,200.00$ 2,400.00$ 500.00$ Day of Week 2026 Res 2026 Non- Res Damage Deposit Saturday 150.00$ 180.00$ 500.00$ Day of Week 2026 Res 2026 Non- Res Damage Deposit Sunday - Thursday 70.00$ 85.00$ 500.00$ Friday 75.00$ 90.00$ 500.00$ Saturday 90.00$ 105.00$ 500.00$ Day of Week 2026 Res 2026 Non- Res Damage Deposit Sunday - Thursday 70.00$ 85.00$ 500.00$ Friday 75.00$ 90.00$ 500.00$ Saturday 90.00$ 105.00$ 500.00$ Day of Week 2026 Res 2026 Non- Res Damage Deposit Monday - Sunday 85.00$ 100.00$ 100.00$ Day of Week 2026 Res 2026 Non- Res Damage Deposit Monday - Sunday 55.00$ 65.00$ 100.00$ Day of Week 2026 Res 2026 Non- Res Damage Deposit Monday - Sunday 30.00$ 40.00$ 100.00$ Day of Week 2026 Res 2026 Non- Res Damage Deposit Friday-Sunday 200.00$ 250.00$ N/A 12-month Venue Approval per caterer $100 Facility Use per event 12% $50 $50 $500 OTHER FEES Stage White Chair Set Up Inside Ceiling Drapery Bassett Creek Room Full Day Rental (10am-12:30am) Bassett Creek Room Hourly - Includes Fairway Deck & Evergreen Deck Bassett Creek North & Evergreen Deck Bassett Creek South Room & Fairway Deck Valley Room Hourly Valley North/South Room Hourly Sweeney/Rice Lake Conference Room Hourly Fairway Deck Ceremony CATERING 26 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 28 December 2, 2025 273 BROOKVIEW GOLF COURSE / 316 BAR & GRILL 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee REGULATION COURSE 18 Hole 45.00$ 45.00$ 49.00$ 18 Hole Club Member 37.00$ 37.00$ 39.00$ 18 Hole Senior Club Member (Age 60+)33.00$ 33.00$ 35.00$ 18 Hole Senior (Age 60+)38.00$ 38.00$ 42.00$ 18 Hole League 45.00$ 45.00$ 49.00$ 18 Tournament 45.00$ 45.00$ 49.00$ 9 Hole 24.00$ 24.00$ 26.00$ 9 Hole Club Member 20.50$ 20.50$ 21.50$ 9 Hole Senior Club Member (Age 60+)19.00$ 19.00$ 21.00$ 9 Hole Senior (Age 60+)21.00$ 21.00$ 23.00$ 9 Hole League 24.00$ 24.00$ 26.00$ 9 Hole Tournament 24.00$ 24.00$ 26.00$ 2nd Nine 21.00$ 21.00$ 26.00$ 2nd Nine Club Member 16.50$ 16.50$ 18.50$ Sunrise/Sunset Rate 21.00$ 21.00$ 23.00$ Twilight 25.00$ 25.00$ 27.00$ Twilight Club Member 20.50$ 20.50$ 22.50$ Junior Rate Club Member $28.50/$16.00 $28.50/$16.00 $30.50/$18.00 Junior Rate $31.00/$18.50 $31.00/$18.50 $35.00/$20.50 Golf Shop Merchandise Market Rate Market Rate Market Rate PAR 3 COURSE 9 Hole 16.00$ 16.00$ 17.00$ 9 Hole Club Member 12.50$ 12.50$ 13.50$ 9 Hole Senior Club Member (Age 60+)11.50$ 11.50$ 12.50$ 9 Hole Senior (Age 60+)13.00$ 13.00$ 14.00$ 9 Hole League 16.00$ 16.00$ 17.00$ 9 Hole Tournament 16.00$ 16.00$ 17.00$ 9 Hole Junior Rate Club Member 11.50$ 11.50$ 12.50$ 9 Hole Junior 13.00$ 13.00$ 14.00$ 9 Hole Youth on Course 7.50$ 7.50$ 5.00$ 2nd 9 Par 3 11.00$ 11.00$ 12.00$ Junior Par 3 Season Pass 90.00$ 90.00$ 90.00$ Golf Shop Merchandise Market Rate Market Rate Market Rate 27 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 29 December 2, 2025 274 BROOKVIEW GOLF COURSE / 316 BAR & GRILL 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee CART RATES 18 Hole Power Cart 36.00$ 36.00$ 40.00$ 18 Hole Tournament Cart 36.00$ 36.00$ 40.00$ 18 Hole Club Member Cart 30.00$ 30.00$ 34.00$ 9 Hole Tournament Cart 23.00$ 23.00$ 25.00$ 9 Hole Power Cart 23.00$ 23.00$ 25.00$ 9 Hole Par 3 Power Cart 19.00$ 19.00$ 21.00$ Pull Cart/Regulation Course 5.00$ 5.00$ 7.00$ Pull Cart/Par 3 Course 4.00$ 4.00$ 6.00$ Trailer fee/Use of personal power cart $15.00/$10.00 $15.00/$10.00 $20.00/$15.00 CLUB MEMBER CARDS Resident Adult 85.00$ 85.00$ 90.00$ Non-resident Adult 125.00$ 125.00$ 130.00$ Resident Senior (Age 60+)55.00$ 55.00$ 60.00$ Non-resident Senior (Age 60+)90.00$ 90.00$ 95.00$ Resident Junior (17 yrs & under)45.00$ 45.00$ 50.00$ Non-resident Junior (17 yrs & under)50.00$ 50.00$ 55.00$ Par 3 35.00$ 35.00$ 40.00$ CLUB RENTALS 18 Hole full rental - Regulation $20.00/$30.00 $20.00/$30.00 $20.00/$30.00 9 Hole full rental - Regulation $10.00/$15.00 $10.00/$15.00 $10.00/$15.00 9 hole Par 3 half rental $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 CURLING Curling League 200.00$ 200.00$ 200.00$ Curling Rink Rental (1 hour)20.00$ 20.00$ 20.00$ Game Official For Private Rentals / Events $30.00/hour $30.00/hour $30.00/hour DRIVING RANGE Small Bucket 5.00$ 5.00$ 5.00$ Medium Bucket 7.00$ 7.00$ 8.00$ Large Bucket 9.00$ 9.00$ 12.00$ 28 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 30 December 2, 2025 275 BROOKVIEW GOLF COURSE / 316 BAR & GRILL 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee LAWN BOWLING League Fee M-Th evenings (7 week league)$200.00-$500.00 $200.00-$500.00 $200.00-$500.00 Single Rink Rental - Resident and Club Member $25.00/hour $25.00/hour $30.00/hour Single Rink Rental - Non-resident $30.00/hour $30.00/hour $35.00/hour Private Rental of Four Rinks $120.00/hour $120.00/hour $140.00/hour Private Rental of Eight Rinks - exclusive use $240.00/hour $240.00/hour $280.00/hour Senior Leagues (per person)5.00$ 5.00$ 5.00$ Game Official For Private Rentals / Events $30.00/hour $30.00/hour $30.00/hour Game Equipment Use For Leagues & Rentals included included included Bean Bag Leagues $100.00-$200.00 $100.00-$200.00 $100.00-$200.00 Yard Games (per set)10.00$ 10.00$ 15.00$ LESSONS Adult Group $95.00-$200.00 $95.00-$200.00 $95.00-$200.00 Junior Camp $150.00-$320.00 $150.00-$320.00 $150.00-$320.00 Junior Group $65.00-$150.00 $65.00-$150.00 $65.00-$150.00 RENTALS Locker Rental (Season)120.00$ 120.00$ 120.00$ PA Rental (per day)50.00$ 50.00$ 50.00$ Table and chair rental (per hole)15.00$ 15.00$ 15.00$ Three One Six Indoor Rental (per 6 hours)1,000.00$ 1,000.00$ 2,000.00$ Three One Six Patio Rental (per 4 hours)300.00$ 300.00$ 100.00$ Three One Six Pop-up Tent Rental (per tent)20.00$ 20.00$ 25.00$ Tournament Cart Rental (per cart)$50.00-$80.00 $50.00-$80.00 $50.00-$80.00 Tournament Sponsor Sign (per sign)5.00$ 5.00$ 5.00$ MISCELLANEOUS FEES USGA Handicap Service MGA Non-Club Member 50.00$ 50.00$ 55.00$ Club Member Annual 35.00$ 35.00$ 40.00$ No Show Fee FULL FEE FULL FEE FULL FEE Commerative Bench $1,000.00-$1,500.00 $1,000.00-$1,500.00$1,200.00-$1,500.00 THREE ONE SIX BAR + GRILL All Products and Services Market Rate Market Rate Market Rate Staffing Fee for Private Events (per hour, per employee)20.00$ 20.00$ 20.00$ Cooler Bags 7.00$ 7.00$ 7.00$ Bar Set Up Fee 100.00$ Service Charge 22% Table Linens $10.00/$15.00 Buffet Upgrade $6.00 Per Person Full Table Setting $8.00 Per Person Corkage Fee $25 per (750 mL) bottle 29 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 31 December 2, 2025 276 DONATIONS 2024 Adopted Fee 2025 Adopted Fee 2026 Proposed Fee 2,600.00$ 2,600.00$ $2,600.00 Tree Donation- City Park or Open Area 350.00$ 350.00$ 350.00$ Brookview Golf Course: Commemorative Bench with Engraved Plaque $1,000.00-$1500.00 $1,000.00-$1500.00 $1,200.00-$1500.00 Tree Donation 350.00$ 350.00$ 500.00$ Commemorative Bench with Engraved Plaque- City Park or Open Area 30 Exhibit A - Ordinance No. 810 32 December 2, 2025 277 RESOLUTION NO. 25-117 RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SUMMARY PUBLICATION OF ORDINANCE NO. 810 WHEREAS, the City has adopted the above referenced amendment of the Golden Valley City Code; and WHEREAS, the verbatim text of the amendment is cumbersome, and the expense of the publication of the complete text is not justified. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, MINNESOTA that the following summary is hereby approved for official publication: SUMMARY PUBLICATION ORDINANCE NO. 810 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING APPENDIX A TO THE CITY CODE Establishing 2026 Fee Schedule This is a summary of the provisions in Ordinance No. 810 which has been approved for publication by the City Council. At the December 2, 2025 City Council Meeting, the Golden Valley City Council enacted Ordinance No. 810 establishing a 2026 fee schedule. The full ordinance is available to the public at the City Clerk’s Office, 7800 Golden Valley Road during normal business hours and online at www.goldenvalleymn.gov/code/. Passed by the City Council this 2nd day of December 2025 Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: Theresa J. Schyma, City Clerk 278 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 5A. Adopt Ordinance No. 808 Amending Chapter 109 Subdivisions and Resolution No. 25-109 Approving Summary Publication Prepared By Jacquelyn Kramer, Senior Planner Summary Periodically, Planning Division staff update sections of the zoning code to reflect current administrative processes and industry best practices. Staff propose an ordinance amending City Code Chapter 109 to allow certain minor subdivision applications to be approved administratively. The overall goal of this ordinance is to simplify and clarify the City's subdivision application process. Planning Commission held a public hearing on the proposed code amendment on October 27, 2025, at which time no one testified. Planning Commission unanimously recommended approval of the draft ordinance. On November 16, 2025, City Council moved to table action on the proposed ordinance to allow staff to respond to community questions received after the Council packet was published. Tonight, staff will present the proposed code amendments and provide additional information requested by Council. Next Steps If Council approves the amendment, staff will update the subdivision application form to reflect the new code language. The language would go into effect January 1, 2026, to align with fee schedule changes. Financial or Budget Considerations There are no financial or budget impacts associated with this update. Legal Considerations Section 113-29 governs the procedure for amending the zoning code. A public hearing notice was published in the official City newspaper 10 days before Planning Commission held the public hearing. Zoning text amendments require a majority affirmative vote from Council for approval. The City Attorney's office reviewed the draft ordinance before the public hearing. Equity Considerations Planning Commission held a public hearing on this item on October 27, 2025, which gave residents an 279 opportunity to participate in the process consistent with Equity Pillar 2 for Inclusive and Effective Community Engagement. The proposed code revisions make the code easier to understand for all users, including applicants, staff, Planning Commission, and City Council. This is an important goal in the City's Equity Plan, specifically for Community Development. Recommended Action Motion to adopt Ordinance No. 808 amending Chapter 109 Subdivisions and Resolution No. 25-109 approving summary publication of Ordinance No. 808. (Note: The summary publication resolution requires a four-fifths vote of all members of the Council for approval. The approval of amendments requires a simple majority.) Supporting Documents Ordinance No. 808 - Amending Chapter 109 Subdivisions Resolution No. 25-109 - Authorizing Summary Publication of Ordinance No. 808 Subdivision Code Amendments Memo October 27, 2025, Planning Commission Staff Report October 27, 2025, Planning Commission Meeting Minutes 280 ORDINANCE NO. 808 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CITY CODE CHAPTER 109 SUBDIVISIONS The City Council for the City of Golden Valley hereby ordains as follows: Section 1. City Code Chapter 109 is amended to read as follows. “***” denotes a section break. Sec. 109-1. Definitions. The following words, terms and phrases, when used in this chapter, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this section, except where the context clearly indicates a different meaning: *** Lot Line Adjustment: An administrative subdivision process by which two or more contiguous existing lots or parcels move one or more boundary lines so as to reconfigure their shapes or sizes, without creating additional lots or altering the number of parcels. *** DIVISION 3. FINAL PLAT Sec. 109-93. Application; Approval; Filing. (a) Application. After the preliminary plat has been approved by the Council, the subdivider must apply for approval of the final plat. The application must be made within 180 calendar days of the approval by the Council of the preliminary plat unless an extension is made by the Council. The subdivider shall submit copies of the final plat (in conformance with the approved preliminary plat). The subdivider shall also provide one copy of the final plat to each utility company (telecommunications, electric, gas, and cable TV). The subdivider shall also furnish the City with the abstract of title or registered property abstract. (b) Approval of Final Plat. The Council shall grant approval of the final plat, refer the final plat to the Planning Commission for additional study, or disapprove the final plat st ating the reasons for such action which shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting. Action to approve the plat shall be by resolution of the Council and shall be taken within 60 calendar days of the preliminary approval if the subdivider so requests a nd has complied with all the conditions, requirements, and provisions of this chapter. (1) Before the Council gives approval to the final plat, a review of the certified abstract of title or the registered property abstract by the City Attorney showing title or control of the property being subdivided by the subdivider may be required. The applicant shall pay all costs of such review by the City Attorney. 281 Ordinance No. 808 -2- November 18, 2025 (2) The final plat may include only that portion of the preliminary plat which the owner or subdivider proposes to record or develop, provided that such portion conforms with all of the requirements of this chapter. (3) If the plat is approved, the subdivider shall submit two reproducible copies of the final plat for signing by the proper City officials, one of which will be retained by the City for their records. (c) Combination Preliminary/Final Plat Applications. An applicant may submit preliminary and final plat applications at the same time for City Council to consider both applications at the same meeting. (d) Filing/Recording. (1) Filing/Recording. After the Council approves the final plat, the subdivider shall file it for recording with the County Recorder or the Registrar of Titles within 60 120 calendar days of the date of the resolution approving the final plat. If the subdivider does not file the final plat within 60 120 calendar days, the final plat shall become null and void unless the Council grants an extension. The subdivider must request extensions in writing within the 120-day period. (2) Proof of Filing/Recording. The subdivider shall immediately upon recording furnish the City with a print of the final plat with recording or filing data shown on the plat. No building permits shall be issued on any of the platted property until the City has received the above copy of the plat. *** DIVISION 4. MINOR SUBDIVISIONS, CONSOLIDATIONS, AND ADMINISTRATIVE LOT LINE ADJUSTMENTS Sec. 109-119. Eligibility for Application. In keeping with Minn. Stats. § 462.358, subd. 1a, which allows for the establishment of more than one class of subdivision and more than one set of regulations, certain proposed land subdivisions and consolidations may qualify for application under this division. For such applications, the standards, requirements, and procedures cited herein shall supersede their subdivision counterparts of this chapter. Each of the following conditions must be met to establish eligibility: (1) The land to be subdivided or consolidated must be part of a recorded plat or a recorded registered land survey (RLS) (2) Consolidations may involve any number of parcels, but subdivisions shall be limited to the creation of four or fewer lots from one or more original parcels (3) The subdivision or consolidation shall not necessitate any additional public investment in new roads or utilities to serve the lots. 282 Ordinance No. 808 -3- November 18, 2025 (4) For lot line adjustments, all affected parcels are contiguous and no additional lots or parcels are created. Sec. 109-120. Components of Application. Application for a minor subdivision consolidation, or lot line adjustment shall be made on forms furnished by the City. A filing fee set by Council resolution shall accompany the application. The applicant shall also furnish copies of a sketch showing the following: (1) North arrow and scale (no smaller than one inch equals 100 fe et). (2) Overall dimensions of the property and of each internal property division. (3) An existing conditions survey. The survey must include: lot dimensions, all platted and recorded easements, all existing structures with dimensions to show size and location, structure setbacks from all property lines, and the location of existing driveways and utility lines. (4) A proposed conditions survey. The survey must include: the proposed lot lines, all platted, recorded, and proposed easements, all existing structures wit h dimensions to show size and location, structure setbacks from all property lines, and the location of existing driveways and utility lines. (5) Square footage of the overall property and of each internal property division. (6) (4) Location of all public utilities, streets, driveways, and easements, adjacent to or on the property. (7) Location and dimensions of any existing buildings and distances to nearest existing or proposed lot lines on all sides. (8) Size, species, and location of all existing significant trees, specimen trees, and significant woodlands, as defined by the City Code, located within the project limits. These significant trees, specimen trees, and significant woodlands should be identified in both graphic and tabular form. This existing tree survey must be prepared by a certified tree inspector or landscape architect retained by the applicant. (9) A grading plan establishing yards or site elevations, with sufficient proposed elevations indicated thereon to provide proper control of the development to ensure proper building grades, site drainage, and conformance to established street grades. (10) Evidence of the current condition of title to the land affected by the lot line adjustment, in a form reasonably acceptable to the city attorney, which may include an abstract of title or registered property abstract or a commitment for an owner's policy of title insurance. The City Attorney may require the applicant to also provide copies of recorded instruments that are referenced in the submitted title evidence. 283 Ordinance No. 808 -4- November 18, 2025 (11) Any other information specific to the particular site and required for the complete evaluation of the application. Such information shall be supplied at the expense of the applicant. Sec. 109-121. Conditions for Approval or Denial. (a) Minor subdivisions, consolidations, and administrative lot line adjustments shall be denied if the proposed lots fail to meet the following requirements: (1) All lots shall meet the minimum area requirements of the zoning district in which they are located, except that lots in the Single-family Residential (R-1) District created through minor subdivision after November 4, 2015, must be at least 15,000 square feet if the average of the R-1 single-family lots within 250 feet of the subject parcel have an average lot area of 18,000 square feet or greater, excluding from the calculation the subject parcel and lots less than 4,001 square feet. (2) All lots shall meet the minimum dimension requirements of the zoning district in which they are located, except that lots in the R-1 and Moderate Density Residential (R-2) Districts created through minor subdivision after November 4, 2015, must meet the minimum lot width at the minimum front yard setback line and maintain that lot width to a point 70 feet back from the front lot line. (3) The entire front of each lot shall abut on a street right-of-way and there shall be vehicular access to and from each lot via an improved street on which the lot abuts and/or via an improved public alleyway on which the lot abuts. (4) Corner lots shall be platted at least 20 feet wider than the required minimum lot width as required by Chapter 113, pertaining to zoning. (5) For lot line adjustments, the lots must be part of a recorded plat, and the adjustment shall not create or delete any existing lots. (b) Minor subdivisions may be denied upon the City's determination that the buildable portion of a resulting new lot is encumbered by steep slopes or excessive wetness. Alternatively, approval of the minor subdivision may be conditioned on the applicant's submittal of a certified engineer's study showing how the lot may be so reconditioned as to allow development without adversely affecting adjacent sites. (c) Minor subdivisions may be denied if public sewer and water connections are not directly accessible by each proposed lot. Alternatively, approval of the minor subdivision may be conditioned on the applicant's obtaining the necessary easements across adjacent properties to the nearest reasonable point of public sewer and water connection. (d) Approval of minor subdivisions shall be conditioned on the applicant's granting of easements for necessary public purposes, as determined by the City. (e) Where public agencies, other than the City, have some form of jurisdiction over an area including or directly affected by a proposed minor subdivision, approval of that minor subdivision may be conditioned on the requirements of the outside agency. Such agencies 284 Ordinance No. 808 -5- November 18, 2025 shall include, but not be limited to, the County, the State Department of Transportation, the State Department of Natural Resources, and the Bassett Creek Watershed Management Commission. (f) If applicant is required to submit to a review of the property's title pursuant to this division, then approval of the minor subdivision shall be conditioned on the applicant's resolution of any title issues raised by the City Attorney. (g) Minor subdivisions of nonresidential parcels may be denied upon the City Engineer's determination that new development on the resulting lot will cause undue strain on adjacent roads or on public utilities or will adversely affect adjacent residential, institutional, or public land uses. Alternatively, approval of the minor subdivision may be conditioned on the applicant's agreeing to take specific action to mitigate the strain or adverse effect. (h) Approval of residential minor subdivisions shall be conditioned on the payment of a park dedication fee, sewer and water access charges, and pending or levied deferred assessments in the amounts established by Council resolution. (i) The conditions spelled out in this section shall provide the only basis for denial of a minor subdivision or consolidation except for the additional conditions imposed on residential zero lot line homes and administrative lot line adjustments later in this division. Approval will be granted to any application that meets the established conditions. Additionally, an applicant may request a waiver from specific conditions imposed in this sectio n by applying for a variance in accordance with this chapter. Sec. 109-122. Application Review Process. (a) The completed application shall be received by the Planning Division. Staff shall review the application for conformance with the conditions stated above. If the application meets all conditions for a minor subdivision, consolidation, or administrative lot line adjustment, City staff shall administratively approve the application and mail a notification to all property owners within 250 feet of the subject property indicating that the application has been approved. (b) Upon approval of the minor subdivision, consolidation, or administrative lot line adjustment, the applicant shall cause the approval to be recording or filed with the County Recorder or Registrar of Titles within 120 days of the date of the approval. If the applicant does not file the approval within 120 days of the date of approval, the approval shall be null and void. The City shall not issue any permits on the affected properties until the applicant submits proof that the approval was filed with the County. 285 Ordinance No. 808 -6- November 18, 2025 Sec. 109-122. - Final Plat Application Review Process. (a) The completed application shall be received by the staff of the Community Development Department. An official public hearing by the Planning Commission shall be scheduled following application acceptance. At least 10 days prior to the hearing date, legal notice shall be published in the official newspaper of the City, and notice of the hearing shall be mailed to the owners of all property within 500 feet of the subject property. The Planning Commission shall consider the conditions established in Section 109-121 and shall make a recommendation to the City Council on whether to approve or deny the proposed minor subdivision or consolidation. (b) After review and recommendation by the Planning Commission, the application shall be formally heard by the City Council. (c) If preliminary Council approval is granted, the applicant shall have a final plat prepared in accordance with this chapter and in conformance with the sketch approved by the Council. At this time, the applicant may be required to submit, for review by the City Attorney, a current certified abstract of title or a current registered property abstract for the property. The cost of this review shall be borne by the applicant. Unless an extension is requested by the applicant and granted by the Council, the plat and evidence of clear title shall be completed and submitted to the City within 180 days of Council approval. After the Council passes a resolution approving the plat, two hard copies of the plat shall be furnished by the applicant for signing. Except as otherwise authorized by the Council, all conditions placed on the approval shall be fulfilled before the signed plat copies are released by the City. (d) A certified copy of the resolution approving the final plat, together with one copy of the final plat, shall be recorded with the County. The filing of the plat must be done by the applicant within 60 days of the approval of the resolution. The other hard copy shall be filed with the City. Proof of filing of the final plat shall be submitted to the City prior to issuance of any building permits on the properties. 286 Ordinance No. x -7- December 2, 2025 Sec. 109-123. Minor Subdivision for a Residential Zero Lot Line Home. (a) If the conditions for eligibility above are met, then a lot occupied or proposed to be occupied by a residential zero lot line structure may be split along the party line to provide individual ownership of each unit. The components of application shall be as specified above. The application review process shall be as outlined above, except that the conditions for approval shall also include Subsection (b) of this section. (b) All of the following conditions shall be met before a minor subdivision for a residential zero lot line home shall be approved: (1) Each newly created lot shall individually be exempt from the minimum lot size and width requirements found in the R-2 Zoning District provisions of Chapter 113, but in combination the lots shall meet said requirements. Other requirements of this division shall be met as stated. (2) The property and structure must be able to be split into substantially equal sections, except as necessary to meet the wider corner lot requirement, and except that developmentally unsuitable portions of a lot may be discounted. Rowhouses may be allowed wider lots for end units. (3) The structure must meet current building code standards for firewall separation, which may be created by new construction or an addition to existing construction. (4) Separate utility services must be provided. (5) The owner of the property to be subdivided shall execute and record at owner's expense a "Declaration of Covenants, Restrictions and Conditions." Said document shall be used to protect the rights of the individual owners sharing the single structure as to maintenance and repair and reconstruction in case of damage to the original structure. Specifically, it shall provide protection to the property owners and the City on the following: a. Building and use restriction. b. Party walls and other necessary common easements, including utilities and access. c. Submission to binding arbitration of disputes between owners. (6) The City shall be a beneficiary to these "Declarations of Covenants, Restrictions and Conditions." They shall be submitted for review by the Planning Commission and the Council at the time the proposed subdivision is reviewed. The City Attorney shall also review the "Declarations of Covenants, Restrictions and Conditions." Changes to the document shall be made if so recommended by the City Attorney. The cost of such review shall be paid by the applicant. (7) No building permit shall be issued on any of the property until proof of recording the "Declarations of Covenants, Restrictions and Conditions" has been submitted to the City. (8) Any other conditions shall be imposed that the City deems necessary to ensure compatibility with surrounding structures or to ensure a reasonable division of property. 287 Ordinance No. 808 -8- December 2, 2025 109-124 Minor Subdivision for a Lot Line Adjustment (a) If the conditions for eligibility above are met, then contiguous lots wishing to adjust boundary lines to reconfigure their shapes or sizes may apply for a lot line adjustment. The components of application shall be as specified above. The application review process shall be as outlined above, except that the conditions for approval shall also include Subsection (b) of this section. (b) All of the following conditions shall be met before a lot line adjustment may be approved: a. The adjustment does not result in the creation of a new lot; b. The adjustment does not impair existing public or private easement rights; c. The resulting parcels meet all applicable ordinance requirements, except that if any of the parcels were previously non-conforming, they become more conforming as a result of the lot line adjustment. Section 2. This ordinance shall take effect on January 1, 2026, and from and after its passage and publication as required by law. Adopted by the City Council on this 2nd day of December, 2025. _____________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: ________________________ Theresa J. Schyma, City Clerk 288 RESOLUTION NO. 25-109 RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SUMMARY PUBLICATION OF ORDINANCE NO. 808 WHEREAS, the City has adopted the above referenced amendment of the Golden Valley City Code; and WHEREAS, the verbatim text of the amendment is cumbersome, and the expense of the publication of the complete text is not justified. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, MINNESOTA that the following summary is hereby approved for official publication: SUMMARY PUBLICATION ORDINANCE NO. 808 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE CITY CODE AMENDING CHAPTER 109 OF THE CITY CODE RELATED TO SUBDIVISIONS This is a summary of the provisions of Ordinance No. 808 which has been approved for publication by the City Council. At the December 2, 2025, City Council meeting, the Golden Valley City Council enacted Ordinance No. 808 amending Section 109 Subdivisions. The full ordinance is available to the public at the City Clerk’s Office, 7800 Golden Valley Road during normal business hours and online at https://www.goldenvalleymn.gov/179/City-Code-and-Proposed- Ordinances. Passed by the City Council of the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota on December 2, 2025. ____________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor Attested: ____________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 289 1 Date: November 24, 2025 To: Noah Schuchman, City Manager From: Jacquelyn Kramer, Senior Planner Subject: Subdivision Code Amendments CC: Emily Goellner, Community and Economic Development Director This memo is to supplement Ordinance No. 808, an ordinance amending Chapter 109 Subdivisions as well as the technical report sent to Planning Commission. The City Council was introduced to this topic at the November 18, 2025 meeting where the item was continued to December 2, 2025. Below is a summary of the proposed changes as well as answers to questions that were sent in via email. Summary of Changes The proposed changes are split into the following major areas: 1. Technical changes – clarifying language, adding recording information, clarifying calendar days vs. business days, and adding in requirements that were already used in practice (application). 2. Lot line adjustments – creating a process to allow staff to administratively approve shifting of lot lines between existing lots. This process does not create a new lot. 3. Minor subdivisions – minor subdivisions are subdivisions that create four or less lots. New lots are created with this process. 4. Lot consolidations – combining two lots into one, larger lot. Reduction in overall number of buildable lots. v v 290 2 Detailed Explanation of Changes 1. Technical Changes. The following technical changes are proposed: a. Adding definition of lot line adjustment. b. Clarifying calendar days. c. Allowing applications for preliminary and final plats to be submitted and reviewed simultaneously. d. Extending recording deadline to 120 days. The City has found that applicants struggle to meet this deadline, including with our own plats. This deadline is more reasonable based on post-Council approval requirements and availability of Hennepin County recording appointments. e. Updating application requirements. Minor changes to reflect what is needed in practice. 2. Lot Line Adjustments. The following changes are proposed: a. Adding lot line adjustments, where two or more contiguous lots move parcel lines. This process creates no new lots and is typically one neighbor buying a small sliver of land from another in order to accommodate something like an addition, a deck, or fix on-site issues like a fence over a property line. b. The proposed process allows for administrative approval of these cases, so long as all other requirements are met. Staff would look at minimum lot size and widths, current structure setbacks, driveway setbacks, easements and drainage, and other site conditions to ensure that no non -conformities are created. Typically, these processes are proposed to remove non-conformities. Why did we propose this change? a. Hennepin County has a form for signing off on applications like this. Current staff have received numerous inquiries from residents on utilizing this process to purchase a small piece of land from a neighbor. Based on the current code, staff did not feel comfortable in signing off on those forms. This code solidifies a local process and makes it clear that we can sign off on the forms post-approval. b. The City Council recently approved a subdivision at 641 Westwood, which included purchase of about 30 feet of land from one neighbor to another. This application solidified interest from the Planning Commission in updating this code to allow these types of applications to be handled administratively. 3. Minor Subdivisions a. A subdivision divides a legal lot into two or more legal lots. Currently all subdivision requests, even minor subdivisions, must seek City Council approval. The proposed process allows certain divisions of legal lots into four or fewer lots to be processed and approved administratively. These applications must meet minor subdivision eligibility criteria required by state statute. No new streets or city utility lines are created by these projects. 4. Lot Consolidations 291 3 a. A lot consolidation merges two or more legal lots into one larger lot. Currently all lot consolidation requests must seek City Council through the formal preliminary and final plat process. The proposed process allows certain consolidations of legal lots to be processed and approved administratively, so long as all requirements are met. These applications must meet minor subdivision eligibility criteria required by State Statute and minimum lot size, width, etc. A table below shows sample applications and how they would be handled in practice. Proposed Process Change (Current vs Proposed) Current Process Proposed Process Council Authority Neighbors want to purchase 10 feet of their neighbor’s property. Both properties would meet minimum lot requirements and all buildings would meet setbacks. Preliminary and final plat required (Planning Commission and 2 City Council meetings) Administrative approval with notification to property owners within 250 feet indicating approval Statute allows these to be handled administratively. City Council cannot legally deny this request. Neighbors want to purchase 10 feet of their neighbor’s property. The purchase would result in an undersized lot, smaller than allowed by Code, or a house too close to a property line. Preliminary plat, final plat, and one or more variances required (Planning Commission and 2 City Council meetings) Preliminary plat, final plat, and one or more variances required (Planning Commission and 1 or 2 City Council meetings) City Council can approve or deny this request, based on the findings. One large lot split into two lots that meet minimum lot sizes. Preliminary and final plat required (Planning Commission and 2 City Council meetings) Administrative approval with notification to property owners within 250 feet indicating approval City Council cannot legally deny this request. One large lot split into two undersized lots that don’t meet minimum lot widths. Preliminary plat, final plat, and one or more variances required (Planning Commission and 2 City Council meetings) Preliminary plat, final plat, and one or more variances required (Planning Commission and 2 City Council meetings) City Council can approve or deny this request, based on the findings. 2+ lots combined into one larger lot Preliminary and final plat required (neighborhood Administrative approval with notification to City Council cannot currently deny these 292 4 meeting, Planning Commission and 2 City Council meetings) property owners within 250 feet indicating approval requests – they could if we implemented a maximum lot size. *The proposed process allows preliminary and final plats to be submitted at the same time. This process would remove the need for the Council to approve the final plat at a second meeting. While this reduces meetings and speeds up the process, plat documents are expensive so applicants are taking a risk in requesting both approved in tandem. Previous 2 Years of Subdivision Applications In 2025, the City received five subdivision applications. All five applicants were applying for minor subdivision or lot line adjustments. Under the proposed subdivision ordinance, three of these applications would qualify to be approved administratively by staff (911 Winnetka, 641 Westwood, 200 Cutacross). None of these have resulted in public opposition or engagement. The other two minor subdivisions also required one or more variances and thus would require City Council approval under the proposed ordinance (400 Sunnyridge, 5111 Colonial). 5111 Colonial had a condition of approval added with Planning Commission, which would still occur under proposed changes. In 2024, the City received four subdivision applications. Three were minor subdivisions or lot consolidations and could be approved administratively under the proposed ordinance (227 Paisley, 4501 Merribee, 6930 Olson Memorial Highway). One project required a preliminary and final plat, comprehensive plan amendment, and zoning map amendment; this project would go to City Council for final approvals under the proposed ordinance (Unity Church – the only non- residential in the past two years). 2024 cases of note: - 227 Paisley Lane – This project would be approved administratively under the proposed code, but neighbors were opposed to the project. The project was ultimately approved as presented, as the City had no legal authority to deny. - 6930 Olson Memorial Highway – This project would be approved administratively under the proposed code, but neighbors were opposed. The City Council had a split vote of approval. The City was legally obligated to approve the subdivision as it met all requirements. FAQ Question 1: I received a phone call from a resident in regards to the subdivision ordinance updates and have concerns over the changes that would remove the public hearing portion of the application process. Could there be any changes to include at least a review by the Planning Commission (PC) before it can be approved? Answer 1: Different ways to amend proposed ordinance for Minor Subdivisions: Non-PC Option: Administratively approved, but notice sent to neighbors of approval. PC Approval Options: 293 5 1. PC places on consent agenda: no presentation or discussion unless pulled, no public hearing. 2. PC reviews, discusses, and approves, no public hearing 3. PC reviews, discusses, and approves after public hearing. For these types of minor subdivisions, there is very little the City can require an applicant to change based upon neighborhood feedback. If the application meets criteria in State Statute, the city has to approve it. On the spectrum of participation the City utilizes, which ranges from inform/educate to collaborate/empower, we would want to inform and educate on these, by sharing information via notice to neighbors. The current code draft includes notification post- approval of properties within 250 feet of any lot line adjustment, lot consolidation, and minor subdivision. Question 2: The lack of opportunity for community / neighborhood notification and involvement. While it is true that there was no one at th e planning commission meeting on 10/27 for the public hearing on this matter, we should not assume that means that the public isn't interested. We should instead consider whether / how we notified the public about this meeting and if we explained this complex topic in simple ways so that a resident could understand it. Answer 2: This topic has been brought up by the Planning Commission at almost all recent minor subdivision approvals, directing staff to look at code revisions. For this specific case, Staff followed the City’s public notification process for this code update: we published a notice in City newspaper, posted a draft ordinance published on City website, and presented the proposed changes at a public hearing at Planning Commission. We are also putting this on the City website under code amendments. City Council could direct City Manager to re-evaluate our public notification process and staff could research if there are other/better ways to inform the public of these process-focused code amendments. We are trying to make the packets as accessible as possible. If there are other things you’d like us to consider, please let us know. Question 3: Allowing staff to administratively approve these requests without a review from City Council removes both the public input and potentially removes and important check/balance from our process as staff is often hearing more from the applicant than the neighborhood and community. Candidly, we often hear that we don’t do a good enough job of notifying the community ahead of time and I think taking this step out of the process altogether will have a negative impact on our decisions. Answer 3: For these types of minor subdivisions, there is very little the City can change or require if the application meets all requirements, even if there is significant public opposition. If the application meets the City Code and criteria in State Statute, the City has to approve it. This question is likely targeted at minor subdivision of 4 lots or less, and not the administr ative lot line adjustments, which typically have no neighborhood feedback. 294 6 Option: One option is to remove the administrative approval for minor subdivisions of 4 lots or less, but keep the administrative approval for lot line adjustments and lot consolidations. Question 4: If lot lines are adjusted such that one parcel can now accommodate an ADU or other outbuilding, what will be the process if the parcel owners build? Will the Planning Commission or Council be involved and any notification of neighbors made? If there is an administrative grant that transforms a lot that only accommodates one building into a lot that accommodates two buildings, what if any role is there for neighbors to give input on possible impacts? Answer 4: It is possible that a new lot could be approved through the lot line adjustment process that now accommodates more building. An example of this is: Lot A buys 1,000 sq ft from Lot B, which puts them over the 10,000 sq . ft. minimum lot size for an ADU. As long as both lots still meet all standards for lots in that district, it would be approved administratively under the draft code, since it cannot be legally denied. We would then notify neighbors within 250 feet of the approval. Based on the City Council’s goal of increasing different types of housing stock, staff would recommend that we notify neighbors of a change in parcel, but not increase fear surrounding ADUs. Instead, we would notify neighbors of a new lot size, and the property owners would have the same rights as any other owner with the same sized lot. Current regulations: - Construction of a detached ADU or accessory structure is administratively approved by staff through zoning and building permits (current process, no change proposed). - Currently we do not notify PC, CC, or neighbors if an accessory structure will be built, including ADUs. - If an accessory structure, including an ADU, is permitted on a property by right, the owner is not required to notify neighbors. Staff would recommend changing all neighborhood notification requirements related to construction, and not just for increased density, as a way to be transparent but still equitable and reduce alarm around housing density. If Council wants us to look into this, we could reevaluate the Neighborhood Notification Policy in 2026. Question 5: Does 109-122 mean that minor subdivisions that create a buildable parcel can be approved administratively without a Planning Commission or neighborhood notification process or Council approval?  Answer 5: Yes – with the caveat that the current code drafted requires neighborhood notification of properties within 250 feet, post approval. Section 109-122 would allow administrative approval of subdivisions resulting in 4 or less lots, so long as all other requirements are met (setbacks, lot width requirements, lot minimum size requirements, etc.). 295 7 Question 6: I'd have appreciated seeing the Planning Commission minutes included in the packet and thought that staff had been asked by the Council to include them. I find Planning discussion of these significant items to be helpful.  Answer 6: We apologize - there were technical difficulties with the meeting recording that prevented staff from including the minutes in this week’s Council packet. CCX continues to have issues posting meetings (this one was 3 weeks delayed). The meeting is available online here and is a quick watch if you have time prior to the meeting: Planning Commission Moving forward, staff will delay bringing code amendments to City Council if draft minutes are not yet available. Equity Findings Staff attempted to analyze the draft code based on the City Council’s 2030 Strategic Directives: 1. Build community understanding about local government functions and roles to manage expectations and help them effectively access the resources they need. Finding: The proposed changes to the code are all based upon Statutory requirements related to subdivisions and City authority. The proposed code meets this strategic directive in the most clear manner – making sure that we are managing roles effectively. We can do more to make sure that residents have access to resources they need to find the information they’re looking for. There are likely other things the City could do to make sure that residents have information about local subdivisions – and we are open to ideas. 2. Foster a healthy mix of housing stock that accommodates various price points and life stages. Finding: The draft code allows staff to administratively approve lot line adjustments, lot consolidations, and subdivisions resulting in 4 or less lots. This will create an easier process to build new housing, largely single-family housing, in the City. It is possible that lot line adjustments will result in lots that are newly eligible for an ADU. The majority of the draft code changes provide the City a tool to meeting this goal. The actual impact is likely minimal as it relates to increased housing den sity. It may also open the City up to a more diverse applicant pool, who may have stayed away from applying based upon the lengthy process, numerous meetings, and expensive application process. 3. Ensure transparency and inclusivity in (re)development decision-making by intentionally partnering with residents, business owners, and visitors. Finding: This code change, if approved as presented, would only educate/inform residents on subdivisions where the City has no legal authority to deny. For items where the City Council can legally deny, the application would still be brought through the full process (Planning Commission and Council). Staff understands that this Strategic Directive tends to lend itself to more meetings and more neighborhood involvement. In an effort to be intentional about partnering and notification, staff recommends the 296 8 proposed code changes that notify residents of changes we are required to make, which is more transparent than the current process, which just includes a Council action. For areas where we need public input, we would still have a public hearing and notify neighbors accordingly. Staff is open to more ideas to increase transparency related to decision-making. One idea is to put a sign on a property that is subject to an applic ation. Another to provide the City Council a list of administrative approvals in a Friday update once a month. 4. Stay at the forefront of advancing equity and inclusivity by fostering strong, welcoming relationships with community, maintaining a workplace that fosters belonging and equitable outcomes, and embedding equity and inclusion into all City policies, initiatives, plans, and projects. Finding: Staff recently had a debrief with Planning Commission where we shared language that is typically meant to exclude, such as “retaining neighborhood character” or “being scared of people walking in front of my home.” The language that we hear at difficult Planning Commission public hearings typically falls within the realm of this exclusionary language. Ultimately, the Planning Commission recommended removing the barrier of a public hearing to increase equitable outcomes for applicants that meet all requirements. In this case, equity is receiving approval for a project that meets all requirements without the risk of a denial based upon personal opinion. That said, staff wants all residents to feel welcomed and free to speak their minds. These code updates are not an attempt to remove neighborhood input, but instead have the City Code apply to all equally and not arbitrarily. Additionally, we want to notify neighbors when their opinions can legally have an effect on the outcomes. 5. Increase the tax base to distribute the tax burden more evenly and better respond to emerging community needs. Finding: The biggest impact of this code amendment as it relates to tax base is allowing residents to purchase a silver, or even larger portion, of a neighboring property in order to make an improvement to their home or lot. This process is currently very expensive and cumbersome, and requires at least three City meetings, which is intimidating and time-consuming for a homeowner. Staff understand that the City Council may feel (based on emailed questions) that transparency and community connections may be reduced through this effort, which is not the intention. The intention is to notify residents of projects to provide input on projects where their input can result in actual changes and inform them of items where the City has to approve, regardless of opposition. Staff are open to other ways to educate and inform residents on subdivisions, and open to additional notification processes related to administrative approvals. Staff also analyzed the draft under the Community and Economic Development Department’s Equity Plan Action B is: Assess and redesign departmental operations to reduce barriers and disparities in our customer service. 297 9 Finding: Homeowners and Planning Commissioners continue to ask for administrative approval for lot line adjustments. This code amendment significantly reduces barriers to application and process. The current process for any lot line adjustment requires 3 public meetings. As it relates to minor subdivisions (resulting in <4 lots), homeowners attempting to split their lots, even when they are legally entitled to do so, informally site neighborhood meetings and contentious public hearings as incredibly stressful . These public hearings are not legally required and do increase the barrier -to-entry for homeowners who are attempting to split their lots. Motions Planning Commission recommended motion: - Motion to adopt Ordinance No. 808 amending Chapter 109 and resolution approving summary publication. Alternative motion: - Motion to adopt Ordinance No. 808 amending Chapter 109 removing administrative approvals for minor subdivisions resulting in four or less lots, but leaving it in place for lot line adjustments and lot consolidations. 298 1 Date: October 27, 2025 To: Golden Valley Planning Commission From: Jacquelyn Kramer, Senior Planner Subject: Ordinance Amending Chapter 109 - Subdivisions Planning Analysis City Code Section 113-29 governs the process for amending the zoning code. Zoning text amendments may be initiated by the City or by an outside applicant. Planning Commission holds a public hearing, reviews the application, and makes a recommendation to City Council. Level of Discretion in Decision Making The City has a high level of discretion when considering changes to the zoning code. Zoning text amendments are considered a legislative action, which gives City Council broad authority to amend the zoning code in the interest of the general health, safety, and welfare of the community. Proposed Ordinance Staff proposes amending Division 4, which governs Minor Subdivisions and Consolidations, by allowing these applications to be approved administratively rather than by City Council. State statute strictly defines the criteria cities must use when considering these applications. These actions are considered quasi-judicial and cities have very little discretion when considering these applications. Staff proposes an administrative review process that uses the same criteria as the current code and state statute. Section 109-122 would be amended to describe the administrative review and approval process. Staff also proposes adding Section 109-124 which would allow lot line adjustments to be approved administratively. Currently, City Code does not have a process for property owners to adjust interior property lines between two lots, which has created confusion and additional cost for residents who would like to buy or sell a small piece of land to their neighbor. Lot line adjustments would have additional approval standards and this process could not be used to create a nonconforming or unbuildable lot. 299 2 Staff recommend the following minor changes as part of this code update: 1. Adding a new definition “lot line adjustment” to Section 109-1 Definitions. 2. Adding Section 109-93(c) which would allow preliminary and final plats to be filed, processed, and approved concurrently. 3. Extending the deadline to record approved final plats from 60 days to 120 days. 4. Miscellaneous formatting corrections. Public Notification To comply with State law and the City’s public hearing notice requirements, the City published a public hearing notice in the Sun Post Newspaper. At the time of this report staff has received no comments on the proposed ordinance. Next Steps City Council will take action on the proposed code amendments on November 18, 2025 Staff Contact Jacquelyn Kramer Senior Planner jkramer@goldenvalleymn.gov 300 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, October 27, 2025 – 6:00 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 1. CALL TO ORDER AND LAND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT • Chair Ruby called the meeting to order at 6:01 p.m. and read the Land Acknowledgement • Regular Members Present: Gary Cohen, Mike Ruby, Martin Sicotte, David Hill, Chuck Segelbaum • Regular Members Absent: Eric Van Oss, Amy Barstorff • Student Member, Status: Remy Rosenberg • Staff Members Present: Jacquelyn Kramer, Senior Planner Chloe McGuire, Deputy Community Development Director • Council Member Present: Sophia Ginis 2. CONSENT AGENDA: 2.A. Approval of agenda 2.B. Approval of October 13, 2025, meeting minutes • Ruby asked for a motion to approve • Cohen moved. • Sicotte seconded • All voted in favor, and the motion passed. 3. OATH OF OFFICE FOR YOUTH COMMISSIONER 4. PUBLIC HEARINGS: 4.A. Ordinance Amending Section 113-27 Board of Zoning Appeals and Section 113-32 Variances. • Ruby introduced the upcoming items in the meeting and asked that everyone give opinions on the items. • Kramer presented the ordinance and noted that all zoning text amendments have a high level of discretion when it comes to approving changes to the City Code. She noted that the Staff is recommending approval of the ordinance amending Section 113-27 and Section 113-32. • Sicotte asked if the City defines anywhere in the Code whether days mean business days or just calendar days. • Kramer explained that the 60-day rule, which the State Statute, is calendar days. She added that generally in the City Code, it is calendar days, with the only exception being the time the Staff has to render an application as complete, and that is specifically called out as 15 business days. • Sicotte asked if the term days is defined in the zoning code somewhere else that would make it clear to an applicant. • Kramer mentioned that the Staff can check. She asked if there is a preference from the Commission for business versus calendar days. • Ruby stated that if the City is held to 60 calendar days, then what is preferred for the Staff. He noted that it should probably be consistent with calendar days. • Sicotte agreed that it should be calendar days. • Kramer clarified it would be 10 calendar days. • Ruby opened up the public hearing and noted that no one wished to address the Commission. He closed the public hearing and opened it for the Commission discussion and deliberation. • Cohen pointed out that this change is in line with other changes that the Planning Commission 301 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, October 27, 2025 – 6:00 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 has made, which streamline, clarify, and make it easier to do business in Golden Valley. He added that he is supportive of this ordinance amendment. • Segelbaum stated that the language is very clear and tightens things up. He noted that the substantive changes were not that great, but made it easier to understand. He asked about the changes to the light and air, but pointed out that it was reasonable to put them in there. • Kramer explained that the variance finding criteria for light comes from the State Statute, so it was just to clarify what the State Statute requires, no change, just a rewording. • Segelbaum asked if it is separate from the practical difficulties test. • Kramer noted that it is one of the subsections of the practical difficulties test. • Ruby asked if the specific statute was called out in the Code. • Kramer pointed out that it is in the draft ordinance, because the whole variant section is new with all new language. • Segelbaum stated that the ordinance amendment made good sense and that the Staff and Legal did a nice job of putting it together. • Ruby agreed with the rest of the Commission. He then asked for a motion. • Cohen moved to recommend approval of the ordinance amending Code Section 113-27 Board of Zoning Appeals and Section 113-32 Variances, subject to the findings and conditions in the Staff report. • Hill seconded the motion. • All voted in favor, and the motion passed. 4.B. Ordinance Amending Chapter 109 Subdivisions • Kramer presented the ordinance amending Chapter 109, Subdivisions. She added that the Staff is recommending approval. • Ruby pointed out that this assumed administratively that things would get approved. He then asked whether items not approved administratively would proceed through the full review process or if they would instead be outright rejected. He clarified to if people would just come through the major process then. • Kramer explained that things could be rejected because they are not meeting the plat requirements, and so the applicant would need to resubmit, or it could come before the Commission, but the Staff would recommend denial. She added that if an applicant wanted to do a subdivision, but they needed a variance for some reason, it would not be able to be done administratively. She shared that the last two or three applications for subdivision that the Planning Commission has seen would be administrative under the new process. • Hill asked why the number of days is doubling from 60 days to 120 days. • Kramer shared that it is difficult to go from getting the City Council’s approval to printing out the special material, Mylar, for the actual final plats. She added that applicants also have to send things to the County, and the County has to approve, which can take a while. She noted that the coordination with the applicant to do all the necessary steps has been really difficult to get done in the 60-day window. • Ruby asked that it be 120 calendar days just to make the wording consistent throughout. • Cohen asked whether, if this language had been in place a few months ago, one of the applications in the North Tyrol Hills would have been approved administratively. • Kramer confirmed that it would have been administrative. • Segelbaum noted that with the existing process, neighbors are given notice before approval, but with this new process, neighbors would not be notified unless the application is approved. He asked if there was any sort of requirement to notify neighbors ahead of time. • Kramer stated that the City is not required to give notice for administrative decisions. She added that it does present a false opportunity or false hope that something can be done. She 302 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, October 27, 2025 – 6:00 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 explained that it is appropriate to give notice after because there would be construction. • Ruby opened up the public hearing. • Ruth Paradise, 8515 Duluth Street, asked about the wording, which states the entire front of each lot shall abut on a street right-of-way and there shall be vehicular access, etc. She noted that her question concerns narrow lots where the front door may not face the street and sought clarification on how the front of the lot is defined in such cases. She asked if it was just the part of the lot that is adjacent to the street. • Kramer clarified that the rule is not changing with this ordinance. She explained that to determine the front yard, the City takes the shortest street frontage, regardless of the size. She furthered that right now, with the way the Code is written, it does not really matter where the front door is located, but the Staff is talking about changing that, particularly for corner lots. • Ruby closed the public hearing and opened the item for discussion. • Segelbaum noted that the changes in the ordinance make sense, and it is appropriate to remove the pubic notice as it gives people a false sense of hope when the applications come forward, and there is no opportunity to impact the situation. • Ruby agreed with removing the public notice. He asked if the application gets approved, where is it publicized?. • Kramer stated that there would be a letter sent to neighbors, similar to a public hearing notice. • Ruby asked if it was the neighbors within 500 feet. • Kramer indicated that the language states 250 feet. • Ruby asked if there were any other questions or comments on the ordinance. He then asked for a motion. • Sicotte moved to recommend approval of the ordinance amending Code Chapter 109 - Subdivisions, subject to the findings and conditions in the Staff report. • Cohen seconded the motion. • All voted in favor, and the motion passed. 4.C. Ordinance Amending Section 113-1 Definitions, 113-30 Conditional Uses, and Section 113- 87 Summary Use Tables • Kramer presented on the Ordinance amending parts of the current code. She noted that the Staff is recommending approval. • Ruby commented that, in looking at the tables all day to make sure that within the tables, what X and C stand for is present, as it is constant throughout the code. • Kramer stated that because of the online system, it is not very user-friendly, but noted agreement to having it present. • Ruby asked about the changes to the pet store, and even with the City Council's support, does a change like that require a vote from the City Council, because it seems like a very defining decision from the City to make without a vote from it at the Council level. • Kramer explained that the Ordinance will go to the Council, so they can choose to pull the section out to talk about it specifically or just leave it. She added that there are not currently any types of these pet stores in the City, so it is preempting future businesses rather than prohibiting what is currently happening. • Ruby noted that it feels like it should go to the City Council first and then come to the Planning Commission, as it is more policy-driven. • Kramer explained that it could go either way, with a clear policy direction or recommendation coming up from the ground, particularly because it was brought up by a resident. • Hill asked if a financial institution drive-thru is different than restaurant drive-thrus. 303 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, October 27, 2025 – 6:00 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 • Kramer shared that for some reason, the code called out financial institutions with drive-thrus, which are drive-thru banks and ATMs, and then had drive-thru restaurants separately. She explained that in this change, the Staff is proposing to stop allowing drive-thru banks in the mixed-use zoning district. She added that the mixed-use district is for transit-ready development, to promote walkability, pedestrian scale, and drive-thrus of any use are not really appropriate in those areas. She noted that drive-thrus are allowed in other districts, and a buffer was added that the drive-thru lane has to be 500 feet away from a residential use. • Segelbaum stated that detailing all the various uses is very helpful, but he raised the concern of what would happen if someone proposed a use that is not included in the table. He stated that he presumed the Ordinance requires the Staff to identify the use most closely related to the proposed use within the table, but he raised the concern of what would happen if the applicant disagreed with the determination. • Kramer noted that there is a provision for it in the Board of Zoning Appeals section. She explained that the Board of Zoning Appeals has two functions: one is to hear variance applications, and the other is to appeal administrative decisions made by staff. • Cohen shared that the City is not trying to preclude a pet store that can sell pet supplies; rather, the City is trying to preclude puppy mill-type selling of dogs and cats. • Kramer furthered that at the top of the Commercial Use Summary Table, there is general retail, which is everything else that is not specified, such as a pet supply store. • Segelbaum asked about places in the Code where the City is making things more restrictive, such as in Table 87-1 Residential Land Uses, Multi-family housing and dwellings up to 20 units per acre, as it was 12 units per acre being permitted, but now that is restricted. He asked why that is and if there are other places where things are more restrictive. • Kramer explained that for the multi-family housing section, in the 2040 Comprehensive Plan, the land use guidance for each residential section, low, medium, and high, has a really specific number for density. She added that the edits in that section are an attempt to align the zoning districts with the Comprehensive Plan land use guidance. She noted that in general, the Staff thinks it is appropriate for an apartment building to go through some sort of zoning review, not necessarily a public hearing, so that things do not get missed. She noted again the drive-thrus in the mixed-use zoning district, but in general, the Staff went through the Code and tried to find uses that did not need a public hearing. • Segelbaum stated that on the flip, some uses go from C, which is a conditional use, all the way to P, which is a permit, which is a two-layer relaxation. He added that one that jumped out to him was the Retail Sales class, one and two restaurants, and professional offices. He asked for clarification on that section of the code. • Kramer explained that there has not been an application for this, and the language predates all Planning Staff, but the Staff believes it is for larger multi-family developments to allow a little bit of commercial use on the ground floor, with certain conditions that are found in the table as well. • Segelbaum asked if any others go from needing a Conditional Use Permit, CUP, to permitted. • Kramer noted that the Staff did propose changing Brew Pubs from CUPs to permitted to match restaurants, because Brew Pubs in the code are defined as restaurants that make a little beer. • Segelbaum asked whether, given the sale of alcohol, any other parts of the code would protect against the sale of alcohol in specific locations. • Kramer noted that it is all handled through the liquor license process, which is handled in a different section of the Code. • Ruby opened up the public hearing. • Ruth Paradise, 8515 Duluth Street, addressed the items in Table 87-1, looking at the land 304 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, October 27, 2025 – 6:00 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 allocation in the zoning map, there is not much land set aside for zone R2, two-family dwellings. She argued that two-family dwellings are not moderate in density, but rather still should be considered low-density. She added that either they should be allowed in single- family areas, or they have to have more land, because right now the R2 zones could never have a duplex or a row house. She noted that in the table, it only permits single-family homes in the majority of the land in the area set aside for residential dwellings. She stated that in order for the City to accomplish its goals in economic development, as put forth in the Comprehensive Plan, allowing more density in housing, plus a wider representation of age and income groups, is an essential component of the effort for economic development in the City. She continued that the initiative of missing middle-income housing needs to be included in strategic planning in order to accomplish the City’s broader goals, and so staying with what the City has is not going to do that in the end. She added that the land set aside for residential use has to be redefined and conceptualized, that an increase in density is distributed throughout the total available residential land area, which can be done in a controlled way, with many examples of this being done without sacrificing safety or ease of traffic flow. She noted that studies have shown that the type of more creative zoning structure leads to healthier and stronger communities. She stated that if the proposal being put forward is temporary and being put forward to make current policy more workable, she would suggest that it be changed now to allow for two-unit families dwelling in R1 zones as a first step, and possibly also allow not more than two row houses. She stated that in moving forward, the City could be shooting itself in the foot, as more density is required for future economic development. She referenced Table 87-4, which included units within the mixed-use building and multi- family dwellings, three or more units. She explained these are designated for MNN and MNC areas, neighborhood mixed-use and community mixed-use, but she could not find where those categories are located in relation to R1, R2, etc. She asked if they are neighbors, mixed- use, and what neighborhood they are in. She noted that it would be great if it were allowed in all residential zones. She added that some type of definition would be helpful for the layperson's benefit. She stated that in studies about middle-income housing that include dwellings up to ten units should be part of the middle-income planning goals, and Table 87-1, there had been a line for multi-dwellings with a density of 17, which could be replaced with a new category of multi-family dwellings up to ten units. • Teresa Beldon, 2937 Orchard Avenue North, asked if in Table 87-2, Economic and Business Land Uses, states accessory retail services, and/or sales incidental to a permitted use, conducted in an area less than ten percent of the building’s gross floor area, building greater than three stories in height or building greater than four stories in height, are allowed to be in residential zones, multi-use buildings. • Kramer explained that the changes that are being talked about are beyond the scope of this ordinance, and none of those changes will be made here. She added that there is a work session taking place next door, where the Commission will be talking about missing middle housing, and the residents are invited to attend. She noted that the changes being described could be in another Ordinance next year, when the City takes a look at residential uses. • Ruby closed the public hearing and opened the item for discussion. • Hill followed up on the comments from the residents; it does not mean the Commission is agreeing or disagreeing with the comments. He added that based on what the Commission is recommending tonight and future discussion, it could be looked at in the future. • Kramer explained that when the Planning Commission has a draft Ordinance in front of them, the Commission can only make a recommendation on what is presented before the Commission. She added that it would be a separate topic, but it is something that the Staff is thinking about in the Comprehensive Plan update for next year, as housing is a high priority for the City Council. 305 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, October 27, 2025 – 6:00 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 • Segelbaum commented that there have been comments that have been heard by the Commission coming from the Council, that the Council would like to make the City a little more business-friendly. He noted that most, if not all, of it is to relax the administrative requirements and burdens that businesses have. He noted that there did not seem to be any places where the City went too far in relaxing what was permitted. He voiced his concern about a lot of changes at once, but it can be looked at in the future again if needed. He noted his agreement with it. • Ruby stated his agreement with it, as the language with it makes sense, it is clear, and it moves the City in the right direction of what has been talked about. • Ruby asked for a motion. • Cohen moved to recommend approval of the Ordinance amending Code Section 113-1 Definitions, Section 113-30 Conditional Uses, and Section 113-87 Summary Use Tables, subject to the findings and conditions in the Staff report. • Sicotte seconded the motion. • All voted in favor, and the motion passed. 5. STAFF AND COMMISSIONER UPDATES: -None 6. ADJOURNMENT: Chair Ruby adjourned the meeting at 6:45 p.m. 306 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Finance 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 6A. Public Comment and Approval of Resolution No. 25-118 Adopting the 2026 Final Budget of the General Fund and Resolution No. 25-119 Adopting the Property Tax Levies for Taxes Payable in 2026 Prepared By Lyle Hodges, Finance Director Summary At this meeting, City Council will consider the resolution adopting the final property tax levies for taxes payable in 2026 and the 2026 General Fund budget. The total property tax levy, included as part of the 2026 budget is $36,620,399. The General Fund portion of that levy is $30,409,199, the debt levy portion is $5,749,548, and the HRA levy is $461,652. City staff will make a presentation reviewing the 2026 budgets and levies in more detail. Financial or Budget Considerations The supporting documents set the budget for 2026. The budget is a plan that will give departments a guideline to conduct business in the coming year. Legal Considerations Minnesota statutes define the Truth in Taxation Process Equity Considerations The proposed budget strives to advance the equity goals of the City by funding infrastructure, programs, and services that provide opportunities and resources for all. The process for adoption includes an opportunity for members of the public to provide feedback. Recommended Action 1. Motion to approve Resolution No. 25-118 adopting the 2026 final budget of the City's General Fund. 2. Motion to approve Resolution No. 25-119 adopting the property tax levies for taxes payable in 2026. Supporting Documents 2026 All Funds Budget Presentation Resolution No. 25-118 - Adopting the 2026 Final Budget of the City's General Fund Resolution No. 25-119 - Adopting the Property Tax Levies for Taxes Payable in 2026 307 2026 Proposed Budget City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 308 Tax Levy Summary Levy Payable 2025 Proposed Levy Payable 2026 Percent Change General Fund $27,965,845 $30,409,199 8.7% Bonded Debt 6,779,985 5,749,548 -15.2% HRA Levy 319,181 461,652 44.6% TOTAL LEVY $35,065,011 $36,620,399 4.4% 309 Tax Levy Summary 310 General Fund Expenditure Changes •Investments in: •Studies and Planning initiatives to inform future needs: •Public Safety Staffing Study ($100,000) •Comprehensive Plan ($150,000) •Railroad Quiet Study ($150,000) •Bike/Ped Planning ($60,000) •City Re-branding ($100,000) •Employee Compensation •Market rate adjustments to paid on-call firefighters ($70,000) 311 General Fund Expenditure Changes •Increased Service Levels •Add 1.0 Full-Time Equivalent (FTE) for Finance Support Specialist •Add 1.0 FTE for Police Lieutenant •Add 1.0 FTE for HR Generalist •Add 1.0 FTE for Code Enforcement Staff •Add 0.5 FTE for Facility Coordination (Brookview) •City infrastructure, planning, and responsiveness: •Right-sizing budgets to adjust for actual anticipated costs: •Transfers increase $225,000 to cover additional capital planning needs •Liability insurance premium budget increases $75,000 to cover expected cost •Prosecution budget increases $297,000 to cover additional costs 312 General Fund Overall Changes •Overall General Fund expenditure changes: •Overall General Fund revenue changes: $ Change Tax Levy $ 2,443,354 Other Revenue Sources 607,400 Use of Fund Balance (for one-time items)591,000 Total Increase General Fund Revenue $ 3,641,754 $ Change % Change Additional Service Level Investments $ 2,145,533 6.7 % Inflationary Growth 1,496,221 4.7 % Total Increase in General Fund Expenditures $ 3,641,754 11.4 % 313 General Fund Overall Changes •Expenditure Changes by Function: Category 2025 Budget 2026 Budget 2025 Budget vs. 2026 Budget ($ Change) 2025 Budget vs. 2026 Budgeted (% Change) 2026 Budget as a Percent of Total Police $ 8,021,048 $ 8,564,963 $ 543,915 6.78%24.18% Public Works 6,094,754 6,540,885 446,130 7.32%18.46% Transfers 3,275,000 3,500,000 225,000 6.87%9.88% Community Development 2,985,946 3,477,365 491,419 16.46%9.82% Administrative Services 2,919,046 3,227,654 308,608 10.57%9.11% Fire 2,506,743 2,744,161 237,418 9.47%7.75% Park & Recreation 1,583,751 1,787,348 203,598 12.86%5.05% Legal & City Clerk 1,023,060 1,468,253 445,192 43.52%4.14% Finance 1,230,666 1,407,116 176,450 14.34%3.97% City Manager 725,152 1,083,285 358,133 49.39%3.06% Communications 546,209 620,444 74,235 13.59%1.75% Insurance 400,000 475,000 75,000 18.75%1.34% Council & Boards 324,325 330,982 6,656 2.05%0.93% Contingencies 150,000 200,000 50,000 33.33%0.56% Total Expenditures $31,785,701 $ 35,427,454 $ 3,641,754 11.5%100.0% 314 General Fund Overall Changes •Revenue Changes by Category: Category 2025 Budget 2026 Budget 2025 Budget vs. 2026 Budget ($ Change) 2025 Budget vs. 2026 Budgeted (% Change) 2026 Budget as a Percent of Total Property Taxes $27,800,845 $ 30,409,199 $ 2,608,354 9.38%85.84% Permits 1,740,150 2,163,650 423,500 24.34%6.11% Interfund Billing 865,000 865,000 - 0.00%2.44% Use of Fund Balance - 591,000 591,000 100.00%1.67% Licenses 253,925 271,825 17,900 7.05%0.77% Rents 299,400 256,400 (43,000)-14.36%0.72% Charges for Service 251,850 251,850 - 0.00%0.71% Sales 212,500 200,500 (12,000)-5.65%0.57% Grants & Aid 143,280 188,280 45,000 31.41%0.53% Interest Earnings 164,000 175,000 11,000 6.71%0.49% Transfers 30,000 30,000 - 0.00%0.08% Fees 16,750 16,750 - 0.00%0.05% Contributions - 6,000 6,000 0.00%0.02% Other Revenue 2,000 2,000 - 0.00%0.01% Special Assessments 6,000 - (6,000) -100.00%0.00% Total Revenues $31,785,700 $ 35,427,454 $ 3,641,754 11.4%100.0% 315 Impact on Median Value Home •The median value home $447,200 is estimated to pay $108 more per year ($9/month) with the proposed levy. 21% 33% 5% 19% 10% 12% Taxes on Median Value Home - Percent of Tax by Service Category 2025 City Operations Public Safety Parks & Rec Public Works Community Development Transfers/Ins/Contingency 23% 32% 5% 18% 10% 12% Taxes on Median Value Home - Percent of Tax by Service Category 2026 City Operations Public Safety Parks & Rec Public Works Community Development Transfers/Ins/Contingency 316 Debt Amount by Type 2021-2025 - 10,000,000 20,000,000 30,000,000 40,000,000 50,000,000 60,000,000 70,000,000 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Property Tax Supported Non Property Tax Supported 317 Property Tax Information 0%10%20%30%40%50%60%70%80%90%100% Pay 2022 Pay 2023 Pay 2024 Pay 2025 Pay 2026 41% 37% 37% 37% 59% 63% 63% 63% Tax Capacity by Property Type C/I Residential 35%65% 318 Property Tax Information Tax Capacity Pay 2025 Pay 2026 % increase (decrease) Commercial 15,716,488 14,120,248 -10.16% Industrial 9,378,362 10,114,282 7.85% Apartments 6,986,639 7,071,792 1.22% Residential 36,403,806 37,352,982 2.61% Personal Property 426,959 450,358 5.48% 319 Property Tax Information 2025 2026 Dollar Change Percent Change Median Home Value $440,600 $447,200 $6,600 1.50% Estimated Property Tax $2,492 $2,600 $108 4.32% 320 Capital Improvement Plan Spending Summary •Streets CIP Budget in 2025 includes Zane & Lindsay reconstruction •IRP Begins in 2027 with projects in Streets, Water/Sewer, and Storm Sewer •Golf Course CIP for 2026 and 2027 includes new cart storage facility •Separate CIP programming will be created for new city facilities funded by State Grants, Local Sales Tax. Any debt levy associated with new facilities would start in 2027 at the earliest. Category Funding Source 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 Brookview Golden Valley Special Revenue 180,000 200,000 135,000 175,000 65,000 125,000 Buildings GF Transfer 1,255,000 600,000 375,000 825,000 400,000 400,000 Cablecasting Improvements Franchise Fees 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 Golf Course User Fees 215,000 2,915,000 2,165,000 180,000 180,000 190,000 Parks GF Transfer 475,000 855,000 460,000 415,000 425,000 490,000 Storm Water Utility Fees, Grants, Other 2,404,000 5,413,000 7,383,500 8,600,000 2,360,000 2,610,000 Streets GF Transfer, Bonds, Other 10,811,000 6,415,935 6,585,715 7,005,000 5,875,000 6,225,000 Vehicles and Equipment GF Transfer, Vehicle Sales 1,711,705 2,145,000 1,550,000 2,805,000 1,105,000 1,397,500 Water & Sewer Systems Utility Fees, Franchise Fees, Grants 4,070,000 3,330,000 4,790,000 5,000,000 5,175,000 4,135,000 CIP Spending Plan 2025-2030 321 Capital Improvement Plan Funding Summary •Amounts above represent projected remaining cash or available funding for projects after completing programmed capital spending for each year •For Brookview Golden Valley (facility), Golf Course, Storm Water, and Water/Sewer these amounts represent available funding after operating costs and capital since those funds support both •These amounts continually change as actual expenses are incurred, but are monitored regularly as part of department financial reporting Category Funding Source 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 Brookview Golden Valley Special Revenue 814,690 784,088 680,747 657,239 653,806 705,701 Buildings GF Transfer 182,025 202,026 137,027 177,028 67,029 127,030 Cablecasting Improvements Franchise Fees 223,837 245,837 267,837 289,837 311,837 333,837 Golf Course User Fees 4,350,029 2,559,334 1,240,318 1,876,041 2,479,481 3,038,536 Parks GF Transfer 961,770 538,983 433,025 396,273 374,245 312,052 Storm Water Utility Fees, Grants, Other 12,679,343 8,856,761 7,792,772 4,746,048 4,138,669 3,817,516 Streets GF Transfer, Bonds, Other 7,992,836 6,089,392 6,569,678 3,892,436 2,251,051 1,933,869 Vehicles and Equipment GF Transfer, Vehicle Sales 3,617,863 2,800,220 2,516,725 978,609 1,166,386 1,073,240 Water & Sewer Systems Utility Fees, Franchise Fees, Grants 14,863,539 14,891,539 13,517,862 11,988,850 10,335,267 9,767,246 Projected Remaining Funding Availability for Capital 2025-2030 322 Non-General Funds Budgets •General Approach: •Balance budgets for operations: •Brookview Special Revenue, Brookview Golf Course, and Storm Sewer funds are spending cash reserves to fund capital projects •Accumulate resources for future capital needs in enterprise and special revenue funds •Anticipate fee revenue to cover the current planned spending for operations •Adjust capital spending to fit operational outcomes and monitor cash and net position for continuous planning 323 Non-General Funds – SRF & ISF •Special Revenue Funds (SRF) •Brookview Community Center – operations of the community center including banquet and event rental and the indoor playground. •Projected net loss for 2026 due to planned capital outlay. The fund has sufficient cash balance to accommodate the planned spending. •Community Services Fund – revenue from gambling proceeds and contributions spent on community organizations as approved by the Community Services Commission. Budgeted to break even each year. •Internal Service Fund (ISF) •Vehicle Services Fund – maintenance of city vehicles including in-house repairs, contracted repairs, and fuel sales. •Projecting to break even for 2026. The fund’s operations are determined by the projected needs of City departments Internal Service Brookview Community Center Community Services Vehicle Services Revenue: Charges for Service - - 673,830 Contributions - 58,500 - Rents 25,000 - - Sales 654,500 - - Total revenues 679,500 58,500 673,830 Expense Capital Outlay 200,000 - - Contractual Services 23,520 50,500 87,700 Fringes 103,158 - 149,023 Materials & Supplies 65,150 8,000 26,425 Salaries 389,013 - 389,307 Training & Memberships 2,000 - 4,890 Vehicle Maintenance - - 16,485 Total Expenses 782,841 58,500 673,830 Net Income/(Loss)(103,341) - - 1/1/2025 Cash 837,834 157,315 1,008,961 1/1/2025 Fund Balance (Unrestricted)738,205 161,831 1,198,419 Special Revenue Funds 324 Non-General Funds – Utility Funds Conservation and Recycling Fund Water and Sewer Utility Fund Storm Sewer Utility Fund Revenue: Charges for Service 645,135 - 3,164,167 Grants & Aid 40,000 750,000 2,223,500 Interest Earnings 10,000 100,000 50,000 Other Revenue 13,000 18,000 60,500 Franchise Fees - 1,750,000 - Sales 627,135 11,697,685 - Total revenues 1,335,270 14,315,685 5,498,167 Expense Capital Outlay - 3,355,000 5,413,000 Contractual Services 1,248,770 4,223,700 553,700 Fringes - 437,155 230,087 Materials & Supplies 11,500 4,140,575 150,970 Salaries - 1,314,920 617,155 Training & Memberships - 18,650 6,975 Vehicle Maintenance - 156,525 98,980 Debt Service - 369,160 180,300 Transfers 75,000 300,000 250,000 Total Expenses 1,335,270 14,315,685 7,501,167 Net Income/(Loss)- - (2,003,000) 1/1/2025 Cash 1,547,033 15,903,634 11,644,690 1/1/2025 Net Position (Unrestricted)1,540,657 18,552,415 12,793,067 Utility Funds•Conservation and Recycling Fund •Pass-through costs of contracted recycling services to customers. •Projected to break even in 2026 •Water and Sewer Utility Fund •Collects revenue from Residential and Business water and sewer customers. •Capital Outlay supports City investments in infrastructure. •Storm Sewer Utility Fund •Collects revenue from Residential and Business storm sewer customers •Capital outlay supports City infrastructure and is partially funded by joint projects and grants. •Projected loss for 2026 reflects an increased capital outlay plan. Fund has sufficient cash balance to support planned capital spending. 325 Non-General Funds – Enterprise Funds Brookview Golf Course Motor Vehicle Licensing Revenue: Charges for Service - 661,486 Interest Earnings - 7,500 Other Revenue 25,000 1,500 Sales 5,650,000 - Total revenues 5,675,000 670,486 Expense Capital Outlay 2,915,000 - Contractual Services 516,960 33,540 Fringes 772,865 170,088 Materials & Supplies 1,199,848 3,000 Salaries 2,063,623 430,708 Training & Memberships 8,550 3,150 Vehicle Maintenance 17,500 - Transfers 85,000 30,000 Total Expenses 7,579,346 670,486 Net Income/(Loss)(1,904,346) - 1/1/2025 Cash 3,675,183 424,397 1/1/2025 Net Position (Unrestricted)2,064,369 418,705 Enterprise Funds •Brookview Golf Course •Operations and capital of the Brookview Golf Course and related facilities as well as the 316 Grill •2026 Budget includes capital outlay for the first part of a cart storage building replacement project •Motor Vehicle Licensing •Operations of a DMV licensing office in City Hall. Fees come from license and tab activity for vehicles, equipment, sport vehicles, and DNR licensing. •Projected to break even in 2026 as customer levels continue to rebound to pre-pandemic rates 326 Property Tax Relief Information •Having a homestead classification may qualifyyour property for a Homestead Market Value Exclusion or one of the following: •Property Tax Refund •Market Value Exclusion for Veterans with a Disability •Special Homestead Classification for Property Owners who are Blind or Disabled •Property Tax Deferral for Senior Citizens •You may only have one homestead per married couple in the state of Minnesota. Homesteads areadministered by counties. 327 Budget & Finance Information •City’s Website -https://goldenvalleymn.gov/159/City-Finances •ClearGov Budget tool •Historical PDFs of Adopted Budgets •CIP Reports for Current and Past Budgets •Fee Schedules •ACFRs •Additional Finance Information –process and analysis for residents 328 RESOLUTION NO. 25-118 RESOLUTION ADOPTING THE 2026 BUDGET OF THE GENERAL FUND WHEREAS, this proposed 2026 operating budget resolution and the accompanying proposed tax levies contained in Resolution No. 25-119 are submitted by the City in accordance with Minnesota Statutes and other applicable laws in effect on this date. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota, that the 2026 General Fund Budget are hereby given final approval: DEPARTMENT AMOUNT Council & Boards $ 330,982 City Manager 1,083,285 Transfers Out 3,500,000 Finance 1,407,116 Legal Services 1,468,252 Insurance 475,000 Administrative Services 3,227,654 Communications 620,444 Police 8,564,963 Fire 2,744,161 Community Development 3,477,365 Public Works 6,540,885 Park and Recreation 1,787,348 Contingencies 200,000 TOTAL 2026 BUDGET $ 35,427,454 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED by the City Council that the sources of financing the sums appropriated shall be: DESCRIPTION AMOUNT Ad Valorem Taxes $ 30,409,199 Permits 2,163,650 Interfund Billing 865,000 Use of Fund Balance 591,000 Licenses 271,825 Rents 256,400 Charges for Services 251,850 Sales 200,500 Grants and Aid 188,280 329 Resolution No. 25-118 -2- December 2, 2025 Interest Earnings 175,000 Transfers 30,000 Fees 16,750 Contributions 6,000 Other Revenue 2,000 TOTAL 2026 BUDGET $ 35,427,454 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the City Council declares its intent to take all necessary actions legally permissible to the submission and approval of the City’s budget and property tax levies both proposed and final. Adopted by the City Council of Golden Valley, Minnesota on this 2 nd day of December, 2025. Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: Theresa J. Schyma, City Clerk 330 RESOLUTION NO. 25-119 RESOLUTION ADOPTING FINAL TAX LEVY PAYABLE IN 2026 WHEREAS, State Law requires the certification of a proposed budget and proposed tax levies no later than September 30, 2025; and WHEREAS, the City Council has met and discussed the proposed budget and tax levy; and WHEREAS, the debt service levy as established in the bond documents for the General Obligation Bonds, Series 2016C (B2822), the amount of $392,923.13 will not be levied in 2026 due to the utilization of the franchise fees collected from gas and electric utilities, and WHEREAS, the debt service levy as established in the bond documents for the General Obligation Bonds, Series 2017B (B2825A), the amount of $21,871.68 will not be levied due to the utilization of the internal state aid monies. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that there is hereby levied upon all taxable property located within the City of Golden Valley the following amounts: General Tax Levy $ 30,409,199 Bonded Debt Levy: Brookview Center 1,214,600 Street Improvement Bonds 4,534,948 TOTAL Tax Levy $ 36,158,747 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, the City Clerk shall certify to the Hennepin County Auditor a copy of this resolution approving the property tax levies for collection in 2026 for the City of Golden Valley. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the proposed 2026 budget of the General Fund is $35,427,454. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the City Council declares its intent to take all necessary actions legally permissible to the submission and approval of the City’s budget and property tax levies both proposed and final. Adopted by the City Council of Golden Valley, Minnesota this 2nd day of December, 2025. Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 331 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 6B. Adopt Ordinance No. 811 Amending Chapter 105 - Signs and Resolution No. 25-120 Authorizing Summary Publication Prepared By Jacquelyn Kramer, Senior Planner Summary The City hired Stantec Consulting Services to assist with updating Golden Valley's sign code requirements. With active collaboration from City Staff, Stantec updated Chapter 105 - Signs with an emphasis on user-friendliness, consistency, and compatibility with state statutes and relevant case law. An overview of Stantec's scope of work and a summary of the changes to Chapter 105 is attached to this packet. Planning Division staff held two listening sessions with Stantec to kick off the update. Stantec and Planning staff held two work sessions with the City Attorney to review signage case law and update our code for Federal and State law compliance. Planning Division staff also held multiple work sessions with Parks and Recreation, Public Works, and Communication staff to discuss the City's internal signage needs and ensure consistent code enforcement for all signage users. Enforcement of the City's sign regulations will be led by the City's new Code Enforcement Officer, a new position included in the 2026 City budget. Stantec facilitated a listening session with the Planning Commission on March 24, 2025. Planning Commission held a public hearing on the proposed code amendment on November 10, 2025, and one person testified in favor of the amendment. Planning Commission unanimously recommended approval of the draft ordinance. Next Steps If Council approves the amendment, staff will update the sign permit application forms to reflect the new code language. The language would go into effect January 1, 2026, to align with fee schedule changes. Financial or Budget Considerations There are no financial or budget impacts associated with this update. Legal Considerations Section 113-29 governs the procedure for amending the zoning code. A public hearing notice was 332 published in the official City newspaper 10 days before Planning Commission held the public hearing. Zoning text amendments require a majority affirmative vote from Council for approval. The City Attorney's office reviewed the draft ordinance before the public hearing. Equity Considerations Planning Commission held a public hearing on this item on November 10, 2025, which gave residents an opportunity to participate in the process consistent with Equity Pillar 2 for Inclusive and Effective Community Engagement. In this code update, staff recommends changes for more equitable enforcement of the sign code. The proposed code revisions also make the code easier to understand for all users, including applicants, staff, Planning Commission, and City Council. This is an important goal in the City's Equity Plan, specifically for Community Development. Recommended Action Motion to adopt Ordinance No. 811 amending Chapter 105 - Signs and Resolution No. 25-120 authorizing summary publication of Ordinance No. 811 (Note: The summary publication resolution requires a four-fifths vote of all members of the Council for approval. The approval of amendments requires a simple majority.) Supporting Documents Ordinance No. 811 - Amending Chapter 105 Signs Resolution No. 25-120 - Authorizing Summary Publication of Ordinance No. 811 Summary of Changes Memo Planning Commission Meeting Minutes November 10, 2025 Sign Code Audit Report Stakeholder Listening Sessions Summary 333 ORDINANCE NO. 811 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE CITY CODE CHAPTER 105 - SIGNS The City Council for the City of Golden Valley hereby ordains as follows: Section 1. City Code Chapter 105 is hereby rescinded and replaced: Sec. 105-1. Purpose. This chapter establishes minimum sign requirements to protect and promote the general welfare, health, safety, order and aesthetics within the City; to permit adequate signs for effective communicati on; to limit signs to identify uses and businesses where they are located and to do so in an efficient, effective and aesthetic manner while maintaining an attractive and appealing appearance along streets, highways, private and public property, and the air space above and between developments; and to recognize the need to maintain an attractive and appealing appearance of property and prevent visual clutter, while at the same time assuring that the public is not endangered, annoyed or distracted. Sec. 105-2. Administration. The Planning Division shall administer this chapter. Sec. 105-3. Definitions. The following words, terms and phrases, when used in this chapter, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this section, except where the context clearly indicates a different meaning: Address Sign: A sign that consists of identification numbers only, either in written or numerical form. Awning Sign: A sign that is painted or printed or in some fashion attached directly to the awning of the building. Bench Sign: A sign that is located on the front surface of the back rest of a bench located on the street or the immediate adjacent property and designed for seating. Canopy Sign: Any sign that is part of or attached to a canopy. Development: A grouping of 6 or more dwelling units, of any type, built under a single plat or site plan, which includes a homeowners association, condominium association, or management company responsible for common areas on the property. Electronic Message Board (EMB): Any illuminated sign on which such illumination is not kept stationary or constant in intensity and color at all times when such sign is in use and which displays a message that changes more than once per 24-hour period. Flashing Sign: Any illuminated sign or non-illuminated sign, emitting an intermittent or flashing light or creating the illusion of intermittent or flashing light by means of animation or other methods. Freestanding Sign: A sign placed in the ground and not affixed to any part of any building. The following are subtypes of freestanding signs: Monument Sign: A sign permanently affixed to the ground at its base, supported entirely by a base structure, and not mounted on a pole or attached to any part of a building. Pylon Sign: A freestanding sign which is supported by its own structure, typically mounted on a pole, and not attached to any building. Illuminated Sign: A sign which has characters, letters, figures, designs or outlines illuminated by electric lights or luminous tubes as a part of the sign. 334 Ordinance No. 811 -2- December 2, 2025 Menu Sign: A sign located adjacent to a drive-through facility. Multi-Tenant Signs: A monument sign used located at the entrance to a shopping center, strip center, or complex with multiple tenants. Mural: A hand-painted, hand-tiled, or digitally printed work of visual art that is either affixed to or painted directly on the exterior wall of a structure with the permission of the property owner. A mural does not include displays with electrical or mechanical components or a changing image art display. Non-Commercial Speech: Messages that do not advertise products, goods, businesses, or services and which express an opinion or other point of view. Nonconforming Sign: A sign lawfully existing at the adoption of the ordinance from which this chapter is derived but which does not conform to its requirements. Painted Wall Sign: A wall sign that is hand-painted directly on the exterior wall of a structure. Permanent Sign: Any sign that is not a temporary sign and is displayed or intended for display for an indefinite period of time. Portable Sign: A sign that is not permanently attached to the ground and designed such that it is movable from one location to another. Projecting Signs: A wall sign that protrudes horizontally from the wall, awning, or canopy to which it is attached to. Shopping Center: A group of retail and other commercial establishments that is planned, owned, and managed as a single property. Sign: Any letter, word or symbol, poster, picture, statuary, reading matter or representation in the nature of advertisement, announcement, message or visual communication, whether painted, posted, printed, affixed or constructed, including all associated brackets, braces, supports, wires and structures, that is displayed for informational or communicative purposes.. Sign Area: The entire area within a single continuous perimeter enclosing the extreme limits of actual sign surface. It does not include any structural elements outside the limits of such sign and not forming an integral part of the display Seasonal Sign: A temporary sign designed to be displayed for a limited period of time that is not permanently fixed to the land or a structure which may be larger and displayed for a longer duration than a temporary sign if the criteria set forth in this chapter are met. May include, but are not limited to, signs at construction sites and parks. Temporary Sign: A sign that is designed to be displayed for a limited period of time and is not permanently fixed to the land or a structure. Wall Sign: A sign that is attached to or erected against an exterior wall surface of a building or structure. Window Sign: A sign that is placed, mounted, or hanging on the outside or inside surface of a window or any sign placed within a building for the purpose of being visible from the public right -of-way. 335 Ordinance No. 811 -3- December 2, 2025 Figure 1: Sign Types Sec. 105-4. Compliance. All signs to comply with any and all applicable state and federal requirements. Sec. 105-5. Non-Commercial Speech. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this article to the contrary, all signs of any size containing non-commercial speech may be posted in any zone beginning 46 days before any state, municipal, county or school district election, whether primary, special or general, until ten days following the election. All such signs shall conform with the location, setback, and placement provisions of this chapter. . Sec. 105-6. Exempt Signs and Permit Exceptions It is unlawful for any person to erect, construct, repair, resurface, alter or maintain a privately-owned sign without first obtaining the applicable permit. However, the following signs are exempt from the requirements of this chapter: (1) Bench signs, if located on a bench permitted by the City. (2) Wall signs with up to one square foot in sign area in the Single-family Residential (R-1), Moderate Density Residential (R-2), Medium Density Residential (R-3), and High Density Residential (R-4) Zoning Districts. (3) Signs on licensed vehicles moved daily. (4) Temporary signs six square feet or less in size and less than three feet in height. (5) Signs six square feet or less in size and less than three feet in height located adjacent to a driveway or private road in the Commercial, Industrial, Institutional, or Mixed Use District. (6) Signs that are not legible from public rights-of-way. 336 Ordinance No. 811 -4- December 2, 2025 Sec. 105-7. Prohibited Signs. The following signs are prohibited: (1) Flashing signs or digital signs that simulate movement (2) Portable signs. (3) Signs placed on rooftops. (4) Signs or parts of signs that rotate, move, or flutter. (5) Signs painted or mounted on trees, utility poles, bollards, or other portions of a property or structure not specifically designed for the display of signs, except for those window signs where allowed by this chapter. (6) Signs installed in a way that obstructs clear vision of persons using the streets or at any location that, because of its position, shape, or color, interferes with, obstructs the view of, or may be confused with, any authorized traffic sign, signal, or device. (7) Signs mounted upon buildings that extend above the roof or parapet wall level, whichever is higher. (8) Off-site, permanent signs. Sec. 105-8. Fees. Sign permit fees shall be set by the City Council, adopted by resolution, and amended from time to time. Sec. 105-9. General Regulations. (a) Calculation of Sign Area. Sign face area includes the total surface area of the sign, including all text, graphics, and background elements, within the smallest possible rectangle, circle, or combination of geometric shapes that fully encloses the sign content. All signs are included in the calculation of sign area, except for temporary signs. 337 Ordinance No. 811 -5- December 2, 2025 Figure 2: Calculation of Sign Area (b) Freestanding Signs. If there is pedestrian or vehicular traffic that passes under a freestanding sign, eight feet of clearance from basic grade to the lowest element of the sign is required. The Building Official or their designee, may require a property survey and an engineered plan for foundations and/or soil tests for freestanding signs. (c) Illumination. Direct rays or glare of light from an illuminated sign shall not be visible from public rights -of- way or property other than that on which the illuminated sign is located. Any external source of illumination must be provided with shields or lenses that concentrate the light onto the sign. (e) Sign Quality. All signs, including, but not limited to, wall signs, monument signs, and pylon signs, shall incorporate materials and colors which are compatible with the building on the site where the sign is to be located. Compatible shall include, but is not limited to, materials that are consistent with the principal architectural features and colors of the building being identified. (f) Sign Setbacks. Signs must be entirely located at least 10 feet from all property lines and 10 feet from any driveway on the premises on which the sign is erected and maintained, except as allowed in the I-394 Mixed Use Zoning District. The following additional setbacks are required: (1) Signs must be outside the corner visibility zone, as per the corner visibility requirements in Chapter 24, Article II. (2) Pylon signs located on shopping center property shall have a minimum setback of 35 feet from a street property line. 338 Ordinance No. 811 -6- December 2, 2025 Figure 3: Sign Setbacks (g) Streets and Easements. No sign other than temporary road construction, closure, or warning signs shall be erected or placed upon any public street, right -of-way, public easement, except as allowed in the I-394 Mixed Use Zoning District. (h) Wall Signs. Wall signs are considered permanent signs for the purpose of size regulation, and their area shall be counted towards the maximum sign area allowed in section 105 -10. The following requirements apply to all wall signs: (1) Spacing. Signs applied to a building shall allow a space between the end of the sign and the edge of the building or individual occupancy equal to 10 percent of the linear frontage of the building or individual occupancy. (2) Sign projection. No sign may project out more than 18 inches from the face of the building to which it is attached, except as allowed in the I-394 Mixed Use Zoning District. Up to ten percent (10%) of the area of a wall sign may project above the roofline of the building to which they are attached. (3) Size. The maximum size of any wall sign in any zoning district is 200 square feet. 339 Ordinance No. 811 -7- December 2, 2025 Figure 4: Wall Sign Measurements (i) Window Signs. Window signs mounted or hanging on a window surface must meet the following requirements: (1) The maximum area of a window sign is 50% of the total surface area of windows located on a facade. (3) In the I-394 Mixed Use Zoning District, window signs on a building substantially remodeled after December 31, 2009, shall be calculated as sign area. 340 Ordinance No. 811 -8- December 2, 2025 Figure 5: Window Sign Area Measurements (2 Options) (j) Electronic Message Boards (EMBs). EMBs must meet the following requirements: (1) EMBs may be installed in commercial, industrial, and institutional zoning districts. EMBs are prohibited in residential zones unless associated with permitted non-residential uses such as schools, places of assembly, or governmental facilities. EMBs are allowed only on monument and pylon signs otherwise permitted for nonresidential uses. (2) Only one EMB is permitted on any individual site. (3) An EMB may occupy no more than 35 percent of the of the total allowable signage for a property. (4) Duration and Transition. Displays must remain visible for at least 10 seconds. Transitions between displays must be instantaneous without any special effects. (5) Brightness and Illumination. EMBs must incorporate automatic dimming controls to adjust brightness based on ambient light conditions. Brightness levels must comply with the standards contained in Sec. 113-153. – Outdoor Lighting of this code. 341 Ordinance No. 811 -9- December 2, 2025 (6) EMBs must be designed and equipped to freeze the device in one position if malfunction occurs or immediately discontinue the display. (7) EMBs existing on the effective date of this ordinance must comply with the operational standards listed above. Any existing EMB that does not meet the requirements may continue as a nonconforming sign subject to Sec. 105-13. - Nonconforming Signs. (k) Business Closure. If at any time a business or person goes out of business or permanently ceases to operate as a business, all signs must be removed within 60 days. Sec. 105-10. Temporary and Seasonal Signs. (a) An approved permit shall be obtained prior to display of a temporary or seasonal sign, except in residential districts as described below, which are exempt. A temporary or seasonal sign displayed without a permit shall be removed and no new temporary sign shall be allowed, nor shall a permit be approved within the following 12 months. (b) Temporary Signs in Residential Districts. Temporary signs in residential districts shall be subject to the following requirements: (1) Maximum size: 6 square feet unless otherwise specified in zoning district regulations (2) Maximum height: 3 feet measured from the top of the sign to the ground, unless otherwise specified in the zoning district regulations. (c) The use of temporary signs such as banners, pennants, and inflatables (including balloons over 18 inches in diameter) for advertising temporary sales, business openings, special events, similar activities or used for other purposes is limited to the following: (1) Temporary signs on multi-family structures or property are subject to the following requirements: signs must be removed after initial leasing or within 360 days after a certificate of occupancy is issued.. (2) Temporary signs, banners and inflatables shall not be displayed for more than one month in any one calendar year. Each property is limited to four occurrences of such displays in one calendar year. (d) Seasonal Signs. A seasonal sign permit is subject to all the requirements of this chapter regarding temporary signs except: (1) The permit may have a duration longer than one month but no longer than 365 days in any three-year period; and (2) The permit may authorize a sign size of no greater than 150 percent of the permanent sign area otherwise allowed under this chapter for the subject property. (3) All seasonal signs shall comply with these provisions within one year of the date of adoption of this ordinance. (e) Standards for seasonal signs: (1) Seasonal signs are allowed Commercial, Industrial, Office, Institutional and Mixed Use Zoning Districts, and on construction sites within residential districts. (2) The signage shall be composed of durable, high-quality materials that are designed to withstand 365 days of use without replacement. (3) Signs may be located on fences, so long as they meet the material requirements in subsection (2). (4) Conditions in this section must be satisfied at the time of application and for the duration of the permit. To receive a seasonal sign permit, the applicant shall pay a fee for a as established by the Council. 342 Ordinance No. 811 -10- December 2, 2025 (f) Temporary sign standards by district: Type Maximum Area Height Placement Restrictions R-1 and R-2 Districts Temporary 6 square feet 3 feet Minimum of 15 feet from the back of the curb or behind any existing sidewalk, whichever is greater Not located in any ROW or on private property Seasonal 150 percent of the otherwise allowed permanent sign area Freestanding, fences, windows or walls Allowed during construction only. Durable, high quality materials designed to withstand 365 days of use. R-3 and R-4 Districts Temporary 6 square feet each 3 feet Minimum of 15 feet from the back of the curb or behind any existing sidewalk, whichever is greater Not located in any ROW or on private property Seasonal 150 percent of the otherwise allowed permanent sign area Freestanding, fences, windows or walls Allowed during construction only. Durable, high quality materials designed to withstand 365 days of use. Leasing signs are permitted during initial leasing period or 360 days of issuance of Certificate of Occupancy, whichever is Shorter. 343 Ordinance No. 811 -11- December 2, 2025 Type Maximum Area Height Placement Restrictions Institutional District Temporary 50 square feet 3 feet Minimum of 15 feet from the back of the curb or behind any existing sidewalk, whichever is greater Not located in any ROW or on private property. Seasonal 150 percent of the otherwise allowed permanent sign area Freestanding, fences, windows or walls Durable, high quality materials designed to withstand 365 days of use. Office District Temporary 32 square feet Minimum of 15 feet from the back of the curb or behind any existing sidewalk, whichever is greater Not located in any ROW or on private property. Seasonal 150 percent of the otherwise allowed permanent sign area Freestanding, fences, windows or walls Durable, high quality materials designed to withstand 365 days of use. Commercial District Temporary 64 square feet Minimum of 15 feet from the back of the curb or behind any existing sidewalk, whichever is greater Not located in any ROW or on private property. Seasonal 150 percent of the otherwise allowed permanent sign area Freestanding, fences, windows or walls Durable, high quality materials designed to withstand 365 days of use. Light Industrial and Industrial Districts Temporary 64 square feet Minimum of 15 feet from the back of the curb or behind any existing sidewalk, whichever is greater Not located in any ROW or on private property. Seasonal 150 percent of the otherwise allowed Freestanding, fences, windows or walls Durable, high quality materials designed to withstand 365 days of use. 344 Ordinance No. 811 -12- December 2, 2025 Type Maximum Area Height Placement Restrictions I-394 Mixed Use District Temporary Single use: 32 sf. Mixed use: 64 sf. Minimum of 15 feet from the back of the curb or behind any existing sidewalk, whichever is greater Not located in any ROW or on private property. Seasonal 120 sf. Freestanding, fences, windows or walls Durable, high quality materials designed to withstand 365 days of use. Mixed Use District Temporary Single use: 32 sf. Mixed use: 64 sf. Minimum of 15 feet from the back of the curb or behind any existing sidewalk, whichever is greater Not located on any public property or ROW Seasonal 150 percent of the otherwise allowed permanent sign area Freestanding, fences, windows or walls Durable, high quality materials designed to withstand 365 days of use. Sec. 105-11. Regulation by Zoning District. (a) General. Signs not specifically permitted in the zoning districts are prohibited. (b) Permanent sign standards by district. 345 Ordinance No. 811 -13- December 2, 2025 Type Maximum Area Number of Signs Height Placement Restrictions R-1 and R-2 Districts Monument 32 square feet 6 feet Allowed at each street opening for a development. Sign is the responsibility of the homeowners or condominium association or property management company. R-3 and R-4 Districts1 Wall 100 square feet One per wall Exterior building wall or façade Monument One 8 feet Minimum of 10 feet from property lines and driveways Allowed at each street opening for a development. Sign is the responsibility of the homeowners or condominium association or property management company. 346 Ordinance No. 811 -14- December 2, 2025 Type Maximum Area Number of Signs Height Placement Restrictions Institutional District Freestanding Lot size: < 1 acre = 50 sf. 1-3 acres = 90 sf. >3 acres = 150 sf. One 12 feet Minimum of 10 feet from property lines and driveways Wall One per wall Office District Freestanding Lot size: < 1 acre = 50 sf. 1-3 acres = 90 sf. >3 acres = 150 sf. One 12 feet Minimum of 10 feet from property lines and driveways Wall One per wall Exterior building wall or façade Window 50% of the total window area on the façade Commercial District Freestanding2 Lot size: < 1 acre = 150 sf. 1-3 acres = 200 sf. 3-5 acres = 300 sf. >5 acres = 400 sf. One per street frontage4 12 feet Minimum of 10 feet from property lines and driveways Wall One per wall Exterior building wall or façade Window 50% of the total window area on the façade Light Industrial and Industrial Districts Freestanding3 Lot size: < 1 acre = 150 sf. 1-3 acres = 200 sf. 3-5 acres = 300 sf. >5 acres = 400 sf. One 12 feet Minimum of 10 feet from property lines and driveways Wall One per wall Exterior building wall or façade Window 50% of the total window area on the façade 347 Ordinance No. 811 -15- December 2, 2025 Type Maximum Area Number of Signs Height Placement Restrictions Notes 1: For conditional commercial uses, one square foot of permanent signage is permitted per lineal foot of building frontage 2: A shopping center may be allowed one common freestanding sign with a maximum area of 260 square feet in addition to the sign area otherwise allowed. Each tenant shall be allowed two square feet of sign area per foot of lineal frontage. 3: An office warehouse park may be allowed one common freestanding sign with a maximum area of 180 square feet in addition to the sign area otherwise allowed. If the office warehouse park features multiple tenants, each tenant shall be allowed two square feet of sign area per foot of lineal frontage. 4: Freestanding signs on corner or through lots shall each located on a unique street frontage. No more than one freestanding sign is permitted per street frontage. 5: Sign regulations in a PUD District shall be governed by the requirements of the underlying zoning district. (c) Mixed Use Zoning District. (1) Signs for uses in the Mixed Use Zoning District shall follow the regulations of the zoning district that most closely corresponds with the use. For example, signs for commercial uses in the Mixed Use District shall follow the requirements of the Commercial District. (2) The maximum size of a wall sign for a multi-family residential use in the Mixed Use District is 200 square feet. (d) I-394 Mixed Use Zoning District. This district has unique requirements requiring special consideration. (1) Purpose. In addition to the purposes listed in this chapter, the additional regulations improve, or at least not detract from, visual coherence and attractiveness of the I-394 corridor, to complement colors and materials of the subject building while being visually appealing, pedestrian oriented, and compatible with buildings, streetscape, public views, and spaces. (2) Signage Plan Required. a. .A signage plan is required in all circumstances unless the City already has an approved signage plan on file for the site. This plan shall include buildings, driveways, parking areas, property lines, open space, and setbacks; and the location, size, materials, height, and lighting (if any) of all existing and proposed signs and buildings. b. To be approved, the signage plan must meet the purpose and all rules of the sign code for the I- 394 Mixed Use Zoning District. c. To be approved, the area of all signs must be calculated as sign area unless otherwise excepted in this chapter. d. An approved signage plan will govern the location, type and size of signs until the site plan is amended with a new and approved signage plan which is in conformance with the sign ordinance in effect at the time of submission of the amended plan. (3) Permitted Permanent Signs. The following signs are permitted within the I-394 Mixed Use Zoning District: a. Awning or Canopy Sign b. Freestanding sign. 348 Ordinance No. 811 -16- December 2, 2025 c. Projecting sign. d. Wall sign. e. Window sign. (4) Maximum Total Sign Area. The maximum total sign area includes all permanent signs and is based on use and other factors. Two use categories are established: single use, and mixed uses. The following limits apply: Sub-District A Low-rise (≤3 stories) Sub-District B Mid-rise (≤6 stories) Sub-District C High-rise (≤10 stories) Parcel Size or Floor Area Single Use Mixed Use Single Use Mixed Use Single Use Mixed Use 0 to 1 acre or floor area of 0 to 15,000 gross sq. ft. 100 sq. ft. 150 sq. ft. 120 sq. ft. 180 sq. ft. 150 sq. ft. 200 sq. ft. >1 to 3 acres or floor area of >15,000 to 45,000 gross sq. ft. 120 sq. ft. 200 sq. ft. 150 sq. ft. 250 sq. ft. 200 sq. ft. 300 sq. ft. >3 to 5 acres or floor area of >45,000 to 75,000 gross sq. ft. 200 sq. ft. 250 sq. ft. 250 sq. ft. 300 sq. ft. 300 sq. ft. 400 sq. ft. >5 acres or floor area of >75,000 gross sq. ft. 300 sq. ft. 350 sq. ft. 350 sq. ft. 400 sq. ft. 400 sq. ft. 500 sq. ft. (5) Specific Sign Standards. Sign Type Placement Restrictions Additional Requirements Wall signs Shall not be placed on or above a penthouse, a rooftop equipment enclosure, or similar structure Freestanding signs One freestanding sign per lot. No portion of a freestanding sign shall be located within an easement. Setbacks: Front yard: 10 feet. Side and rear yard: 5 feet. Monument signs must have a base that is at least 85 percent as wide as the sign itself, use materials that match the highest quality used on the building, and be placed in a landscaped setting that complements the site. Pylon signs are permitted only within Sub-District C of the I-394 Mixed Use Zoning District. The height may not exceed 25 feet. 349 Ordinance No. 811 -17- December 2, 2025 Multi-tenant signs A sign for a ground level tenant must be located at the ground level. No upper-level tenant shall have a sign on an upper level. 350 Ordinance No. 811 -18- December 2, 2025 Sign Type Placement Restrictions Additional Requirements Projecting signs The sign must be at least eight feet above the ground or walking surface, unless mounted flat against the building, in which case it may project no more than six inches from the wall. No part of the sign may extend closer than one foot to the curbline when measured vertically. If the sign projects into a public right-of- way or easement, the property owner shall obtain a license or agreement with the City covering its use, maintenance, or other relevant conditions. Awning and Canopy signs Only allowed at ground level and must not extend higher than needed to cover the door, window, or opening they serve. If an awning or canopy sign extends into the public right-of- way, the property owner shall get a license or sign an agreement with the City to cover use, maintenance, or other conditions. (6) Requirements for All Signs in the I-394 Mixed Use Zoning District. Signs are also required to conform to the following general requirements of this chapter: a. Sign quality. b. Illumination. c. Temporary signs. d. Other application requirements not specifically listed above. Sec. 105-11. Design and Construction. All signs shall be in compliance with the most currently adopted versions of the Minnesota State Building Code and the National Electrical Safety Code. 351 Ordinance No. 811 -19- December 2, 2025 Sec. 105-12. Nonconforming Signs. (a) General. A nonconforming sign may continue through repair, restoration, maintenance or improvement. A nonconforming sign shall not be rebuilt, relocated, or modified in size or height, unless it is made fully conforming with this chapter. (b) Panel Changes. Panel changes, or changes to a sign face within a wall or freestanding sign, are permitted on a nonconforming sign, so long as the sign area is not expanded. (c) Pylon Signs. Pylon signs with a height greater than 25 feet allowed by policy during construction of I-394 must be removed or made to conform to this chapter if either one or both of the following is proposed: (1) A new sign is requested on the pylon; or (2) A new sign of 120 or more square feet is proposed on the property. Sec. 105-14. Maintenance. All signs shall be kept in good repair and free from rust, corrosion, loose or flaking paint, worn or damaged materials or rotted framework or other members, broken or missing members, or missing letters. The premises surrounding all ground signs shall be maintained in a safe, clean, and sanitary condition free and clear of all rubbish and weeds. Sec. 105-15. Permit Penalties. Any sign constructed or erected without the required permit shall be subject to removal, if necessary, or subject to a double fee if in compliance with all other applicable requirements of this chapter. Sec. 105-16. Substitution Clause. Any sign which is otherwise allowed in this chapter may be modified to substitute non-commercial speech in lieu of any other commercial speech or non-commercial speech. This substitution may be made without any additional approval or permitting. This provision prevails over any more specific provision to the contrary in order to prevent any inadvertent favoring of commercial speech over non-commercial speech or favoring of any particular non- commercial speech over any other non-commercial speech. Section 2. This ordinance shall take effect on January 1, 2026, and from and after its passage and publication as required by law. Adopted by the City Council on this 2nd day of December, 2025. _____________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: ________________________ Theresa J. Schyma, City Clerk 352 RESOLUTION NO. 25-120 RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SUMMARY PUBLICATION OF ORDINANCE NO. 811 WHEREAS, the City has adopted the above referenced amendment of the Golden Valley City Code; and WHEREAS, the verbatim text of the amendment is cumbersome, and the expense of the publication of the complete text is not justified. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, MINNESOTA that the following summary is hereby approved for official publication: SUMMARY PUBLICATION ORDINANCE NO. 811 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE CITY CODE AMENDING CHAPTER 105 OF THE CITY CODE RELATED TO SIGNS This is a summary of the provisions of Ordinance No. 811 which has been approved for publication by the City Council. At the December 2, 2025, City Council meeting, the Golden Valley City Council enacted Ordinance No. 811 amending Chapter 105 of the City Code. The full ordinance is available to the public at the City Clerk’s Office, 7800 Golden Valley Road during normal business hours and online at https://www.goldenvalleymn.gov/179/City-Code-and- Proposed-Ordinances. Passed by the City Council of the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota on December 2, 2025. ____________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor Attested: ____________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 353 Memo To: City Council Members Golden Valley From: Erin Perdu, AICP Minneapolis Project/File: Golden Valley Sign Code Update Date: November 18, 2025 Reference: Summary of Sign Code Changes Introduction Stantec has been working with you, City staff, and stakeholders on a revision to the City’s sign code since early this year. Based on the feedback and guidance received, as well as our assessment of the code and national best practices, we are pleased to present a complete draft of the new sign code for public hearing and Planning Commission input. As a reminder, our scope began with a comprehensive review and diagnosis of issues with the current sign code. That process included listening sessions with you, staff, and key stakeholders. In addition to hearing from others, we conducted an audit of your sign code with an eye toward eliminating inconsistencies, bringing the code up to date with current trends and technologies in the sign industry, and ensuring that the code is in line with current case law and statutes. Once the code was drafted, it was reviewed by staff and City legal counsel. On November 10th, the Planning Commission held a public hearing on the draft and recommend approval to the City Council. The final draft is now before you for action. Summary of Changes The largest area of change for the new code is based on recent case law that mandates sign codes to be content neutral. This means that regulations like construction signs, “public” signs, signs for particular types of businesses (such as marijuana, tobacco, or adult businesses) That is, a sign code cannot regulate signs based on their content. Signs can be regulated based on their location, associated use, or zoning district. Tables for both temporary and permanent sign requirements were created to consolidate regulations and make them easy to interpret. Several graphics have also been added to better explain calculations, size or location requirements. The following is a summary of the changes made to the sign code. 354 November 18, 2025 City Council Members Page 2 of 4 Reference: Summary of Changes Topic or Issue Current Code Current Code Citation Proposed Changes Proposed Code Citation Notes Code Neutrality Generally, includes several instances of regulating signs differently depending on their content. Many sections of the code had to be eliminated or significantly modified based on case law and legal guidance that forbids regulating signs based on content. Definitions of signs related to their content 105-3 Delete the following definitions: • Business or Identification • Neighborhood Identification • Menu Signs • Public Sign 105-3 Menu sign definition rewritten to focus on the location of the sign, not what is advertised thereon. Non-Commercial Speech 105-5 Rewritten based on current state statute regarding election signs. 105-5 Garage sale signs` 105-8(j) Removed, regulations based on content. n/a Menu, private directional, and temporary yard signs 105-6 Rewritten to regulate these based on their size, location, and legibility from ROW. 105-6 Example: temporary yard signs now referred to as temporary signs in residential districts, and are restricted in size to 6 sq. ft. Sign Area and Calculations No method for calculating sign area. 105-8(a) Provide direction for calculating sign area. “Sign face area includes total surface area of the sign, including all text, graphics, and background elements, within the smallest possible rectangle, circle, or combination of geometric shapes that fully encloses the sign content.” 105-8(a) 355 November 18, 2025 City Council Members Page 3 of 4 Reference: Summary of Changes Topic or Issue Current Code Current Code Citation Proposed Changes Proposed Code Citation Notes Exempts certain signs based on content. 105-8 Remove exceptions for address, construction, menu, neighborhood ID, private directional and real estate signs from the calculation of sign area as these are based on content. 105-9 Garage sale signs 105-8(j) Remove and include garage sale signs in regulations on temporary signs in residential districts. 105-10 Sign Area Maximums By zoning district, except for wall and window signs 105-8(h and i) Include wall and window sign size maximums in each zoning district. Create one maximum size limit that includes Freestanding and Wall signs. Remove lot frontage standards from sign size maximum calculations. 105-11 Included in table of permanent sign regulations. Size maximums for freestanding or wall signs based solely on lot size. Temporary Signs Includes Temporary and Special Temporary Signs 105-10 Temporary and Seasonal Signs • Replaces “special temporary” signs with “seasonal signs” • Temporary yard signs are now temporary signs in residential districts • Removes provisions for construction signs, name plates, and other language related to content. 105-10 Seasonal signs are meant to cover signs used on parks property, signs formerly referred to as “construction signs”, and others. Mixed Use District Not addressed n/a Add a section regulating signs in the Mixed Use district by the use the sign is associated with. 105-10(c) Example: signs for commercial uses in the Mixed Use district shall follow the regulations for the Commercial District 356 November 18, 2025 City Council Members Page 4 of 4 Reference: Summary of Changes Planning Commission Meeting Summary: The Planning Commission held a public hearing on the proposed ordinance on November 10th. One member of the public, a business representative in the community, spoke in favor of the changes. The Planning Commission asked several questions about where and how issues were addressed in the ordinance, which we were able to answer. No changes were recommended to the draft. One Commissioner recommended that the City consider energy efficiency requirements for lit signs, which could be added at a later date, or as a package of energy efficiency recommendations or requirements in the City. The Planning Commission unanimously recommended approval of the Sign Ordinance. Respectfully, Stantec Consulting Services Inc. Erin Perdu AICP Principal, Senior Urban Planner Phone: (612) 712-2006 erin.perdu@stantec.com 357 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 10, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 1. CALL TO ORDER AND LAND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT • Acting Chair Cohen called the meeting to order at 6:31 p.m. and read the Land Acknowledgement • Regular Members Present: Amy Barnstorff, Gary Cohen, Chuck Segelbaum, Martin Sicotte, David Hill • Regular Members Absent: Mike Ruby and Eric Van Oss • Student Member, Status: Remy Rosenberg • Staff Members Present: Jacquelyn Kramer, Senior Planner Steven Okey, Associate Planner Chloe McGuire, Deputy Community Development Director • Council Member Present: None 2. CONSENT AGENDA: 2.A. Approval of agenda • Cohen asked for a motion to approve. • Barnstorff moved. • Hill seconded. • All voted in favor, and the motion passed. 2.B. Adopt Planning Commission Resolution No 25-007 Certifying Land Acquisition of 1875 Lilac Drive North is in Compliance with the Comprehensive Plan • Cohen noted adopting the resolution. • Segelbaum stated that 2B is under the consent agenda. He clarified that the resolution has not been adopted. • Cohen agreed that it had not been adopted, but there was no public hearing for the resolution. • Kramer explained that there was a similar item on the consent agenda in the recent past, like this. She added that if a discussion is needed, then the item can be pulled, or a separate motion can be made to adopt the resolution. • Segelbaum asked how the Staff determined to use the City versus the Commission in the findings that were listed with the resolution. • Kramer clarified to ask if Commissioner Segelbaum was referring to the numbered findings in the resolution. • Segelbaum explained that in the resolution 25-007, which includes the numbered findings, how does the Staff determine whether to note when the findings state The City versus not, such as in eight and nine. • Kramer stated that the initial Whereas being held by the City Council, is that the Council took action on September 15, to authorize the Staff to use that specific eminent domain action. She added that the next two Whereas list the Planning Commission, as those are the findings that the Staff is recommending the Commission adopt, which state that the acquisition of this property in order to build a fire station, meets the City good goals, meets goals within the comprehensive plan. She noted that Planning Commission does not see a lot of resolutions, but when the Staff brings resolutions to the City Council, then the findings of fact that the Staff is recommending are included, and then the Council, by approving an item, agrees with those findings and adopts them as their own. • Segelbaum stated the familiarity with analyzing something to see if it is consistent with the City’s Comprehensive Plan, but not necessarily where the Commission is asked to make 358 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 10, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 findings of fact, such as those in the resolution. He added that the example of the new site will increase safety by allowing drive-thru truck bays, space to avoid conflicts, and the City’s firefighters deserve safe and updated facilities that will result in positive health outcomes, which can only be completed with the construction of a new facility. He noted that the Commission has not studied it sufficiently to come up with independent findings, and that it could be subject to finding, because what was studied before coming up with the finding. He stated that if the finding stated that the City had made that finding, then that would be different, because then, within the purview of the Planning Commission, they are well equipped to talk about whether or not something falls within a particular statute, code section, or within the comprehensive plan. He noted the concern with the findings that do not preface the City has determination. • Kramer stated that in the packet she left out the findings that the Council had found in September, and the findings in the Planning Commission's packet are taken from the findings of the Council. • Segelbaum explained that the findings are good, but the concern is with the findings and the wording. He added that, for instance, did anyone else make a finding that positive health outcomes, which can only be achieved with the construction of a new facility or safety, which is currently unable to be completed in the City. He noted that if it was vetted by the Staff, then it seems fine. • Kramer summarized finding number one as stating what the institutional assembly land use does. • Segelbaum noted that finding one is in the purview of the Commission. • Kramer explained that findings two through ten are from the findings of the City Council in September. She added that finding eleven ties the acquisition of the land specifically to a comprehensive plan goal. • Segelbaum stated that finding eleven seems appropriate. He asked if there was a way to rephrase two through ten. • McGuire stated that findings two through ten could be removed, as they are not necessary for the Planning Commission findings. • Kramer noted that two through ten could be moved under the City Council, Whereas, and then keep the Planning Commission specific ones in the current list. • Segelbaum added that one and eleven would be appropriate for the Planning Commission. • McGuire stated that findings one, two, and eleven would be good. • Segelbaum agreed that two would be fine as well. • Cohen clarified that as the Acting Chair, he met with Staff before the meeting, and the Planning Commission is acting to certify the land acquisition as compliance with the comprehensive plan, not whether it is the right location or other myriad of issues. He added that the Commission is focusing on how it impacts the comprehensive plan and zoning. He noted that moving findings one, two, and eleven under the Commission, and three through ten under the Council, will help to clarify the final document that will go to the City Council. • Segelbaum stated that the Commission should discuss whether it agrees with the findings. • Cohen noted that it is a worthwhile discussion. • Segelbaum explained that a new fire station, given all the facts that are listed, is very much consistent with the City’s Comprehensive Plan and is an important asset for the City. He added that it meets a lot of the goals about health, safety, welfare, and community. • Cohen stated that, seeing there is no further discussion, the motion would be that the 359 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 10, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 Planning Commission adopt the resolution. • Segelbaum moved to adopt Planning Commission 25-007 certifying that the land acquisition of 81875 Lilac Drive North is in compliance with the Comprehensive Plan, assuming the resolution has been amended as discussed. • Sicotte seconded. • All voted in favor, and the motion passed. 3. PUBLIC HEARINGS: 3.A. Minor Subdivision at 911 Winnetka Avenue South • Kramer presented the Minor Subdivision at 911 Winnetka Avenue South and a recommendation for approval. She added that the Applicant was in attendance as well. • Cohen asked if there were any questions for the Staff. • Hill asked which property the fence would be on. • Kramer showed a picture of the property, noting where the edge of the driveway will be and where the fence is currently. She added that when the property line moves up, it will be just north of the fence. She noted that currently, the two owners are family members, but the City Attorney advised the move because, in the future, the fence may become a problem. • Sicotte asked if, once it goes through the City Council, this would be an item that would be passed administratively and not go before the Planning Commission. • Kramer stated that it would be correct in the future, because it met all the requirements, there is no variance or any other additional application needed for it, so in the future, applications like this one will not go before the Planning Commission; they will just be approved administratively by the Staff. • Cohen opened up the public hearing. • Resident Rusty Danielson, 911 Winnetka Avenue South, spoke. • Danielson stated that his driveway was the old Eerie Lane alley, and he is pouring the curb cut straight back. He added that if this is not done, then there would be three feet of gravel on one side of the driveway, which does not make sense. He stated that his neighbor did not object to moving the property line. • Cohen closed the public hearing and opened the item for discussion. • Barnstorff stated that it makes a lot of sense, and she is looking forward to it going through the Council so that it does not have to go before the Planning Commission because it will save many people a lot of time. She noted she is in favor. • Segelbaum explained that there are only certain criteria that would permit the Commission to deny the application, and none of those criteria appear to be present. He added that because of that, the Commission needs to approve it. • Sicotte and Hill agreed with the approval. • Cohen added that the Commission is looking forward to the City Council acting on what the Commission has approved so that these types of applications can be dealt with administratively. • Cohen asked for a motion. • Sicotte moved to recommend approval of the minor subdivision for a lot line adjustment at 911 and 843 Winnetka Avenue South, subject to the findings and conditions in the Staff report. • Barnstorff seconded the motion. • All voted in favor, and the motion passed. 360 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 10, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 3.B. Ordinance Amending Chapter 105 - Signs • Cohen introduced the topic of the Ordinance Amending Chapter 105 – Signs. • Kramer introduced the presenter, Erin Perdu, who was part of the consulting team that helped to update the sign code. • Perdu presented the code amendment from the Staff report. • Segelbaum asked if the number of signs that are used had been considered. He added that some properties have a large number of many of the same signs, and the use of many signs, something that was thought about. • Perdu stated that in some districts, it was considered. She pointed out that in the regulations by zoning districts, the number of signs is indicated in some of the districts, but not in R1 and R2. She noted that in the office, commercial, and the light industrial the number of free- standing signs is limited to one or one per street frontage, so repeated signs are not allowed. She stated that for wall signs, there is a maximum of one per wall. • Segelbaum asked which section the free-standing signs code is listed in. • Perdu stated that it is in the table, section 105-11 Regulations by Zoning District. She added that many lists and texts were consolidated into tables. • Segelbaum asked in an R3 or R4 district, if there were a series of signs spaced ten to twenty feet apart along the road, the code would hypothetically limit it to just one. He asked if free- standing means connected to the building. • Perdu stated that there is a definition in the code, but basically free-standing structure is a structure that is in the ground. • Hill asked about the electronic and flashing signs, but was curious if there was anything about efficiency, such as LED. • Perdu noted that there is nothing in the code currently about efficiency. She added that the code regulates the manner and the construction of signs, but if the Commission wanted to include something about choosing energy-efficient fixtures, it could be included. She stated that she has not seen that in a sign code. • Segelbaum asked what enforcement mechanisms the City has when someone is not compliant. He added that it needs to be clarified whether this must be specified explicitly or whether it is simply treated like any other provision when someone is out of compliance. • Kramer explained that the question gets to a lot of the internal discussion that was had on sign code, not just looking at the ordinance, but how the ordinance would be enforced internally. She stated that any complaint or non-compliance would be handled like any other non-compliance issue. She noted that the City is getting more code compliance staff, hopefully soon, as it is in the proposed budget. She explained that right now, the Planning Staff would go out and let people know that they are out of compliance with the system that is used to issue citations and such. • Segelbaum asked what the mechanisms are to handle it. • Kramer stated that it is all handled internally and that in the future, it can be done more efficiently and be responsive to it in the new year. • Perdu noted that there is not a lot of language about enforcement in this section of the code, but generally, there is language in the code about how the provisions are enforced, and this would be among them. • Kramer added that part of what the Staff was trying to do with the sign code update is to make a code that is more easily enforceable. • Cohen stated that once the code update is adopted, clarification is needed on whether businesses that do not meet the new code will be grandfathered in or how that situation will be handled. • Kramer stated that it would be like any other code change; if the person is no longer in 361 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 10, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 compliance, then there is a legal nonconformity. She added that a legal nonconformity can exist as is, but it cannot be expanded. She gave an example that if, after the code change, a property has more signage than is allowed, they can maintain the signs, but are not allowed to add more. She noted that if the building got torn down and the signage were removed, when the building is rebuilt, it would have to be in compliance with the code. • Sicotte asked about murals and artwork, and how they differentiate from signage to make sure there is room for artwork. • Perdu stated that a definition was included of a painted wall sign, and the definition of a sign was revised. She noted that this was a question from the City Attorney as well about what the difference is between a painted wall sign and a mural. She pointed out that the definition of a sign is an advertisement for commercial purposes, and a mural does not meet that definition. She stated that public art and murals are not included in the code, but painted wall signs were added as a valid sign and would be included in the updated code. She restated that a mural does not meet the definition of a sign, therefore is not limited by the code amendment. • Sicotte asked about corporate-inspired art, and there may not be answers, but it is a gray area and could cause an issue. • Perdu noted that there is a definition of mural as well, and the Staff tried to make it a clear as possible, but there may be difficult situations that come up. • Hill asked about the various signs that may be in drive-thrus, which give directions, and if that should be allowed or covered. • Perdu stated that in section 105-6, and in consultation with the City Attorney, she indicated that the City could not specifically call out directional signs. She noted that the solution to that is stated as if a sign is not legible from the right-of-way, then it does not count as part of your signage. She gave an example of menu boards. She added that some directional signs may fall into this, but there is allowance for free-standing and wall signs for all commercial businesses, so they could flex that to accommodate. • Segelbaum stated that assuming someone does want to have a sign that reads enter and it is legible from the roadway, but the intent of the code is not necessarily to ban that in combination with the sign for the business. He asked if there was any sort of mechanism that a person could follow to petition to get special dispensation. • Kramer noted that the person could apply for a variance. • Segelbaum asked if it would go to the Board of Zoning Appeals. • Kramer stated that it is correct. • Perdu added that in section 105-6, signs that are six square feet and smaller are exempt, with the intention of not regulating the small signs. • Segelbaum asked if it would still count as one sign. • Perdu explained that the sign is exempt from the ordinance, so it would not count as the one sign either. • Segelbaum asked if a succession of five signs that are five square feet would be allowed. • Perdu read that the language in the code reads that the signs have to be six square feet or less, less than three feet in height, and located adjacent to a driveway or private road. She added that in theory, it would protect against lining up signs along the right-of-way. • Segelbaum asked if there is a series of them that are smaller. • Perdu noted that if the signs are not adjacent to an entrance or a driveway, then the signs are not exempt from the code and would fall under the maximum of one. • Segelbaum asked if any updates are anticipated to be more controversial than others. • Perdu explained that she did not think there would be any that would be highly controversial, as the City was very intentional about talking to people before writing, about what kind of flexibility in the code would be helpful. She noted that in many cases, the size was increased 362 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 10, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 where necessary. She added that the most controversial thing may be the things that the City cannot regulate because of the content, such as cannabis signs. • Hill stated that when the parking code was updated, the word church was replaced with places of assembly, and he asked whether the same change should be made in this code. • Kramer noted that it is a good callout and an easy fix. • Cohen opened up the public hearing. • Resident Robby Dolan, 900 Mendelsshon Avenue, spoke • Dolan stated that he is an employee of Ascentek/Lube-Tech. He noted that the campus is 18.69 acres spread across five different lots and four buildings. He stated that the team consists of 348 people and is privately owned. He explained that the company has recently grown and has opened up new capabilities for the business, which has given the company the opportunity to rebrand. He added that he is the Senior Marketing Manager and is working on updating signage. He stated that the proposed simplification of the ordinance is very much appreciated by the company. He added that in going into the future with different means of technology, as well as more traffic going down 169, it gives the company the unique opportunity to compete against commercial lots and commercial zoned areas. He feels it will benefit the company greatly, and the work that is being done is supported. • Cohen closed the public hearing and opened the item for discussion. • Barnstorff stated that she appreciates the simplification of the code, and it is nice to hear from a business that the changes are making it easier to work with. She noted her full support and appreciation for the work that has been done. • Hill noted that he was not present for the start of this code amendment. He asked if the rest of the Commission feels that most of the concerns were addressed and if the Commissioners are comfortable with what was addressed. • Segelbaum stated that specific types of issues were talked about that the Commission saw, and the questions that came up again to see if they were addressed in the code, and the issues had been regulated, meaning permitted or not permitted. He feels satisfied with the issues having been addressed. • Sicotte agreed and did not recall exactly the nuances of the conversation, but some things were originally noticed. He recalled that there was discussion about signs with a lot of movement or moving text, and there were items in the code that were adjusted or updated to clarify that type of thing. He added that the feedback that was provided seemed to be incorporated in a meaningful way. • Cohen agreed and noted that the Commission discussion was higher level, not as specific. He indicated that he was impressed by the work the City Attorney did in identifying what can legally be done and what cannot be done within the code. He added that he was impressed by the outreach that was done to businesses and others with the expertise. He stated that oftentimes people will state no one talked to us or we did not know, but that is not the case this time. • Sicotte added that the addition of all the graphics is wonderful and very clear. He stated that if there are opportunities to add graphics in the rest of the code, that would be a wonderful idea. • Segelbaum noted that part of the concerns in the past has been that the sign code has not been clear, so therefore, more difficult to enforce. He added that it is a big improvement, and may not cover everything, but the hypotheticals that the Commission came up with seemed to be covered. • Hill noted that he was impressed with the audit and how much detail went into it, all the feedback, and how it was all able to be applied. • Cohen stated that the City is continuing to update and simplify the codes, which is very helpful 363 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 10, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 to the community at large as the City progresses forward. He asked if the City will be at a point where other cities come and look at Golden Valley and note that they want to use the City’s model. • Kramer stated that, in speaking for community development staff, that is the goal of the Staff is to be the model. She thanked Commissioner Cohen for those words. She noted the fantastic job that Stantec did. • Cohen asked if there were any other questions or comments on the sign code ordinance. He then asked for a motion. • Barnstorff moved to recommend approval of the ordinance amending Chapter 105 – Signs, subject to the findings and conditions in the Staff report. • Sicotte seconded the motion. • Kramer stated a point of order and asked if the Commission wanted to recommend approval with the condition to change the word church to places of assembly. • Barnstorff moved to recommend approval of the ordinance amending Chapter 105 – Signs, with the amendment put forth by Commissioner Hill and subject to the findings and conditions in the Staff report. • Sicotte seconded the motion. • All voted in favor, and the motion passed. 4. NEW BUSINESS: -None 5. STAFF UPDATES: • Okey gave an update on the parking code. He noted that there was a meeting regarding the Town Center Plan, and the parking code came back up. He stated that it came up that perhaps some of the bicycle requirements might be a little ambitious at this point. He added that as the City gets more bike infrastructure, more with the bicycles could be implemented. He stated that much of the parking code that had regard to biking was removed, and he would send the updated version to the Commission. • Barnstorff asked if it is indoor parking, outdoor parking, or both. • Okey stated that it is mainly the indoor parking for commercial uses. He noted that the code would still have indoor parking requirements for multifamily buildings. • Barnstorff asked if bicycle parking would still be required on the exterior. • Okey stated that it will be required on the exterior, and in fact, the percentage of required bicycle parking has been upped as related to the required vehicular parking. He added that it will come to the Commission on November 24 for final approval. • Kramer stated that Monday, November 24, would be a parking code update public hearing and no other applications. She noted that Tuesday, November 25, is the Board of Zoning Appeals, with Commissioner Cohen to be present, and there will be two variance applications. She added that on November 19, the Council will see the 911 Winnetka Minor Subdivision and the Code Amendments for CUPs, variance, and subdivisions on the consent agenda. She stated that on December 2, the City Council will see the sign code update and the parking code update. She added that the Planning Commission’s last meeting of the year would be on December 8, with two applications, one for a minor subdivision and variance, and Breck School has submitted the preliminary plat and preliminary PUD application. She noted that the Planning Commission meeting on December 22 and the BZA meeting on December 23 have been cancelled. • Segelbaum asked if it would be a major PUD amendment. • Kramer explained that it will be a rescind and replace. She noted that there will be a fresh PUD. She stated that on November 17, there is a neighborhood meeting for the minor 364 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 10, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 subdivision application at 400 Sunny Ridge Lane, and it is a hybrid with a Teams link. She added that on November 20, there will be a similar neighborhood meeting for the Breck School application. She noted that on November 13, there is a Golden Valley Climate Equity Plans Art event at Brookview, which is a family-friendly event to learn about simple ways to become more sustainable with energy, water, waste, and transportation. • Segelbaum asked if it is posted on the City website. • Kramer confirmed that it is. • Cohen asked if Councilmember Ginis was present. • Kramer stated no, and there is no Council update. She reminded the Commission that an email should have been received from IT with security training, with a heavy focus on AI. • Barnstorff noted that the email coming from an outside source felt very sketchy. She clarified that it was a real email and should be completed. • Kramer stated that there is a real email with training that needs to be done, but if there is ever a concern about a link, just check in with her. • Segelbaum asked about which courses to do, as some were listed as overdue and some were not due for several weeks. • Kramer stated that there are three courses. She added that the Staff will try to schedule annual training with the City Attorney, probably in the month of January. She noted that she is aware of not having the safety training with the Police Chief, and will continue to work on getting something together for that. 6. COMMISSIONER UPDATES: -None 7. ADJOURNMENT: Acting Chair Cohen adjourned the meeting at 7:35 p.m. 365 Sign Code Audit Review and recommendations for updates to Chapter 105 Stantec Consulting Services Inc. Prepared for: City of Golden Valley Prepared by: Erin Perdu, AICP April 17, 2025 Project/File: Golden Valley Sign Code 366 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 1 Table of Contents Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 2 Staff Listening Session .................................................................................................................................. 2 Planning Commission Listening Session ...................................................................................................... 2 Goals… ......................................................................................................................................................... 3 Technical Code Audit ................................................................................................................................. 4 Definitions...................................................................................................................................................... 4 Exempt Signs ................................................................................................................................................ 4 Prohibited Uses ............................................................................................................................................. 5 General Regulations ..................................................................................................................................... 5 Non-Commercial Speech .............................................................................................................................. 6 Regulations By Zoning District ...................................................................................................................... 6 Temporary Signs, Banners and Inflatables ................................................................................................... 8 Nonconforming Signs .................................................................................................................................... 9 Legal Constraints ...................................................................................................................................... 10 Equity Analysis ......................................................................................................................................... 11 Comparable Communities ........................................................................................................................ 12 Appendix A Sample Language from Comparable Communities ...................................................... 16 367 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 2 Introduction The City is updating its sign code to address inconsistencies, provide more clarity, ensure consistency with recent case law and statutes, and incorporate new technologies and trends in signage. This audit identifies specific parts of the code that should be changed and is informed by input from City staff and the Planning Commission. Input from stakeholders will also inform proposed changes. Staff Listening Session The consulting team held a listening session with City staff on March 20, 2025. Key themes from that session included: • Challenges: o Missing definitions o Need to better address electronic signs and billboards o Past approvals seemingly contradicting the code o Unclear language requires too much interpretation o Confusing requirements for signs along I-394 • Good examples/things to promote: o Use of building frontage to regulate sign size (not overall property size) o Sign inventories and master sign plans for large shopping centers or developments o Channel lettering, creative logos, and painted signs • Guardrails/things to prevent: o Uncluttered right-of-way o Clear visibility at intersections/driveways o Temporary changeable letter signs Planning Commission Listening Session On March 24, the consulting team held a similar meeting with the Planning Commission to hear about their concerns and ideas. Key themes from that session included: • Challenges: o Code is difficult to interpret o Some complaints from the public about temporary and portable signs (number, location, and time left up) o Billboards not addressed 368 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 3 • Good examples/things to promote: o Texa-Tonka area o Lattice arch at Golden Valley Commons o Signs compatible with architecture, but with some variety within a development o Artful, creative signs o Opportunities to preserve iconic signs o Master sign plans for large developments • Guardrails/things to prevent: o Pylon signs o Long-term contractor signs and construction signs o Cannabis signs, to the extent allowed per state statute o Electronic message boards that move, scroll, or change too often Goals Based on this input and the desires expressed in the RFP, the goals for the sign code revision are: 1. Create clearer language that increases predictability and reduces the need for interpretation. 2. Bring the code up to date with current trends and technologies in the sign industry, including addressing types of signs left out of the current code. 3. Revise language to ensure content-neutrality, consistent with recent case law. 4. Allow creativity in sign design while focusing regulations on size. 369 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 4 Technical Code Audit The following sections present a detailed review of the current sign code, with considerations and recommendations for updates. Definitions Table 1. Definitions – Considerations and Recommendations Item Consideration Recommendation Electronic Sign This is an outdated term and describes both illuminated and message signs. • Replace with a definition for Electronic Message Board Sign. Monument Sign Several standards are embedded within this definition. • Remove standards relating to height and base width; move to a separate section describing sign dimensional standards. Non-Commercial Speech Specific types of speech / sign content should not be regulated within the sign code. • Review this definition for legality; possibly delete. Use definitions Definitions for office/warehouse park and shopping center are more appropriate in the general zoning ordinance definitions. • Move these definitions to Chapter 13, Section 113.1. Pylon Sign This definition is extremely vague • If pylon signs are desired, create a more specific definition. Search Light Sign Per the existing definition, this is not actually a sign. Instead, it is a search light, which may not be able to meet performance standards for lighting in other parts of the code. • Remove this definition from the sign code. Exempt Signs Section 105-4 lists signs that are exempt from the requirements of the sign code. Two of them, public signs and garage sale signs, are specific to the type of content on the sign. These should either be 370 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 5 removed from exemption or described differently; for example, “temporary yard signs” rather than garage sale signs. Another section, 105-6 Permit Exceptions, lists additional and sometimes duplicative exempt signs. Sections 105-4 and 105-6 should be combined and duplication removed. Further, section 105-6 exempts temporary signs containing non-commercial speech. This regulation is content-based and should be removed. Prohibited Uses Table 2: Prohibited Uses - Considerations and Recommendations Item Consideration Recommendation Title This section is titled “prohibited uses” when it deals with signs. • Rename this section “prohibited signs” Portable signs Portable signs are currently prohibited. However, small sandwich-board signs are often allowed in front of businesses. • Consider allowing small, a- frame (sandwich board) portable signs near business entrances in pedestrian-oriented areas. Electronic signs These are listed as prohibited, even though many already exist within the City. • Create new standards for electronic message boards consistent with current technologies and best practices. Murals Murals are listed as prohibited, even though there is some support for allowing them. • Create new standards for signs painted on buildings. Artistic murals are being handled separately. General Regulations Section 105-8 contains general regulations for signs that apply regardless of the zoning district. Table 3. General Regulations – Considerations and Recommendations Item Consideration Recommendation Sign Area Method of measuring sign area is confusing. • Revise the methodology and include a graphic showing the detail of how to measure sign area. 371 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 6 Item Consideration Recommendation Menu Signs Standards are provided for menu signs even though they are exempt from permits. • Menu signs should not count toward sign area if they are exempt. Remove this provision. Streets and Easements The prohibition on signs within a street or right-of-way exempts public signs. • Review this provision against the legal requirements for content neutrality. Wall Signs There is no size maximum for wall signs. • Include a maximum size for wall signs either here or within the regulations by zoning district. Window Signs Maximum window coverage is measured by the coverage of the window where the sign is located. • Consider changing the maximum percentage to all façade windows on the storefront. Garage Sale Signs Specific term related to the content of the sign • For content neutrality, use a more general term, such as temporary yard sign. Non-Commercial Speech While titled “non-commercial speech”, this section deals only with election signs. Generally, sign regulations should be neutral with respect to the type of content they contain. There is, however, a section of Minnesota State Statute that deals with election signs. That section (211B.045) should be referenced here and all other regulations should be removed. Regulations By Zoning District Section 105-10 contains sign regulations by zoning district, then further divided by sign types. Table 4: Regulations by Zoning District - Considerations and Recommendations Item Consideration Recommendation Signs permitted by zoning district. Signs are regulated in size and type by zoning district. This introduces the possibility of disparate impacts – i.e. the same use having different sign • Consider regulating signs by use type rather than zoning district. 372 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 7 Item Consideration Recommendation regulations depending on the location. Signs not specifically permitted in a zoning districts are prohibited, but several sign types are governed by general regulations (like wall and window signs) • Include all types of signs and their regulations in one table, by either zoning district (current) or use (consideration). Pylon signs Several districts allow pylon signs, with height maximums much higher than other freestanding signs. • Consider implementing one height standard for all freestanding signs, including monument and pylon. OR • Restrict the use of pylon signs to specific high- speed, vehicle-oriented corridors like I-395 and Hwy 55. Maximum sign area In non-residential districts, sign area is regulated by the lot size or floor area of the building. Maximum sign area should be scaled by building size, wall size, or length of frontage. • Set one standard for maximum sign area per zoning district or use. The standard should not involve lot size in the calculation. I-394 Mixed Use Zoning District Sign regulations within this district appropriately relate to the character of that corridor. • Look at signs regulated by use within this district as an example of how other sign regulations could be organized. Banners and inflatables are allowed here but not in any other districts. • Revise regulations to be consistent on whether banners and inflatables (including moving inflatables) are allowed across districts. 373 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 8 Item Consideration Recommendation Vague standards for wall and monument signs including the requirement that wall signs be integrated into a “framed wall mass” and that monument signs be placed into a “complementary landscaped setting” • Revise these standards with clearer language. • Ensure that wall sign size maximums along I-394 are appropriate given the size of buildings and speed of vehicular traffic. Awning and canopy sign regulations are included even though these sign types are not defined. Height standards are also vague. • Define awning and canopy signs, and include a specific, numeric height standard. Temporary Signs, Banners and Inflatables This section, 105-11, allows for display of temporary signs, including in banner and inflatable form. Table 5: Temporary Signs - Considerations and Recommendations Item Consideration Recommendation Inflatables Inflatables are generally not permitted as part of a sign ordinance. • Consider removing inflatables from the sign code. Permits Permits are required for the display of temporary signs. This is very difficult to enforce, and may not be necessary if clear standards are written. • Exempt temporary signs from requiring a permit. Real Estate Signs Provisions for real estate signs are content-based and potentially subject to legal scrutiny. • Change regulations on real estate signs, along with garage sale signs, to regulations on “temporary yard signs” or “temporary residential signs”. 374 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 9 Item Consideration Recommendation “Significant interest or benefit to the City” This section allows property owners to apply for a “special” temporary sign permit to “acknowledge an event of significant interest or benefit to the City, its history, or culture.” This regulation is not content neutral. • Remove this regulation. Nonconforming Signs Finally, Section 105-13 includes standards for nonconforming signs, or signs that were legally constructed according to the ordinances in effect at the time, but do not conform to current ordinance standards. The current sign code states that nonconforming signs shall not be rebuilt, relocated, altered, or modified in size or height unless it conforms with the current code. However, it does not mention the repair of a nonconforming sign, which is typically allowed for any nonconformity. Further, language addressing “removal” is confusing with regard to “changing signs.” It is unclear if sign panel changes are included in this allowance. The language should be modified if panel changes are allowed to be made on nonconforming signs. 375 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 10 Legal Constraints As part of the technical code review, we have also done a review of the sign code with regard to applicable case law, American Planning Association best practices, and guidance from the League of Minnesota Cities. Item Consideration Recommendation Election signage Section 105-9 Non-Commercial Speech deals with election signage but is not connected with State Statute. • Modify this section to change the title, include a reference to Statute 211B.04, and add the zoning districts where such signage is allowed (or state that it is allowed everywhere) Off-Premises Signs and Billboards These types of signs are not mentioned anywhere in the sign code. It is necessary to regulate the communicative aspects of such signs to avoid distraction amongst drivers and regulate on off-premises signs in general. Metromedia Inc. v. City of San Diego, 453 U.S. 490 (1981); Advantage Media, LLC v. City of Eden Prairie, 456 F.3d 793 (8th Cir. 2006) • Include a new section on Off-Premise Signs, with a specific section on billboards. • Proceed with caution if the City chooses to prohibit off-premises signs. Temporary Signs Currently Section 105-11(d) lists the conditions for granting special temporary sign permit. There is no language specifying the time within which the city shall grant or deny the permit. FW/PBS, Inc. v. City of Dallas, 493 U.S. 215 (1990) • For procedural protections for applicants, include a timeframe during which temporary sign permits shall be granted (if not exempt from permits). Definitions Traditional definitions may not cover all forms of visual communication used for attracting attention, leading to disputes over the regulation of elements like costumed actors ("lady liberties"), light shows and projections, and murals. • Update the definition of sign to provide clarity on what is and is not considered signage. 376 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 11 Equity Analysis Through its Equity Decision Making Toolkit, the City is committed to advancing equity by eliminating disparities as well as building systems and structures that both center and meet the diverse, interconnected needs of those the City serves. The toolkit is used to identify and counteract decisions which 1) produce barriers to access and opportunity; 2) exacerbate and perpetuate disparities; and 3) support prejudicial, whether intended or not, policies, practices, and procedures. Using an equity lens for the sign code update. The sign code update process and the outcomes acknowledge that new processes related to City signage and ordinance language will consider inclusion and equity. Questions we will ask: 1) Does the sign code disproportionately impact users? Based on the staff listening session, here are our ideas of those users: a. Within certain geographies (major transportation corridors)? b. Certain types of businesses (small, new, BIPOC-owned, less-resourced, home occupations)? 2) If so, how? Our analysis tasks during the sign code revision include the following: • Complete City’s Equity Scan Tool • Evaluate sign permit data • Review information collected in interviews Our engagement plan includes opportunities to speak with BIPOC-owned businesses, small and/or new businesses, and businesses within the City’s major transportation corridors. 377 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 12 Comparable Communities The following matrix includes a description of how comparable communities handle significant issues identified in this audit. Sample language from these communities is included in Appendix A. Issues: St. Louis Park Richfield Roseville Plymouth Minnetonka Temporary signs – content neutrality Political, real- estate, and garage sale signs defined as types of temporary sign. These types are exempt from permits. Noncommercial speech provision states that any non- commercial message can be substituted for any commercial message on any sign. Public signs are exempt from sign code provisions. Defines “portable signs” that include most types of temporary signs. Separately defines “temporary fixed ground sign” as one that is not readily movable. Exempts signs less than 6 sf. in size and portable signs from permitting. Noncommercial speech provision states that any non- commercial message can be substituted for any commercial message on any sign. Scoreboards permitted for public Temporary signs regulated by material, type, size, duration, number, and location and penalty. Other temporary signs that do not require permit include nameplate signs, construction sign (with size, height and placement/setback restrictions and zoning district), flags, garage/yard sign, holiday signs, political signs. Other temporary signs require a permit, including real estate signs. Temporary public announcement, directional real estate, signs for community-wide annual events such as the "Parade of Homes" and non- commercial signs allowed within public-right-of-way. The following temporary signs are allowed in all districts: construction signs, real estate, non-commercial, public announcement signs. No sign permit is required for these temporary signs. “Obscene” content is prohibited (State Statute 617.241). Includes introductory language stating that the right to express noncommercial opinions in any zoning district must be protected. Commercial and non-commercial signs defined. No permits required for temporary signs in residential zoning districts. Different standards included for noncommercial signs than commercial ones (temporary). 378 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 13 St. Louis Park Richfield Roseville Plymouth Minnetonka parks and public or private schools with size requirements and dimensional requirements for commercial and noncommercial messages. Separate regulations included for construction, real- estate, non- commercial (election), and public announcement signs. Billboards/ Off- premise signs Billboards defined but prohibited. Outdoor advertising signs (aka off- premise signs) prohibited. Billboards are prohibited. Temporary real- estate off premise signs are permitted with restrictions. Mentioned as permanent off- premises sign but prohibited. Temporary off- premises commercial signs are permitted. Electronic message boards Referred to as “electronic” signs. Standards include size, distance between multiple signs, duration and brightness and type of change. Referred to as “Dynamic Display” and has a separate Chapter 549.25 Allowed Locations: Dynamic displays are permitted on monument and pylon signs for nonresidential uses in residential districts and all uses in other districts. Standards include size, placement, Referred to as “Dynamic Displays” Allowed on any permanent sign (not permitted in residential districts). Standards include duration, transition, brightness, dimmer control, and no fluctuating, motion, or flashing. Referred to as “electronic changeable copy” or “electronic graphic display” signs. Visibility: Messages must not be visible from public streets. Size: Changeable copy portion must be no larger than six square feet. Light-Blocking Technology: Referred to as Dynamic Displays Allowed only on monument and pylon signs for conditionally permitted uses in residential districts and all uses in other districts. Dynamic displays can occupy up to 50% of the sign's 379 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 14 St. Louis Park Richfield Roseville Plymouth Minnetonka frequency of change, static messages, brightness, and malfunction protocol. Size and Placement: can occupy up to 35% of the sign's copy and graphic area. Special standards for Time and Temperature signs. Dynamic display billboards must use light-blocking technology to reduce brightness and visibility by over 90% from certain angles. copy and graphic area. Each message must be complete and not continue to the next image or sign. Text Size: Minimum text height varies by road speed limit, ranging from seven inches to 15 inches. Pylon signs No special standards for pylon signs, and these are not defined separately from freestanding signs. Pylon signs defined as any freestanding sign which has its supportive structure(s) anchored in the ground and which has a sign face elevated above ground level by pole(s) or beam(s) and with the area below the sign face open. Dynamic signs are allowed on pylon signs for non- residential uses in residential districts and for all uses in other districts. No special standards for pylon signs. Pylon sign defined as a type of freestanding sign. No special standards for pylon signs. Freestanding signs may be up to 36 feet in height. Pylon signs permitted as permanent freestanding signs in the commercial business and industrial districts. Pylon signs have higher maximum heights (generally) than monument signs. 380 Sign Code Audit Project: Golden Valley Sign Code 15 St. Louis Park Richfield Roseville Plymouth Minnetonka Murals/painted signs Defined as “supergraphics” which do not include commercial messages. These are exempt from the sign code. Painted signs defined but then prohibited. Not allowed Not addressed Not allowed Regulated by use/zoning district? Regulated by zoning district Permitted signs listed by district Signs regulated by zoning district Signs regulated by zoning district Regulated by zoning district Measurement regulations Sign area includes the smallest rectangle that encompasses the sign message or logo. Maximum sign area of single sign, maximum height, total area wherever applicable. Sign area computation includes the smallest rectangle, square, circle or triangle (or combination) that encompasses the “extreme limit” of the sign area (includes letter, representation, logo, emblem or other display). That includes anything used to differentiate the sign from the backdrop (i.e. background color). Maximum area and height restrictions shown graphically. Depends on the principal structure (gross square feet), maximum height 381 Sign Code Audit Appendix A Sample Language from Comparable Communities Project: Golden Valley Sign Code A-16 Appendix A Sample Language from Comparable Communities Content Neutrality: Plymouth: Subd. 25. The owner of any sign which is otherwise allowed by this Section may substitute non-commercial speech in lieu of any other commercial speech or non-commercial speech. The purpose of this provision is to prevent any inadvertent favoring of commercial speech over non-commercial speech or favoring of any particular non-commercial speech over any other non-commercial speech. This provision prevails over any more specific provision to the contrary. This substitution of copy may be made without any additional approval or permitting so long as the substitution changes the message of the sign only. The exemption to separate approvals or permits shall not be construed as relieving the sign owner from responsibility for its erection and maintenance or its compliance with the provisions of this Section or any other law or ordinance regulating the same. Minnetonka: Section 325.01.2 i) the right to express noncommercial opinions in any zoning district must be protected, subject to reasonable restrictions on size, height, location and number St. Louis Park: Section 36-362 (f)(20) Noncommercial speech. Any non-commercial message may be substituted for any commercial message on any sign allowed under the Code, subject to the same regulations applicable to such signs. Electronic signs: St. Louis Park Sign Regulations § 36-362 Electronic signs. Electronic signs are allowed subject to the following conditions: a. The sign face shall not exceed: 1. 20 square feet for properties less than 20 acres in area in a neighborhood district and the park and open space district. 2. 40 square feet for properties 20 acres or greater in area for properties zoned residential or Park and Open Space. 3. 40 square feet in all other districts. 382 Sign Code Audit Appendix A Sample Language from Comparable Communities Project: Golden Valley Sign Code A-17 b. The maximum sign face established above shall not be in excess of the maximum sign area allowed in table 36-362A. c. No more than one sign face may be visible from any same location off-site unless the signs are more than 500 feet apart. d. Messages and/or images must be displayed for at least three seconds. e. Electronic signs existing on May 28, 2010 must comply with this section, except that electronic signs that exceed the maximum size limit above may continue as a non-conforming sign as to size. f. Messages or displays must change instantaneously. Using any type of special effect to change from one message or display to another is prohibited. (Ord. No. 2384-10, 5-28-10) Plymouth: 21155.05 General Regulations and Restrictions. Subd. 5 Subd. 5. Dynamic display billboards shall be constructed with the use of light-bocking technology. As measured from a point on the sign face furthest from the right-of-way, the area on the ground more than 22.5 degrees from the roadway must be light protected by light-blocking technology. "Light protected" is defined as having a reduction of brightness/luminance (and visibility) of over 90 percent, or equivalently, a remaining brightness of less than ten percent as compared to the nominal forward brightness of the sign. 383 Stantec is a global leader in sustainable engineering, architecture, and environmental consulting. The diverse perspectives of our partners and interested parties drive us to think beyond what’s previously been done on critical issues like climate change, digital transformation, and future-proofing our cities and infrastructure. We innovate at the intersection of community, creativity, and client relationships to advance communities everywhere, so that together we can redefine what’s possible. Stantec Consulting Services Inc. 733 Marquette Avenue, Suite 1000 Minneapolis MN 55402-2314 stantec.com 384 Memo To: Jacquelyn Kramer City of Golden Valley From: Kribashini Moorthy, AICP-C Minneapolis Project/File: Golden Valley Sign Code Update Date: May 12, 2025 Reference: Stakeholder Listening Sessions Memo Contents 1. Introduction 2. Participants 3. Discussion points 4. Next Steps Introduction Stantec facilitated two listening sessions on April 23 and April 25 with a diverse group of stakeholders, including businesses and sign contractors, who are the primary users of the sign ordinance. Over 100 people were invited to participate, encompassing a wide range of sign contractors and business owners, including BIPOC-owned businesses, small/local/new businesses, and those located within the City’s major transportation corridors. Between the two sessions, 7 participants actively joined and provided quality feedback. The objective of these sessions was to understand the successes and challenges of the existing sign code, emerging signage trends, and any other feedback from the stakeholder perspective. Participants • Brian Oloughlin (Indigo Signs) • Pat OConno (Gerber Collision) • Scott Farrell (GV shopping center) • Chad Kollasch (Solo Communications) • Jeff Anderson (KR Signs) • Myrna Orenstet (Business owner and sign company) • Mike Sturdivant (Paster Properties) Discussion Points Successes Participants shared the types of signs they currently use, including wall signs, pylon signs, channel letters, and temporary signs. While these signs are generally effective, some limitations were noted, such as size restrictions and visibility issues. Challenges Participants identified several obstacles related to the sign code: 385 May 8, 2025 City of Golden Valley Page 2 of 3 Reference: Stakeholder Listening Sessions • Size Restrictions: For example, Lock Up wanted to increase their sign size but found it was twice the allowed limit and did not apply for a variance. Banks often face issues when builders use all the sign allocation, leaving no space for additional signage. • Sign Allocation: Mixed-use properties have multiple stakeholders competing for sign space. • Maximum Number of Signs: Jeff highlighted the need for more signs for builders and developers, including weekend signs for open houses and directional signs through apartment complexes. • Variance and PUD Experience: Myrna noted difficulties in figuring out square footage and the restrictive nature of the sign code along Highway 394. She mentioned that flat signage on buildings is not very visible to traffic, and blade signs are not allowed. The variance process was lengthy, taking a couple of years. • Directional Signage: Issues include size and height restrictions and practical considerations like snow in Minnesota. Regarding the approval and permitting process, Pat found it smooth during a name change, while Mike emphasized the need to update the sign code to clarify rules around shopping centers and multi-tenant users and to remove inconsistencies. New Technologies and Trends Participants highlighted the importance of accommodating new technologies in the sign code, such as: • Electronic Changeable Message Centers (EMCs): Importance of accommodating digital signage and LED technology, with reference to the Bloomington code update. • Cabinet Sign Allowances: Some cities require channel signs, moving away from cabinets. • Post and Panel Signs: These are restricted in many places but are cheaper and more feasible for small businesses. They consist of 4-8 sheets connected by posts. • Turnaround Time: Crucial for commercial real estate signs, emphasizing the need for timely installation. • Differing Interpretations: Language interpretations vary, affecting signage decisions. • Multiple Stakeholders: Contractors may not always visit the site, leading to issues with existing signage and representation of multiple stakeholders on a single property. • Overall Signage Amounts: Temporary signs for commercial real estate face area restrictions, with common preferences for 10 x 10 or 8 x 10 sizes. • New Development Signage: Promotional signs with lot lines face timing limits that are shorter than needed for developers. • Flexibility: The sign code needs to adapt to new technologies and creative sign designs. • Illumination of Multi-Family Residential Signs: These are necessary to enhance visibility and effectiveness of the signs on multi-family properties. Other Topics Participants provided several ideas for improving the sign code: • Model Sign Code: Check the model sign code from ISA. 386 May 8, 2025 City of Golden Valley Page 3 of 3 Reference: Stakeholder Listening Sessions • Blade Signs: No current consideration for perpendicular signs. • Noncompliance: Address how new signs fit with existing character, especially adjacent to West End. • Highway Signs: Larger signs needed for better visibility. • Lighting: Always an issue that needs addressing. • Square Footage: Define total allowable square footages on buildings and provide illustrations. • Clarity: Need clarity and a single location for requirements and potential triggers. • Adjacent Communities: Look at sign codes in adjacent communities for comparison. • Economic Barriers: Consider economic barriers for some businesses. • User Experience: Consider how people navigate and read signs. • Leeway for Builders: Sign contractors emphasized the need for flexibility to support growth in new developments. • Master Sign Plans: Sign contractors highlighted the importance of master sign plans for large properties and the challenges of individual variances. Next Steps: Based on the input received, Stantec will initiate the draft code considering the inputs from stakeholders and feedback received from previous listening sessions with the City Staff and Planning Commission meeting. 387 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Legal 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 2, 2025 Agenda Item 6C. Review of Council Calendar Prepared By Theresa Schyma, City Clerk Summary The Council will review upcoming city meetings, events, and holiday closures. Legal Considerations This item does not require legal review. Equity Considerations This item does not require equity review. Recommended Action No action is required on this item. Supporting Documents Review of Council Calendar 388 Review of Council CalendarEventEvent TimeLocationDECEMBERFriday, December 5Blizzard Bash5:30 PM - 8:00 PMBrookviewTuesday, December 9HRA Work Session (if necessary)6:30 PMCouncil Conference RoomCouncil Work Session6:30 PMCouncil Conference RoomWednesday, December 10City Offices Closed for Employee Event11:30 AM - 1:30 PMCity Hall CampusFriday, December 12Annual Toys for Tots Motorcade4:45 PM - 6:00 PMFrom GVPD to KARE 11Sunday, December 14Winter Market in the Valley (Indoors)10:00 AM - 1:00 PMBrookviewBassett Creek RoomCPKC Holiday Train5:00 PM - 5:30 PM Golden Hills Drive Railway CrossingTuesday, December 16City Council Open House for Outgoing Elected Officials5:30 PMCouncil Conference RoomCity Council Meeting6:30 PMCouncil ChambersWednesday, December 24City Offices Closed for Observance of Christmas EveThursday, December 25City Offices Closed for Observance of Christmas DayJANUARYThursday, January 1City Offices Closed for Observance of New Years DayTuesday, January 6City Council Open House for Incoming Elected Officials5:30 PMCouncil Conference RoomHRA Meeting (if necessary)6:30 PMCouncil ChambersCity Council Meeting6:30 PMCouncil ChambersSunday, January 11389